Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2014

Registration No. 333-199449

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Neothetics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2834   20-8527075

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

(858) 750-1008

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

George W. Mahaffey

President and Chief Executive Officer

Neothetics, Inc.

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

(858) 750-1008

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Michael S. Kagnoff, Esq.

Larry W. Nishnick, Esq.

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

San Diego, CA 92121

Tel: (858) 677-1400

Fax: (858) 677-1401

 

Cheston J. Larson, Esq.

Michael Sullivan, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, CA 92130

Tel: (858) 523-5400

Fax: (858) 523-5450

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

 

Amount of

Registration  Fee (2)(3)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $74,175,000   $8,620

 

 

 

(1)  

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the over-allotment option to purchase.

 

(2)  

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

(3)  

The Registrant previously paid $7,350 of the total registration fee in connection with the initial filing of the Registration Statement on October 17, 2014.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated November 10, 2014

 

4,300,000 Shares

NEOTHETICS, INC.

 

Common Stock

  LOGO

$         per share

 

 

 

•  Neothetics, Inc. is offering 4,300,000 shares.

  

•  This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares.

•  We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $13.00 and $15.00 per share.

  

•  Proposed trading symbol: Nasdaq Global Market — NEOT

 

 

This investment involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total  

Public offering price

   $                $                

Underwriting discount (1)

   $                $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Neothetics, Inc.

   $                $                

 

 

 

(1)  

We refer you to ‘‘Underwriting’’ beginning on page 161 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Clarus Ventures, LLC has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $15.0 million of our shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and certain of our principal stockholders affiliated with our directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to $12.0 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares in this offering to any of these parties, or any of these parties may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these entities as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to 645,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved of anyone’s investment in these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Piper Jaffray

Guggenheim Securities

Needham & Company

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     58   

Use of Proceeds

     60   

Dividend Policy

     62   

Capitalization

     63   

Dilution

     65   

Selected Financial Data

     68   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     70   

Business

     85   

Management

     122   

Executive Compensation

     132   

Principal Stockholders

     141   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     143   

Description of Capital Stock

     148   

Shares Eligible for Future Sales

     154   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

     157   

Underwriting

     161   

Legal Matters

     168   

Experts

     168   

Where You Can Find More Information About Us

     168   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

Through and including                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

We have a pending U.S. trademark application for the word mark “NEOTHETICS” and for our logo used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, trade names, and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or that the applicable owner or licensor will not assert its rights, to such trademarks and tradenames. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from our own management estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” or “Neothetics” refer to Neothetics, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. Our initial focus is on localized fat reduction and body contouring. We are currently developing and intend to seek approval of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We use the term central abdominal bulging to describe subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen that is often characterized by people as love-handles, a pot-belly, a pouch or stomach rolls, among a number of other commonly used terms. There is currently no drug approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for the treatment of this condition. If approved by the FDA, we believe LIPO-202 will be a best-in-class non-surgical procedure for localized fat reduction and body contouring. We have completed Phase 2 development of LIPO-202 showing a statistically significant reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We have tested our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in approximately 800 patients across multiple clinical trials, and these injectable formulations were consistently well tolerated with a safety profile similar to placebo. We intend to conduct two pivotal U.S. Phase 3 trials of LIPO-202 and expect top-line data at the end of 2015. If our trials are successful, we expect to file a new drug application, or NDA, in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, which permits us to file an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for us, and to which we do not have a right of reference, and allows us to rely to some degree on the FDA’s finding of safety, and approval of, another product containing salmeterol xinafoate, the active ingredient in LIPO-202.

LIPO-202 is an injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate, a well-known long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist used in several inhaled FDA-approved drugs, including GlaxoSmithKline’s SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. Our studies suggest that salmeterol xinafoate activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in the fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. LIPO-202 is being studied for once-weekly administration over a period of eight weeks by a physician or clinician in approximately five minutes or less via subcutaneous injections using a small, 30-gauge needle in targeted regions of the abdomen. Our data demonstrate our injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate reduces central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, producing measurable results as soon as four weeks from initial treatment.

We believe LIPO-202’s efficacy, safety profile, simplicity of administration and lack of downtime will be important drivers of adoption by both physicians and patients.

Our Market Opportunity

According to the American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery, or ASAPS, Americans spent more than $12 billion on cosmetic procedures in 2013, including approximately $7 billion on surgical aesthetic procedures and $5 billion on non-surgical aesthetic procedures. Additionally, ASAPS estimated that from 1997 to 2013, surgical aesthetic procedures increased by approximately 88% and non-surgical procedures increased

 

 

 

 

1


Table of Contents

 

 

by approximately 520%, reflecting continued acceptance of cosmetic surgery and increasing consumer demand for all types of aesthetic procedures, particularly injectable and non-surgical procedures.

According to our market research, the central abdomen is the area on the body that current cosmetic injectable patients want treated most for fat reduction and body contouring. Based on U.S. census data and our market research, we estimate that there are as many as 13.5 million non-obese individuals who are interested in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. We believe the early adopters of LIPO-202 will be many of the two million Americans who are already receiving cosmetic injectable therapy, such as either botulinum toxins or dermal fillers. These patients already have demonstrated a willingness to pay out-of-pocket costs for aesthetic procedures, are comfortable with injections and have adopted that modality as part of their aesthetic regimen. In addition, we believe that because our injection procedure is quick, simple, has shown a safety profile similar to placebo and does not require a physician to acquire expensive capital equipment, more physicians will be interested in offering the LIPO-202 body contouring procedure to new patients, significantly expanding the fat reduction and body contouring market.

Limitations of Existing Treatment Options for Localized Fat Reduction and Body Contouring

Current surgical and non-surgical options, such as lipoplasty, or liposuction, and energy-based medical devices, are designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells. In many cases, due to their mechanisms of action, these options typically take weeks to months to result in the desired reduction in abdominal bulging, as well as cause adverse consequences for the patient. While liposuction procedures remove fat, they require significant physician skill and resources, involve pain, require extended recovery time and carry the risks associated with any surgical procedure. Existing non-surgical options are often painful, may produce limited or inconsistent results and may require multiple or ongoing maintenance treatments resulting in longer aggregate treatment time. Highlighting the limitations of currently available surgical and non-surgical treatment options, our market research suggests that approximately 50% of patients who consulted a physician about a fat reduction or body contouring procedure ultimately decided against the procedure due to uncertainty of results, anxiety over pain, significant treatment times, extended recovery times, and the significant cost of such procedures.

Our Injectable Solution for Localized Fat Reduction and Body Contouring

We believe LIPO-202 will offer physicians and patients a safe, non-surgical and effective means to achieve targeted localized fat reduction and will become the standard for body contouring treatment for the following reasons:

 

   

Level of Medical Evidence .    In our Phase 2 trial, known as RESET, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period. The safety profile of salmeterol xinafoate as used in SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS for the treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or COPD, is well-established. We also have clinical evidence in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials suggesting that our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate possess a safety profile similar to placebo. Following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we expect to have clinical evidence of safety and efficacy of our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in our trials comprised of approximately 3,000 non-obese patients. In addition, following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we will have randomized, placebo-controlled data of safety and efficacy of LIPO-202 in approximately 1,200 non-obese patients.

 

   

Natural and Non-Traumatic Mechanism of Action .    Our studies suggest that LIPO-202 activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides

 

 

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

 

 

stored in fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. By activating this natural metabolic process, we have been able to demonstrate a reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat without the risks and adverse events typically seen with current surgical and non-surgical options.

 

   

Widely Accepted Modality that Addresses an Established and Expandable Market.     Aesthetic physicians and patients are already familiar with and accept injectable products as a key modality for the treatment of cosmetic concerns. According to the ASAPS, in 2013, cosmetic patients in the United States underwent approximately 5.9 million injectable procedures and spent close to $2.7 billion on those treatments, a 35% increase versus 2012. We believe these dynamics will drive adoption of LIPO-202 by patients seeking localized fat reduction and body contouring treatments. In addition, we believe we can successfully tap into the 13.5 million non-obese individuals expressing an interest in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, thereby expanding the market.

 

   

Patient-Friendly Procedure with Rapid Onset of Effects.     Unlike surgical or energy-based device treatment, which can take hours, the injection procedure for administering LIPO-202 takes approximately five minutes or less to perform. Furthermore, in our clinical trials, the side effects of treatment observed were minimal and have been no different than what patients experience with placebo injections. Unlike most other fat reduction procedures available today, LIPO-202 injections are simple and quick, and patients can be treated during their normal day and return to regular daily activities immediately, with measurable results in as soon as four weeks.

 

   

Low Barrier to Adoption.     If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will increase the rate of adoption by physicians due to (1) expanded use by physicians, including dermatologists, primary care physicians, and obstetrics and gynecology physicians, or OB/GYNs, by offering a localized fat reduction treatment without the need to acquire any capital equipment, (2) higher economics from a complementary therapy with cash-pay reimbursement, (3) increased efficiency by administration using a physician extender or nurse, (4) higher patient traffic to provide opportunities to upsell additional products and services and (5) simplicity of procurement through existing pharmaceutical channels for injectable aesthetic products.

Clinical Development

In the United States, we have completed the 513-patient, Phase 2 RESET trial of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, with obesity being defined as those patients having a body mass index, or BMI, of greater than or equal to 30 kg/m 2 . In this multi-center, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period based on our clinical assessment tools that we intend to use in our Phase 3 pivotal trials. There were no significant adverse events during the RESET clinical trial, no subject discontinued the trial due to an adverse event and 92% of subjects completed the clinical trial per protocol. To date, our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate have been tested in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials suggesting a safety profile similar to placebo.

We recently had our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA’s Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products. Based on the results of the meeting, we intend to complete the U.S. development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients and intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of two-dimensional, or 2-D, ultrasound as

 

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents

 

 

a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a limited number of clinical sites in our Phase 3 pivotal trials. Our Phase 3 program will be in approximately 2,000 non-obese patients, including two Phase 3 pivotal trials in approximately 1,600 patients. The clinical protocol and endpoints in our planned U.S. Phase 3 pivotal trials are expected to be essentially the same as those used in the RESET trial. We expect to have top-line data from the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials at the end of 2015 and, assuming positive data, anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway.

The table below summarizes our Phase 3 plan for LIPO-202:

 

   

Clinical Trial

  Number of
Patients
 

Trial Purpose

  Expected
Trial
Initiation
   Data
Expected

       LOGO

  Study LIPO-202-CL-18   n~800  

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy

  First half of
2015
   End of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-19   n~800  

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy (identical design to LIPO-202-CL-18)

  First half of
2015
   End of
2015

 

       LOGO

  Study LIPO-202-CL-12   n=24  

-   Comparative bioavailability of LIPO-202 and ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50

 

-   Clinical bridge for 505(b)(2) NDA

  First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-21   n=120  

-   Safety in a special population of obese patients

  First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-22   n=120  

-   Long-term safety of repeated cycles of treatment

  First half of
2015
   First
half of
2016
  Study LIPO-202-CL-23   n~200  

-   Long-term safety and durability of efficacy in responders to treatment

  Second half
of 2015
   Second
half of
2016

 

       LOGO

  Study LIPO-202-CL-25   n=10-12  

-   Exploratory study in submental fat

  First Half
of 2015
   Second
Half of
2015
  Study LIPO-202-CL-26   n=10-12  

-   Exploratory study in lipomas

  First Half
of 2015
   Second
Half of
2015

Our second product candidate, LIPO-102, is an injectable form of a combination of salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate. We may develop LIPO-102 for the orphan indication of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease that is caused by expansion of fat and muscle behind the eye.

 

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

 

 

Intellectual Property

Our patent estate consists of three U.S. issued methods of treatment and/or formulations patents and seven U.S. pending patent applications, as well as granted and/or pending foreign counterparts of the U.S. patents and pending applications. Two of the issued U.S. patents are directed to both LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 product candidates. Our patent directed to methods of treatment and pharmaceutical formulations is expected to expire no earlier than 2030.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to be a leading provider of safe, non-surgical treatment solutions for the aesthetic market, based on strong scientific and therapeutic rationale. Our initial focus is on developing and commercializing LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients in the United States. Key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Complete Clinical Development and Seek Regulatory Approval for LIPO-202 .

 

   

Explore the Use of LIPO-202 in Additional Indications .

 

   

Build Our Own Sales and Marketing Capabilities to Commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States .

 

   

Expand the Global Body Contouring Aesthetic Market Using Injectable Therapeutic Products .

 

   

Establish Selective Strategic Partnerships to Maximize the Commercial Potential of LIPO-202.

 

   

Advance the Clinical Development of LIPO-102 .

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary. These risks include, among others, that:

 

   

we have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future;

 

   

we have one lead product candidate and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to assess our future viability;

 

   

we are substantially dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202;

 

   

at our recent End-of-Phase 2 meeting, the FDA expressed certain concerns regarding the design of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials, and, even if we believe our Phase 3 clinical trials are successful, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree that we have satisfactorily addressed these concerns or that the FDA will not raise new issues regarding the design of our clinical trials;

 

   

we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO-202, LIPO-102 or any of our future product candidates under applicable regulatory requirements;

 

   

even if LIPO-202 or any other current or future product candidate obtains regulatory approval, we may not receive our desired indication for our product candidates or they may never achieve market acceptance or commercial success;

 

   

we will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development, other operations or commercialization efforts;

 

   

if the FDA does not conclude that LIPO-202 satisfies the requirements for the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, as planned, or if the requirements for approval of LIPO-202

 

 

 

 

5


Table of Contents

 

 

 

under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for LIPO-202 will likely be materially impacted and take significantly longer, cost significantly more and encounter significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful;

 

   

if LIPO-202 is approved for commercial use, it will face significant competition;

 

   

we are substantially dependent on broad physician adoption of LIPO-202 as a treatment for the reduction of central abdominal bulging; and

 

   

if our efforts to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in February 2007 under the name Lipothera, Inc. We commenced operations in February 2007 and, in September 2008, changed our name to Lithera, Inc. In August 2014, we changed our name to Neothetics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122 and our telephone number is (858) 750-1008. Our website is located at www.neothetics.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to:

 

   

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the day we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million measured on June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this registration statement and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different from what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Neothetics, Inc.

 

Common stock we are Offering

4,300,000 shares of common stock

 

Common stock to be Outstanding immediately after the Offering


13,266,217 shares of common stock

 

Over-Allotment Option

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 645,000 additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering to fund our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202, and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including our planned research, clinical trial and product development activities. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 60 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should read carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market Symbol

“NEOT”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 8,966,217 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the conversion in connection with this offering of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 8,221,131 shares of common stock and the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for 196,586 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and excludes:

 

   

24,419 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

18,735 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Hercules Technologies Growth Capital, Inc., or Hercules, and are expected remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

972,670 shares of our common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 granted pursuant to our 2007 Stock Plan, or our 2007 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.65, of which 609,222 represent shares of our common stock subject to vesting requirements;

 

   

1,000,000 shares of our common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, 220,836 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under our 2014 Plan beginning January 1, 2015; and

 

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

 

 

 

   

170,000 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2014 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2015.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus (except for the historical financial statements) reflects and assumes:

 

   

the automatic conversion of all 46,990,685 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 8,221,131 shares of common stock, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants (excluding warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 43,154 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and Hercules and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering), assuming net exercise for 196,586 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to 645,000 additional shares of our common stock;

 

   

the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

a reverse stock split of 1-for-6.10 of our common stock effected on November 7, 2014.

Clarus Ventures, LLC has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $15.0 million of our shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and certain of our principal stockholders affiliated with our directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to $12.0 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares in this offering to any of these parties, or any of these parties may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these entities as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

 

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year. You should read the following summary financial data in conjunction with the sections entitled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue, related party

   $ 100      $      $      $   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249        11,448        9,736        3,258   

General and administrative

     2,592        2,975        2,149        3,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,841        14,423        11,885        6,333   

Loss from operations

     (5,741     (14,423     (11,885     (6,333

Interest income

     2        1        1        3   

Interest expense

     (937     (57     (49     (163

(Loss) gain on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,152     (490     (245     (1,430

Other income (expense), net

            (47     (47       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,828   $ (15,016   $ (12,225   $ (7,923
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (15.65   $ (29.33   $ (23.88   $ (14.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

     500,223        511,949        511,949        546,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (2.08     $ (0.76
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

       6,996,183          8,541,087   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Please see Note 2 of our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our actual basic and diluted net loss per share and our pro forma unaudited basic and diluted net loss per share.

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro  Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,650      $ 14,650      $ 69,032   

Working capital

     14,213        14,213        67,199   

Total assets

     16,185        16,185        69,171   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     3,818                 

Convertible preferred stock

     70,915                 

Accumulated deficit

     (66,778     (66,778     (66,778

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (64,208     10,525        63,510   

 

(1)  

The pro forma amounts give effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all 46,990,685 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 8,221,131 shares of common stock, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (b) the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for 196,586 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; (c) the reclassification of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of this offering; (d) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (e) a reverse stock split of 1-for-6.10 of our common stock effected on November 7, 2014.

 

(2)  

The pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect the pro forma conversion adjustments described in footnote (1) above and gives further effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $4.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $13.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the events or developments described below occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be negatively affected. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We have one lead product candidate and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to assess our future viability.    

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Pharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To date, we have focused principally on developing our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, an injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our inception in 2007. We have only a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. In addition, we have limited experience and have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the specialty pharmaceutical industry. We have not generated any revenue from product sales to date. We continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 and nine months ended September 30, 2014 was approximately $15.0 million and $7.9 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $66.8 million. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, LIPO-202 and assuming we obtain regulatory approval, begin to commercialize LIPO-202. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

We are substantially dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202.     

To date, we have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the research and development and commercial planning for LIPO-202, which is currently our lead product candidate. In particular, we have completed a Phase 2 RESET clinical trial, or RESET. Our near-term prospects, including our ability to finance our company and generate revenue, as well as our future growth, will depend heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of LIPO-202. The clinical and commercial success of LIPO-202 will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

any unexpected results from further analysis beyond the top-line data of our recently completed RESET clinical trial;

 

   

initiating and obtaining favorable results from our planned Phase 3 clinical program for LIPO-202, which may be slower or cost more than we currently anticipate;

 

   

at our recent End-of-Phase 2 meeting, the FDA expressed certain concerns regarding the design of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials, and, even if we believe our Phase 3 clinical

 

11


Table of Contents
 

trials are successful, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree that we have satisfactorily addressed these concerns or that the FDA will not raise new issues regarding the design of our clinical trials;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate the safety of LIPO-202 to the satisfaction of the FDA and other applicable foreign regulatory bodies;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate efficacy of LIPO-202 to the satisfaction of the FDA and other applicable foreign regulatory bodies, including our ability to utilize FDA-acceptable endpoint tools for measuring efficacy of LIPO-202 in our clinical trials;

 

   

whether we are required by the FDA or other applicable foreign regulatory bodies to conduct additional clinical trials to support the approval of LIPO-202;

 

   

the acceptance by the FDA of our proposed parameters for regulatory approval, including our proposed indication, endpoints and endpoint measurement tools relating to LIPO-202;

 

   

whether we are able to secure a partner or partner(s) for the development and commercialization of LIPO-202 outside of the United States and if so, whether such partners will be required to conduct additional studies for the approval of LIPO-202 in such markets in a timely manner;

 

   

our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of LIPO-202;

 

   

the incidence, duration and severity of adverse side effects;

 

   

the timely receipt of necessary marketing approvals from the FDA and similar regulatory bodies around the world;

 

   

achieving and maintaining compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to LIPO-202;

 

   

the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing treatments;

 

   

the effectiveness of our and our potential partners’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations in the United States and other markets around the world;

 

   

the ability of our third-party manufacturers and potential partners to manufacture clinical trial and commercial supplies of LIPO-202 to remain in good standing with regulatory bodies, and to develop, validate and maintain commercially viable manufacturing processes that are compliant with Current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, regulations;

 

   

our ability to successfully commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States, if approved for marketing;

 

   

our potential partners’ ability to successfully commercialize LIPO-202 in other markets outside of the United States;

 

   

our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in and to LIPO-202;

 

   

our ability to avoid third-party patent interference or patent infringement claims;

 

   

acceptance of LIPO-202 as safe and effective by patients and the medical community; and

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile of LIPO-202 following approval.

Many of these factors are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to generate revenue through the sale of LIPO-202. Any one of these factors or other factors discussed in this prospectus could affect our ability to successfully commercialize LIPO-202, which could

 

12


Table of Contents

impact our ability to earn sufficient revenues to transition from a developmental stage company and continue our business. If we are not successful in obtaining regulatory approval of and commercializing LIPO-202, or are significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We cannot be certain that LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates will receive regulatory approval, and even with regulatory approval they may never achieve market acceptance or commercial success.     

We have invested a significant portion of our efforts and financial resources in the development of LIPO-202, and our ability to generate significant revenue related to product sales will depend on the successful development and regulatory approval of LIPO-202. In our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, the FDA expressed concerns regarding our proposed endpoint tools used to assess efficacy of LIPO-202 and questioned whether a more appropriate physical measure of reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat could be obtained using other measurement tools, such as 2-D ultrasound. We intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of 2-D ultrasound as a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a limited number of clinical sites in our Phase 3 pivotal trials, based upon our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA. The endpoints from the use of 2-D ultrasound may not be acceptable for regulatory approval and if our alternative endpoint tools are not accepted by the FDA, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO-202.

Even if we obtain FDA or other foreign regulatory approvals, LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates may not achieve market acceptance among physicians and patients, and may not be commercially successful. Market acceptance of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval depends on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the safety and efficacy of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates as demonstrated in clinical trials;

 

   

acceptance by physicians and patients of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates as safe and effective treatments;

 

   

the clinical indications for which LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates are approved and whether our desired labeling is approved;

 

   

proper training and administration of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates by physicians;

 

   

the potential and perceived advantages of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates over alternative treatments;

 

   

acceptance by physicians and patients that the duration of effect of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates are significant and have advantages over alternative treatments;

 

   

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments and willingness to pay for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, if approved, on the part of physicians and patients;

 

   

the willingness of patients to pay for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates and other aesthetic treatments in general, relative to other discretionary items, especially during economically challenging times;

 

   

relative convenience and ease of administration and the ability of patients to commit to an eight-week treatment period;

 

   

the incidence, duration and severity of adverse side effects;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts; and

 

   

the degree to which the approved labeling supports promotional initiatives for commercial success.

Any failure by our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would adversely affect our results of operations.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.    

Clinical testing is expensive, and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Furthermore, we rely on clinical research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and while we have agreements governing their committed activities, we have limited influence over their actual performance. The costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a project owing to factors that include but are not limited to the following:

 

   

per patient trial costs;

 

   

salaries and related overhead expenses, including share-based compensation and benefits for personnel in research and development functions;

 

   

fees paid to third-party professional consultants and service providers;

 

   

costs to develop and manufacture preclinical study and clinical trial materials;

 

   

costs for laboratory supplies;

 

   

the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

   

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

   

the number of trials required for approval;

 

   

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

   

the number of doses that patients receive;

 

   

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

   

the phase of development of the product candidate;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

the duration of patient follow-up; and

 

   

the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidate.

Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. For example, we have in the past terminated early-stage development and clinical programs for other potential product candidates due to a lack of sufficient efficacy or the potential for unacceptable adverse reactions to a particular product candidate, as well as our desire to concentrate our efforts on the development of LIPO-202. The results of preclinical and clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. For example, the positive results generated to date in clinical trials for LIPO-202 do not ensure that later clinical trials will demonstrate similar results. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the specialty pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier studies, and

 

14


Table of Contents

we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if our ongoing or future clinical trials are completed, the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

We may experience delays in our ongoing clinical trials, including the planned Phase 3 development of LIPO-202, and we do not know whether future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed or aborted for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

delay or failure in obtaining regulatory approval to commence a trial;

 

   

inability to reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

regulatory objections to commencing a clinical trial or proceeding to the next phase of investigation, including inability to reach agreement with the FDA or non-U.S. regulators regarding the scope, design or implementation of our clinical trials or for other reasons such as safety concerns identified during preclinical development or early stage clinical trials;

 

   

inability to qualify for exemptions from infringement of intellectual property rights for clinical trial testing of products in countries where we want to conduct clinical trials outside the United States;

 

   

inability to identify, add and maintain a sufficient number of trial sites;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial sites from our clinical trials as a result of changing standards of care or the ineligibility of a site to participate in our clinical trials;

 

   

difficulty identifying and engaging qualified clinical investigators;

 

   

failure to obtain institutional review board, or IRB, approval at each site;

 

   

difficulty recruiting and enrolling patients to participate in clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including failure to meet the enrollment criteria for our study and competition from other clinical trial programs;

 

   

inability to retain patients in clinical trials due to the treatment protocol, personal issues, side effects from the therapy or lack of efficacy;

 

   

failure to have clinical sites observe trial protocol or continue to participate in a trial;

 

   

failure to address any patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

   

failure to address any conflicts with new or existing laws or regulations;

 

   

failure to manufacture sufficient quantities of product candidates or placebos for use in clinical trials; or

 

   

inability to obtain sufficient funding to commence a clinical trial.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with the requirements of the relevant regulatory filing (including clinical protocol and manufacturing), inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial due to unforeseen costs resulting from enrollment delays,

 

15


Table of Contents

requirements to conduct additional trials and studies, increased expenses associated with the services of our CROs and other third parties or other reasons.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or terminate, any clinical trial of our current or future product candidates, if any, the commercial prospects of these product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed or not realized at all. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of a clinical trial may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate.

Changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we or any of our partners may be required by appropriate regulatory authorities to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us or any of our partners to resubmit clinical trial protocols to independent review boards for re-examination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. If we or any of our partners experience delays in the completion of, or if we or our partners terminate, clinical trials, the commercial prospects for our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate revenue from sales of our products will be prevented or delayed. In addition, many of the factors that may cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate.

Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development. Because the results of earlier clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, any product candidate we or our current or potential future partners advance through clinical trials may not have favorable results in later clinical trials or receive regulatory approval.

Clinical failure can occur at any stage of our clinical development. Clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we or our partners may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical or preclinical testing. In addition, data obtained from tests are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate the same results or otherwise provide adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of a product candidate. Frequently, product candidates that have shown promising results in early clinical trials have subsequently suffered significant setbacks in later clinical trials. In addition, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, or approval of a product for desired indications, and flaws or shortcomings in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. We have limited experience in designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support regulatory approval for our desired indications, and we have never previously submitted an NDA. Further, clinical trials of potential products often reveal that it is not practical or feasible to continue development efforts. If LIPO-202 is found to be unsafe or lack efficacy, we will not be able to obtain regulatory approval for it and our business would be harmed. For example, if the results of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202 do not achieve primary or secondary efficacy endpoints or we are unable to provide primary or secondary endpoint measurements deemed acceptable by the FDA or non-U.S. regulators and demonstrate an acceptable safety level, the prospects for approval of LIPO-202 would be materially and adversely affected. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including those with greater resources and experience than us, have suffered significant setbacks in Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier clinical trials.

 

16


Table of Contents

In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety and/or efficacy results between different trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including differences in trial protocols and design, the size and type of the patient populations, adherence to the dosing regimen and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. We do not know whether any Phase 2, Phase 3 or other clinical trials we or any partners may conduct will demonstrate consistent and/or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates.

We may be unable to successfully pursue the 505(b)(2) pathway as planned, which would materially impact our likelihood of obtaining FDA approval.

A 505(b)(2) application that relies for approval on the FDA’s finding of safety and/or effectiveness for one or more listed drugs must establish that such reliance is scientifically appropriate, and must submit data necessary to support any aspects of the proposed drug product that represent modifications to the listed drug(s). We must establish a bridge between our proposed drug product and each listed drug upon which we propose to rely, to demonstrate that such reliance is scientifically justified. Determining and reaching agreement with the FDA regarding exactly what additional or “bridging” data will be needed to support the proposed modification to the listed drug can present challenges and is a fact-specific determination that must be made on a case-by-case basis.

If we are unable to establish to the FDA’s satisfaction that our reliance on the listed drug is scientifically appropriate, and that we have sufficiently addressed the safety and effectiveness implications of our proposed modifications (including, importantly, the different indication), we may be unable to utilize this regulatory pathway.

LIPO-202, if approved, will face significant competition, and the failure by us to compete effectively may prevent us from achieving significant market acceptance.

The aesthetic procedure market is highly competitive and dynamic, and is characterized by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. We are seeking regulatory approval of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. A substantial portion of our target physician market is comprised of dermatologists, primary care physicians, OB/GYNs, and members of other specialties, some of whom perform liposuction, non-invasive fat reduction and other procedures for fat reduction. Such physicians may find it more advantageous to utilize these surgical and non-surgical procedures to remove localized fat deposits rather than a cosmetic injectable therapy such as LIPO-202. In addition, we expect that LIPO-202, if approved, will compete for the attention and discretionary income of patients with new and existing therapies for the treatment of localized fat, including liposuction and other procedures, as well as other technologies aimed at fat reduction, including other injections and laser energy-based, cryolipolysis, and ultrasound energy-based products.

If approved, LIPO-202 may also compete with unregulated, unapproved and off-label fat reduction and body contouring treatments. For example, we are aware that there are entities such as compounding pharmacies that have manufactured quantities of phosphatidylcholine and deoxycholic acid-based formulations, which are being sold as fat reduction treatments without drug approval from the FDA. In order to compete successfully in the aesthetics market, we will have to demonstrate that the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat with LIPO-202 is a worthwhile aesthetic treatment and is a superior alternative to existing therapies. There may be other drug or device products or injectable therapies currently under development or being considered for development for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat of which we are not currently aware, but which upon approval would compete directly with LIPO-202.

LIPO-202, if approved, will also compete for patient and physician resources and mindshare with products and technologies that are not primarily related to fat reduction and body contouring, such as skin tightening, anti-aging, dispigmentation and other aesthetic technologies. The medical technology

 

17


Table of Contents

and aesthetic companies that offer these products tend to have a broad range of other product offerings, large direct sales forces, and long-term customer relationships with our target physicians, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts.

In addition, a large portion of our target physician market is comprised of plastic surgeons who utilize surgical methods for fat reduction. Such physicians may find it more advantageous to utilize surgical techniques to remove localized fat deposits rather than a cosmetic injectable therapy such as LIPO-202. Additionally, some non-invasive technologies for the reduction of fat or “body contouring” have received marketing clearance from the FDA. For example, in September 2010, Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. received clearance for their body contouring system, CoolSculpting, which utilizes controlled cooling to reduce the temperature of fat cells in the treated area for the selective reduction of fat around the flanks. Zerona, a laser energy-based product marketed by Erchonia Corporation, and Liposonix, an ultrasound energy-based product marketed by Valeant Pharmaceuticals, Inc., have also received FDA marketing clearance. We are also aware that Kythera, Inc. has an injectable drug product in development, ATX-101, which has completed Phase 3 clinical trials in the United States. Kythera submitted an NDA for this product to the FDA in May 2014 for the reduction of submental fat in the chin and such NDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. Like LIPO-202, this product is an injectable drug which requires a series of injections below the chin. If approved, this product may be used off-label by physicians in the abdomen, the expected treatment indication for LIPO-202, which may decrease the market available for LIPO-202 once approved.

Many of these potential competitors are large, experienced companies that have substantially greater resources and brand recognition than we do. Competing in the aesthetic market could result in price-cutting, reduced profit margins, and limited market share, any of which would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The commercial success of LIPO-202, if approved, will depend significantly on broad physician adoption and use of LIPO-202.

The commercial success of LIPO-202, if approved, will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of LIPO-202 by physicians for fat reduction and body contouring. Physician adoption of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, if approved, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the safety and effectiveness of LIPO-202 for fat reduction and body contouring as compared to alternative treatments or procedures;

 

   

physician willingness to adopt a new therapy for fat reduction and body contouring;

 

   

patient compliance with the treatment regimen;

 

   

overcoming any biases surgeons may have in favor of surgical procedures for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat;

 

   

patient satisfaction with administration, results and duration of the effects of LIPO-202;

 

   

patient demand for central abdominal bulge reduction and body contouring;

 

   

the revenue and profitability that LIPO-202 will offer a physician as compared to alternative treatments or procedures; and

 

   

the difficulty of administering LIPO-202 and any potential side effects of the administration and/or use of LIPO-202.

If LIPO-202 is approved for use and physicians do not broadly adopt it for fat reduction and body contouring, our financial performance will be adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

We currently have no sales or marketing organization. If we are unable to establish sales capabilities on our own or through third parties, we may not be able to market and sell LIPO-202 effectively in the United States or any other current and future product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenue.

We currently do not have a commercial organization. In order to commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States, we must build our marketing, sales, distribution, management and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If LIPO-202 receives regulatory approval, we intend to establish a sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize our product candidates, which will be expensive, require substantial additional capital and be time consuming. We have no prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain, and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize LIPO-202. If we are not successful in commercializing LIPO-202 or any of our current or future product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we would incur significant additional losses.

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth.

As of September 30, 2014, we had nine full-time employees and one part-time employee. We will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, commercial, medical affairs, finance and other resources in order to manage our operations and clinical trials, continue our development activities and commercialize LIPO-202 or any of our current and future product candidates. Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively execute our growth strategy requires that we:

 

   

manage our clinical trials effectively;

 

   

identify, recruit, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees;

 

   

build effective business processes to launch LIPO-202 and other products;

 

   

manage our internal development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties; and

 

   

continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

The commercial success of LIPO-202 outside of the United States depends significantly on the development and marketing efforts of NovaMedica, LLC and other third parties, and if any of these parties fails to perform as expected, or is unable to obtain the required regulatory approvals for our product candidates, the potential for us to generate future revenue from royalties and milestone payments from LIPO-202 outside the United States would be significantly reduced and our business would be materially and adversely harmed.

In December 2012, we entered into a technology transfer agreement with Domain Russia Investments Limited, or DRI, which was subsequently assigned to NovaMedica, LLC, or NovaMedica, pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement, as contemplated in the technology transfer agreement with DRI. Under this agreement, we are working with NovaMedica to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for

 

19


Table of Contents

our product candidates from regulatory bodies in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. NovaMedica is responsible for the commercialization of LIPO-202 and LIPO-102, if regulatory approval is achieved in those territories. We intend to identify a strategic partner or partners to develop and commercialize LIPO-202 for other markets outside these territories and the United States, and we intend to pursue partnering and licensing arrangements for the European, Far Eastern, and Latin American markets.

The potential for us to generate revenue from royalties and milestone payments from our product candidates outside of the United States depends primarily on the successful development, regulatory approval, marketing and commercialization of our products by NovaMedica and other strategic partners and third parties.

Any of the following events or factors could have a material adverse effect on the potential and timing for us to receive regulatory and commercial milestone payments and generate royalties from the sale of LIPO-202 outside of the United States:

 

   

our partners’ receipt of, or failure to comply with, additional requests and recommendations from relevant foreign regulatory bodies, including any request for additional clinical trials;

 

   

different requirements for approval by various regulatory bodies outside the United States and our partners’ ability to conduct necessary clinical trials and compile and submit an adequate registration dossier;

 

   

our partners’ inability to obtain all necessary approvals from regulatory bodies outside the United States;

 

   

our partners’ failure to commit adequate resources to the development, regulatory approval, marketing, distribution and intellectual property protection of LIPO-202;

 

   

our ability to build and maintain a global safety database, together with our partners and collaborators, sufficient for regulatory reporting; and

 

   

any failure of our partners to manufacture our product candidate in compliance with requirements of relevant regulatory bodies and in quantities sufficient to meet clinical or commercial demand.

We rely completely on third-party suppliers to manufacture and distribute our clinical drug supplies for LIPO-202, we intend to rely on third parties for commercial manufacturing and distribution of LIPO-202 and we expect to rely on third parties for manufacturing and distribution of preclinical, clinical, and commercial supplies of any of our other current and future product candidates.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability to manufacture or distribute preclinical, clinical, or commercial quantities of drug substance or drug product, including LIPO-202. Facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture drug substance and drug product for commercial sale must be approved by the FDA or other relevant foreign regulatory bodies pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA or any relevant foreign regulatory submission to the applicable regulatory agency.

We do not have direct control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate manufacturing capacity and capabilities to serve our needs, including quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. We are dependent on our contract manufacturers for compliance with cGMP requirements, for manufacture of drug substance and finished drug products. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and/or the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or foreign regulatory bodies, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. Furthermore, these contract

 

20


Table of Contents

manufacturers are engaged with other companies to supply and/or manufacture materials or products for such companies, which also exposes our manufacturers to regulatory risks for the production of such materials and products. As a result, failure to meet the regulatory requirements for the production of those materials and products may also affect the regulatory clearance of a contract manufacturers’ facility. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory agency does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, or if it withdraws its approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would negatively impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, if approved. Any of these factors could cause a delay of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, approvals or commercialization of our product candidates or entail higher costs or impair our reputation.

We and our contract manufacturers continue to characterize and improve manufacturing processes and quality systems. As development and commercialization progresses, we may encounter difficulties with new or existing processes. Depending upon the extent of the challenges encountered, there may be an interruption in clinical and/or commercial supply.

In addition, a failure to provide drug substance supply could have an adverse effect in supply of finished drug product for clinical trials and/or finished drug product in our commercial territories, and, as a result, may have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We expect to continue to depend on third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers for the foreseeable future. We currently source salmeterol xinafoate, the active drug ingredient of LIPO-202, from Natco Pharma Limited. Lyophilization Services of New England, Inc. manufactures LIPO-202. Testing and stability services for LIPO-202 are currently provided by Pharmaceutical Product Development, LLC, or PPD. We have not yet entered into long-term agreements with any of the aforementioned third-party providers. We currently do not have alternative drug substance and drug product manufacturers, although through extensive diligence several providers have been identified. To manufacture and distribute LIPO-202 in the quantities that we believe will be required to meet anticipated market demand, our third-party manufacturers may need to increase capacity, which could involve significant challenges and will require additional regulatory approvals. In addition, the development of commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities may require us and our third-party manufacturers to invest substantial additional funds and hire and retain the technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing and quality experience. Neither we nor our third-party manufacturers may successfully complete any required increase to existing manufacturing capacity in a timely manner, or at all.

When completed, our supply agreements cannot guarantee that a contract manufacturer or supplier will provide services adequate for our needs. If a contract manufacturer/supplier becomes financially distressed or insolvent, or discontinues manufacturing supply for us beyond the term of the existing agreement, if any, or for any other reason, this could result in substantial management time and expense to identify and qualify alternative manufacturers or suppliers, and could lead to an interruption in clinical or commercial supply.

If there is a disruption to our or our third-party manufacturers’ or suppliers’ relevant operations, we will have no other means of producing LIPO-202 until the affected facilities are restored or we or they procure and qualify alternative facilities. Additionally, any damage to or destruction of our or our third-party manufacturers’ or suppliers’ facilities or equipment may significantly impair our ability to manufacture LIPO-202 on a timely basis.

Our reliance on contract manufacturers further exposes us to the possibility that they, or third parties with access to their facilities, will have access to and may misappropriate our trade secrets or other proprietary information.

 

21


Table of Contents

We currently rely on the services of a few testing organizations. Failure of these vendors to perform adequately can materially and adversely affect our business.

There are a limited number of providers for testing of LIPO-202, and we do not have direct control over our testing labs. Nor do we have direct control over the processes or timing for the acquisition of the raw materials and components necessary to test our product candidate. If these raw materials and/or components are not available at the volumes and quantity levels required, it could have a material and adverse impact on the supply of drug substance and finished drug product. We work closely with our testing labs to enable timely delivery of required drug substance and drug product, but these efforts may be insufficient which may lead to delays in testing of drug product. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a drug product to complete the study, a delay in the supply of sufficient drug product could delay completion of clinical trials and the clinical program, regulatory approval, and generation of revenue.

Testing and stability services for LIPO-202 are currently provided by PPD. We have not yet entered into long-term agreements with PPD.

Manufacturing and supply of drug substance and finished drug product is a complex and technically challenging undertaking, and there is potential for failure at many points in the manufacturing, testing, quality assurance and distribution supply chain, as well as the potential for latent defects after product has been manufactured and distributed.

Manufacturing and supply of drug substance and finished drug product is technically challenging. Changes that may be made outside the purview of our direct control can have an impact on the success of our processes, on quality, and successful delivery of product to physicians. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect successful production and supply. Some of these risks include:

 

   

failure of our manufacturers to follow cGMP requirements or mishandling of our product while in production or in preparation for transit;

 

   

transportation and import/export risk;

 

   

delays in analytical results or failure of sensitive analytical techniques that we will depend upon for quality control, release of product, and shelf life determination;

 

   

natural disasters, labor disputes, financial distress, lack of raw material and component supply, issues with facilities and equipment or other forms of disruption to business operations at our contract manufacturers/suppliers; and

 

   

latent defects that may become apparent after product has been released and which may result in recall and destruction of drug.

We rely on third parties to conduct all our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize LIPO-202 .

We do not have the ability to conduct preclinical studies or clinical trials independently. We rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories, collaborative partners and other third parties, such as CROs, to conduct clinical trials on our product candidates. The third parties with whom we contract for execution of our clinical trials play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data. However, these third parties are not our employees, and except for contractual duties and obligations, we have limited ability to control the amount, quality or timing of resources that they devote to our programs. Although we rely on these third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with its investigational plan and protocol. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with regulations and standards referred to as current Good

 

22


Table of Contents

Laboratory Practice, or GLP, for conducting preclinical studies, and Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate, and that the trial subjects are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials.

In addition, the execution of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and the subsequent compilation and analysis of the data produced, requires coordination among various parties. In order for these functions to be carried out effectively and efficiently, it is imperative that these parties communicate and coordinate with one another. Moreover, these third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of which may compete with us. These third parties may terminate their agreements with us upon as little as 30 days prior written notice of a material breach by us that is not cured within 30 days. Many of these agreements may also be terminated by such third parties under certain other circumstances, including our insolvency or our failure to comply with applicable laws. In general, these agreements require such third parties to reasonably cooperate with us at our expense for an orderly winding down of services of such third parties under the agreements. If the third parties conducting our clinical trials do not perform their contractual duties or obligations, experience work stoppages, become insolvent or undergo restructuring, do not meet expected deadlines, terminate their agreements with us or need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or GCPs, or for any other reason, we may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties, which could be difficult, costly or impossible, and our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated or may need to be repeated. If any of the foregoing were to occur, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize the product candidate being tested in such trials in a timely fashion, or at all.

Our existing collaboration with NovaMedica is important to our business, and future collaborations may also be important to us. If we are unable to maintain any of these collaborations, or if these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

We have entered into a collaboration with NovaMedica for the development and commercialization of our product candidates in Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. Our existing collaboration, and any future collaborations we enter into, may pose a number of risks, including:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to the development and commercialization of product candidates under these collaborations;

 

   

collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval, or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with the products or product candidates that are the subject of our collaboration agreements with them, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of the product candidates that are covered under our collaboration with them;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more product candidates that are subject to a collaboration agreement with us and achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

   

disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to result in litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property rights or proprietary information;

 

   

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

 

   

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, in certain instances, we would potentially lose the right to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates;

 

   

collaborators may learn about our technology and use this knowledge to compete with us;

 

   

negative results in preclinical or clinical trials conducted by our collaborators could produce results that harm or impair other products using our technology;

 

   

there may be conflicts between collaborators that could negatively affect those collaborations or others; and

 

   

the number and type of our collaborations could adversely affect our attractiveness to future collaborators or acquirers.

All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our collaborators and there can be no assurance that our collaborations will produce positive results or successful products on a timely basis or at all. Additionally, subject to its contractual obligations to us, if a collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination or otherwise changes its business priorities, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us. If one or more of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our perception in the business and financial communities, as well as our stock price, could be adversely affected.

Our ability to market LIPO-202 in the United States, if approved, will be limited to an indication approved by the FDA, and if we want to expand the indications for which we may market LIPO-202, we will need to conduct additional clinical trials and obtain additional regulatory approvals, which may not be granted.

We intend to seek regulatory approval of LIPO-202 in the United States for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. The FDA has not confirmed that our proposed indication is a recognized disease or condition nor that it is an acceptable indication for regulatory approval. We may be forced to change our indication for LIPO-202 in order to obtain approval for LIPO-202, which could adversely impact our ability to market LIPO-202. Moreover, if LIPO-202 is approved for our proposed indication, the FDA likely will prohibit our marketing or advertising of LIPO-202 for other specific body areas, which could limit physician and patient adoption. We may attempt to develop, seek regulatory approval for, promote and commercialize new treatment indications and protocols for LIPO-202 in the future, but we cannot predict when or if we will receive

 

24


Table of Contents

the approvals required to do so. In addition, we likely would be required to conduct additional clinical trials or studies to support our applications, which would be time-consuming and expensive, and may produce results that do not result in regulatory approvals. If we do not obtain additional regulatory approvals, our ability to expand our business in the United States and elsewhere will be limited.

Even if LIPO-202 is approved for commercialization, if there is not sufficient patient demand for procedures using LIPO-202, our financial results and future prospects will be harmed.

The reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat with LIPO-202 is an elective procedure, the cost of which must be borne by the patient, and we do not expect it to be reimbursable through government or private health insurance. The decision by a patient to elect to undergo treatment with LIPO-202 may be influenced by a number of factors, such as:

 

   

the success of any sales and marketing programs that we, our collaborators, or any third parties we or they engage, undertake, and as to which we have limited experience;

 

   

the extent to which physicians adopt and recommend LIPO-202 to their patients;

 

   

the extent to which LIPO-202 satisfies patient expectations;

 

   

the ability of physicians and clinicians to properly follow instructions in administering the subcutaneous injections across the central abdominal treatment area such that their patients do not experience excessive discomfort during treatment or adverse side effects;

 

   

the cost, safety and effectiveness of LIPO-202 versus other aesthetic treatments;

 

   

consumer sentiment about the benefits and risks of aesthetic procedures generally and LIPO-202 in particular;

 

   

the success of any direct-to-consumer marketing efforts we may initiate; and

 

   

general consumer confidence, which may be impacted by economic and political conditions.

Our financial performance will be materially harmed if we cannot generate significant patient demand for LIPO-202.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability, and a breach of warranties, among others. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates;

 

   

injury to our reputation;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

loss of revenue; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize LIPO-202 or any our other current or future product candidates.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our other products we develop. We currently carry product liability insurance covering our clinical trials in the amount of $5.0 million in the aggregate. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. If and when we obtain approval for marketing LIPO-202, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of LIPO-202; however, we may be unable to obtain this liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms.

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific and commercial personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific, and commercial personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly our President and Chief Executive Officer. We have not entered into any employment agreements with our key personnel other than our senior management team, nor do we maintain key man life insurance on the lives of any of the members of our senior management. Although we have a stock option plan pursuant to which we provide our executive officers with various economic incentives to remain employed with us, these incentives may not be sufficient to retain them. None of our senior management has any arrangement with us for a fixed term of service. The loss of services of any of these individuals or our inability to hire, retain and motivate additional qualified personnel in the future could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates.

Although we have not historically experienced unique difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees, we could experience such problems in the future. For example, competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and specialty pharmaceuticals field is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the skills and experience required by our industry. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we are not successful in discovering, developing and commercializing additional product candidates, our ability to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives would be impaired.

Although a substantial amount of our effort will focus on the continued clinical testing and potential approval of LIPO-202, an element of our strategy is to discover, develop and commercialize a portfolio of products to serve the aesthetic market. We are seeking to do so through our internal research programs and may explore strategic collaborations for the development or acquisition of new products. Our other potential product candidate, LIPO-102, remains in the discovery stage. Research programs to identify product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including the following:

 

   

the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates;

 

   

competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates obsolete or less attractive;

 

   

product candidates we develop may nevertheless be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

   

a product candidate may on further study be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate it is unlikely to be effective or otherwise does not meet applicable regulatory criteria;

 

   

a product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all;

 

   

a product candidate may not be accepted as safe and effective by patients, the medical community or third-party payors, if applicable; and

 

   

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may not approve or agree with the intended use of a new product candidate.

If we fail to develop and successfully commercialize other current and future product candidates, our business and future prospects may be harmed and our business will be more vulnerable to any problems that we encounter in developing and commercializing LIPO-202.

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs significantly, as well as divert significant company resources and management attention.

We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as a public company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and regulations regarding corporate governance practices. The listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to director independence, distributing annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, approvals and voting, soliciting proxies, conflicts of interest and a code of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. Moreover, the reporting requirements, rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Any changes we make to comply with these obligations may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all. These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.

 

27


Table of Contents

After this offering, we will be subject to Section 404 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, and the related rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, which generally require our management and independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Beginning with the second annual report that we will be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Section 404 requires an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404. Once we are no longer an emerging growth company or, if prior to such date, we opt to no longer take advantage of the applicable exemption, we will be required to include an opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the day we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as measured as of each June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

To date, we have never conducted a review of our internal control for the purpose of providing the reports required by these rules. During the course of our review and testing, we may identify deficiencies and be unable to remediate them before we must provide the required reports. Furthermore, if we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall.

In addition, as a public company we will be required to file accurate and timely quarterly and annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to report our results of operations and financial statements on an accurate and timely basis, we will depend on CROs to provide timely and accurate notice of their costs to us and, if LIPO- 202 is approved by relevant foreign regulatory authorities and sold by NovaMedica, we would depend on NovaMedica to provide timely and accurate reports on royalties payable to us. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from The NASDAQ Global Market or other adverse consequences that would materially harm to our business. In addition, being a public company could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If we fail to comply with the covenants and other obligations under our credit facility, the lenders may be able to accelerate amounts owed under the facilities and may foreclose upon the assets securing our obligations.

In June 2014, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules. As of November 4, 2014, $10.0 million remained outstanding under the loan. Borrowings under our loan agreement are secured by all of our tangible assets. The covenants set forth in the loan and security agreement require, among other things, that we seek consent from Hercules prior to certain corporate changes and provide certain unaudited financial information within 30 days after the end of each month. If we fail to comply with the

 

28


Table of Contents

covenants and our other obligations under the credit facility, Hercules would be able to accelerate the required repayment of amounts due under the loan agreement and, if they are not repaid, could foreclose upon our assets securing our obligations under the credit facility.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. Furthermore, the market for aesthetic medical procedures may be particularly vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions. In particular, we do not expect LIPO-202 to be reimbursed by any government or third-party payor and, as a result, demand for this product will be tied to discretionary spending levels of our targeted patient population. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the most recent global financial crisis, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including, weakened demand for LIPO-202, if approved, and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. This is particularly true in Europe, which is undergoing a continued severe economic crisis. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our services. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

Our research and development activities and our third-party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ activities involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including the components of our product candidates and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers’ facilities pending their use and disposal. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes, wildfires or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our corporate headquarters and other facilities are located in the San Diego area, which in the past has experienced both severe earthquakes and wildfires. We do not carry earthquake insurance. Earthquakes, wildfires or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

29


Table of Contents

If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our enterprise financial systems or manufacturing resource planning and enterprise quality systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are geographically concentrated and operating from single sites, increasing their vulnerability to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on third parties to manufacture LIPO-202 and conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidate could be delayed.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development, other operations or commercialization efforts.

Since our inception, substantially all of our resources have been dedicated to the preclinical and clinical development of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202. As of September 30, 2014, we had working capital of $14.2 million and capital resources consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $14.7 million. We have drawn down $10.0 million under our credit facility. We believe that we will continue to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future on the completion of clinical development and regulatory preparedness of LIPO-202, preparing and filing the NDA filing, preparations for a commercial launch of LIPO-202, if approved, and development of any other current or future product candidates we may choose to further develop pursue. These expenditures will include costs associated with research and development, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, and manufacturing and supply as well as marketing and selling any products approved for sale. In addition, other unanticipated costs may arise. Because the outcome of any drug development process is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of LIPO-202 or any other current or future product candidates.

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $53.0 million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the range on the cover of this

 

30


Table of Contents

prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We believe that such proceeds together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next twelve months. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, along with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202. However, our operating plan may change as a result of factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as strategic collaborations. Such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including:

 

   

any unexpected results from further analysis beyond top-line data of our recently completed RESET clinical trial for LIPO-202;

 

   

the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, and conducting preclinical and clinical trials;

 

   

the cost of commercialization activities if LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates are approved for sale, including marketing, sales and distribution costs and preparedness of our corporate infrastructure;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates that we obtain approval for and successfully commercialize;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such agreements;

 

   

whether NovaMedica continues to pursue or terminate our technology transfer agreement with NovaMedica for the development and commercialization of LIPO-202 in certain jurisdictions outside of the United States;

 

   

the number and characteristics of any additional product candidates we may develop or acquire;

 

   

any product liability or other lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us;

 

   

the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel;

 

   

the costs associated with being a public company;

 

   

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patent claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and

 

   

the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.

Additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to:

 

   

delay, limit, reduce or terminate preclinical studies, clinical trials or other development activities for LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates;

 

   

delay, limit, reduce or terminate our research and development activities; or

 

   

delay, limit, reduce or terminate our establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities that may be necessary to commercialize LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements.

Our report from our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our losses and negative cash flows from operating activities and an accumulated deficit at December 31, 2013 of $58.9 million raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment. We may also be forced to make reductions in spending, including delaying or curtailing our planned clinical programs, or to extend payment terms with our suppliers or licensors. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or product candidate, or grant licenses on terms unfavorable to us.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal and California net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $55.6 million and state NOLs of approximately $54.8 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2017 if not utilized. Under Sections 382 and 383 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its future post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We believe we have experienced certain ownership changes in the past and have reduced our deferred tax assets related to NOLs accordingly. In the event that it is determined that we have in the past experienced additional ownership changes, or if we experience one or more ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, then we may be further limited in our ability to use our NOLs and other tax assets to reduce taxes owed on the net taxable income that we earn in the event that we attain profitability. Any such limitations on the ability to use our NOLs and other tax assets could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the event that we attain profitability.

 

32


Table of Contents

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

As widely reported, global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme disruptions in the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates, and uncertainty about economic stability. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly, and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive these difficult economic times, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

At September 30, 2014, we had approximately $14.7 million of cash and cash equivalents. While we are not aware of any material losses, or other significant deterioration in the fair value of our cash equivalents since September 30, 2014, no assurance can be given that further deterioration of the global credit and financial markets would not negatively impact our current portfolio of cash equivalents or our ability to meet our financing objectives. Furthermore, our stock price may decline due in part to the volatility of the stock market and the general economic downturn.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If our efforts to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates and technology.

The patent application process, also known as patent prosecution, is expensive and time-consuming, and we and any future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, these and any of our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, etc., although we are unaware of any such defects that we believe are of material import. If we or any future licensors or licensees, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

The strength of patents in the specialty pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. This uncertainty includes changes to the patent laws through either legislative action to change statutory patent law or court action that may reinterpret existing law in ways

 

33


Table of Contents

affecting the scope or validity of issued patents. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates in the United States or foreign countries with claims that cover our product candidates. Even if patents do successfully issue from the patent applications that we own or in-license, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such patents, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. For example, patents granted by the European Patent Office may be challenged, also known as opposed, by any person within nine months from the publication of their grant. Any successful challenge to our patents could deprive us of exclusive rights necessary for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates, or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is challenged, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, or threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

In September 2014, a law firm representing one or more unidentified third parties filed with the USPTO two separate Requests for Ex Parte Reexamination against two of our issued US patents: one against each claim of our U.S. Pat. No. 8,420,625, or the ’625 patent, and one against each claim of our U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,750, or the ’750 patent. The reexamination process is provided for by law and requires the USPTO to consider the scope and validity of issued patents if requested. On October 7, 2014, the USPTO granted the request for reexamination of the ’625 patent. We have not yet received an office action with respect to the ’625 patent reexamination. The ’750 patent reexamination petition remains pending. The USPTO has three months from receipt of this petition to determine whether the petitioner has raised a substantial new question of patentability for at least one claim of the ’750 patent, in which case the request for reexamination will be granted. To date, we have not received any indication regarding whether the request for reexamination of the ’750 patent will be granted. If the USPTO denies the request for reexamination for the ’750 patent, the ’750 patent will not undergo further examination, and will remain in force as-is.

All of the claims of a patent remain valid and in force during any reexamination proceeding, and we intend to vigorously defend our patent rights during all such proceedings. We cannot predict whether the USPTO will grant the request for the reexamination of the ’750 patent, nor whether we will ultimately succeed in maintaining the scope and validity of the claims of the ’625 patent, and of the ’750 patent if necessary, during any reexamination proceedings. If any of the patent claims in the ’625 or the ’750 patents are ultimately invalidated or narrowed during prosecution before the USPTO, the extent of the patent coverage afforded to LIPO-202 could be impaired or eliminated, which may harm our ability to prevent others from copying our technology.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after the first non-provisional filing in the patent family, subject to any applicable terminal disclaimer, patent term adjustment and/or patent term extension. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Without patent protection for our product candidates, we may be open to competition from generic versions of our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our development efforts, including our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced.

All or almost all of our patents and patent applications are entitled to effective filing dates prior to March 16, 2013. For U.S. patent applications in which patent claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third-party, for example a competitor, or instituted by the USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by those patent claims. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing

 

34


Table of Contents

party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our participation in an interference proceeding may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection to protect proprietary know-how that may not be patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents may be difficult to obtain or enforce, and any other elements of our product candidates, and our product development processes (such as a manufacturing and formulation technologies) that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, trade secrets can be difficult to protect If the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating any trade secrets. Misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets could significantly affect our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. Furthermore, trade secret protection does not prevent competitors from independently developing substantially equivalent information and techniques and we cannot guarantee that our competitors will not independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. The FDA, as part of its Transparency Initiative, is currently considering whether to make additional information publicly available on a routine basis, including information that we may consider to be trade secrets or other proprietary information, and it is not clear at the present time how the FDA’s disclosure policies may change in the future, if at all. Further, if we were to enforce a claim that a third-party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.

Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, and there is no guarantee that we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In an effort to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, we require our employees, consultants, advisors, and any other third parties that have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology, for example, third parties involved in the formulation and manufacture of our product candidates, and third parties involved in our clinical trials to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. However, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed despite having such confidentiality agreements. Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets. In addition, in some situations, these confidentiality agreements may conflict with, or be subject to, the rights of third parties with whom our employees, consultants, or advisors have previous employment or consulting relationships. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use any intellectual property owned by third parties in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in any related or resulting know-how and inventions. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our trade secrets to third

 

35


Table of Contents

parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other specialty pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly on obtaining and enforcing patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the specialty pharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity, and therefore, is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Further, several recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have either narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained.

For our U.S. patent applications containing a claim not entitled to priority before March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law. In September 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the American Invents Act, or AIA, was signed into law. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted, reviewed after issuance, and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the AIA, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the AIA. It is not clear what other, if any, impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business. Moreover, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-inventor-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Furthermore, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (a) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (b) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and providing opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid as unpatentable even though the same evidence may be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

 

36


Table of Contents

Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements .

The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent prosecution process. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on any issued patent and/or pending patent applications are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of a patent or patent application. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees. While an inadvertent lapse may sometimes be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are many situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications directed to our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than should otherwise have been the case, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world .

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. For example, unlike other countries, China has a heightened requirement for patentability, and specifically requires a detailed description of medical uses of a claimed drug. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Various countries limit the subject matter that can be patented and limit the ability of a patent owner to enforce patents in the medical and other related fields. This may limit our ability to obtain or utilize those patents internationally. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, if approved, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, certain countries in Europe and certain developing countries, including India and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights

 

37


Table of Contents

around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Third-party claims alleging intellectual property infringement may adversely affect our business.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties, for example, the intellectual property rights of competitors. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes review proceedings before the USPTO and corresponding foreign patent offices. Our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents owned or controlled by third parties. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our activities related to our product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to materials, formulations or methods of manufacture related to the use or manufacture of LIPO-202, LIPO-102 and other future product candidates. We cannot assure you that our product candidates will not infringe existing or future patents. We may not be aware of patents that have already issued that a third party, for example a competitor in the cosmetic market, might assert are infringed by our product candidates. It is also possible that patents of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates, could nevertheless be found to be infringed by our product candidates. Nevertheless, we are not aware of any issued patents that we believe would prevent us from marketing our product candidates, if approved. Because patent applications can take many years to issue and may be confidential for eighteen months or more after filing, there may be currently pending third-party patent applications that have been filed but not published that result in issued patents that LIPO-202, LIPO-102, our future product candidates or our technologies may infringe, or which such third parties claim are infringed by the use of our technologies. These third parties could bring claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages, or the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop, manufacture or commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire.

Third parties making claims against us for infringement or misappropriation of their intellectual property rights may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us by a third party, we may have to (a) pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed the third party’s patents; (b) obtain one or more licenses from the third party; (c) pay royalties to the third party; and/or (d) redesign any infringing products or acquire or in-license third-party intellectual property rights. Redesigning any infringing products may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Further, we cannot predict whether any required license would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. In the event that we could not obtain a license, we may be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, which could harm our business significantly, or we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

 

38


Table of Contents

The licensing and acquisition of third-party proprietary rights is a competitive area, and companies, which may be more established, or have greater resources than we do, may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party proprietary rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize LIPO-202, LIPO-102 and future product candidates. More established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. Further, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us, either on reasonable terms, or at all. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment, or at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing LIPO-202 and our other current and future product candidates, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

Defending ourselves or our licensors in litigation is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive and time consuming, and may not ultimately be successful.    

Third parties may infringe misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights, including our existing patents, patents that may issue to us in the future, or the patents of our licensors to which we have a license. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. Further, we may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Generic drug manufacturers may develop, seek approval for, and launch generic versions of our products, if approved. If we file an infringement action against such a generic drug manufacturer, that company may challenge the scope, validity or enforceability of our or our licensors’ patents, requiring us and/or our licensors to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or other proceedings.

For example, if we or one of our future licensors initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidates is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings.

In addition, within and outside of the United States, there has been a substantial amount of litigation and administrative proceedings, including interference and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in various foreign jurisdictions, regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. Recently, the AIA introduced new procedures including inter partes review and post grant review. The implementation of these procedures brings uncertainty to the possibility of challenges to our patents in the future, including those that patents perceived by our competitors as blocking entry into the market for their products, and the outcome of such challenges.

 

39


Table of Contents

Such litigation and administrative proceedings could result in revocation of our patents or amendment of our patents such that they do not cover our product candidates. They may also put our pending patent applications at risk of not issuing, or issuing with limited and potentially inadequate scope to cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. Additionally, it is also possible that prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim, may, nonetheless, ultimately be found by a court of law or an administration panel to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Enforcing our or any of future licensor’s intellectual property rights through litigation is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, during the course of litigation or administrative proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.    

We have received confidential and proprietary information from third parties. In addition, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise improperly used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees’ former employers. Further, we may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. We may also be subject to claims that former employees, consultants, independent contractors, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging our right to and use of confidential and proprietary information. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose our rights therein. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.    

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third party is infringing our patents or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our shareholders. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.    

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. We may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our business and product candidates are subject to extensive government regulation.     

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. We are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by federal and state governmental authorities in the United States, principally by the Department of Health and Human Services, including the FDA and similar state and foreign regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, including those promulgated under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions or other actions, including:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil and criminal penalties;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

withdrawal of product approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention;

 

   

product recalls;

 

   

sanctions and fines;

 

   

total or partial suspension of production;

 

   

refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs;

 

   

False Claims Act liability; and

 

   

exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs.

In the event that our product candidates receive regulatory approval or clearance, we, and our contract manufacturers and active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, suppliers will remain subject to the periodic cGMP inspection of our plants and facilities, to confirm that we are in compliance with all applicable regulations and consistently producing product that meets the criteria set forth in our NDA. Adverse findings during regulatory inspections may result in a variety of enforcement actions which maybe escalated if we our contract manufacturers or API suppliers do not adequately respond to the FDA and promptly correct the issue.

In addition, once an approval is granted, we are subject to ongoing obligations to collect and report to the FDA safety information and evaluate emerging trends that may impact the benefit-risk balance for a

 

41


Table of Contents

product. The FDA may suspend or withdraw a product’s approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements (by us or by our contract manufacturers or API suppliers), also may result in revisions to the approved labeling, including to add new safety information; imposition of post-market study or clinical trial requirements to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, program.

The regulatory approval process is highly uncertain and we may not obtain regulatory approval for the commercialization of LIPO-202 or any of our current and future product candidates.    

We are not permitted to market LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA. To gain approval to market a drug product like LIPO-202, we must provide the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authorities with, among other things, data from well controlled clinical trials that adequately demonstrate the safety, efficacy and compliant manufacturing of the product candidate for the intended indication applied for in the NDA or other respective regulatory filing. We have not submitted an application or obtained marketing approval for LIPO-202 anywhere in the world. Obtaining regulatory approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. Furthermore, we rely upon NovaMedica to help obtain regulatory approval for LIPO-202 in certain territories outside the United States, and we cannot guarantee that they will be successful in doing so.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or other foreign regulatory bodies, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Regulatory approval of an NDA or NDA supplement, or foreign equivalents, is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities also have substantial discretion in the approval process. Despite the time and expense exerted, failure can occur at any stage, and we or our collaborators could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical trials, or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials and manufacturing, even after promising results in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway and safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we and collaborators we may be working with believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Administering product candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of a product candidate for any or all targeted indications. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and the results of clinical trials by other parties may not be indicative of the results in trials we may conduct. The number of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for approval varies depending on the product candidate, the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to address, and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate.

 

42


Table of Contents

The FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body that the product candidate is safe and effective for the requested indication;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s disagreement with design or implementation of our clinical trials or the interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

   

our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the product candidate outweigh any safety or other perceived risks;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s requirement for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s non-approval of the product candidate’s chemistry, manufacturing or controls or labeling;

 

   

the FDA’s or the applicable foreign regulatory body’s failure to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers and testing labs with whom we contract; or

 

   

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for approval.

If LIPO-202, or any of our other or future product candidates, fails to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials or does not gain regulatory approval, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely harmed. Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or other regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. Further, we are not conducting our clinical trials under a Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA. In the absence of an agreed SPA, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree with our clinical trial protocol.

Furthermore, the FDA has not confirmed that our proposed indication, endpoints and endpoint measurement tools are acceptable for regulatory approval. In addition, in our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, the FDA expressed concerns regarding whether our proposed secondary endpoint measurement tools are acceptable for regulatory approval and raised the issue of whether a more appropriate physical measure of reduction of central abdominal bulging or subcutaneous fat could be obtained using other measurement tools, such as 2-D ultrasound. There are no assurances that the FDA will approve our NDA for LIPO-202, will agree that the effects are meaningful to patients and the benefits of LIPO-202 outweigh its risks, or will not raise new concerns regarding our clinical designs. Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of an NDA for LIPO-202, LIPO-102 or any other product candidate, the FDA or other regulatory bodies may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials which may be required after approval. The FDA or other regulatory bodies also may approve a product candidate for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested, and the FDA or other regulatory bodies may not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of the product candidate.

 

43


Table of Contents

If the FDA does not conclude that our product candidates satisfy the requirements for the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for our product candidates will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and encounter significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful.    

We intend to seek FDA approval through the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for each of our product candidates described in this prospectus. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, added Section 505(b)(2) to the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant, and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. As described below, we generally intend to rely to some degree on the FDA’s finding of safety for, and approval of, another product containing the same active ingredient as our product candidate.

If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for our product candidates as anticipated, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for our product candidates would likely substantially increase. Moreover, the inability to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market faster than our product candidates, which could materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for a product candidate, we cannot assure you that we will receive the requisite or timely approvals for commercialization of such product candidate.

The environment in which our regulatory submissions may be reviewed changes over time, which may make it more difficult to obtain regulatory approval of any of our product candidates.    

The environment in which our regulatory submissions may be reviewed changes over time. For example, average review times at the FDA for NDAs have fluctuated over the last ten years, and we cannot predict the review time for any of our submissions with any regulatory authorities. Review times can be affected by a variety of factors, including budget and funding levels and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Moreover, in light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, regulatory authorities, members of Congress, the Government Accounting Office, medical professionals and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products and establishment of REMS programs that may, for instance, restrict distribution of drug products. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA to clinical trials. Data from preclinical studies and clinical trials may receive greater scrutiny with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or other regulatory authorities more likely to terminate clinical trials before completion, or require longer or additional clinical trials that may result in substantial additional expense, a delay or failure in obtaining approval or approval for a more limited indication than originally sought.

In addition, data obtained from preclinical studies and clinical trials are subject to different interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory review or approval of any of our product candidates. Changes in FDA personnel responsible for review of our submissions could also impact the manner in which our data are viewed. Furthermore, regulatory attitudes toward the data and results required to demonstrate safety and efficacy can change over time and can be affected by many factors, such as the emergence of new information, including on other products, policy changes and agency funding, staffing and leadership. We do not know whether future changes to the regulatory environment will be favorable or unfavorable to our business prospects.

 

44


Table of Contents

Even if we receive regulatory approval for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, any product candidates, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions and market withdrawal and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our products.    

Any regulatory approvals that we or our collaborators receive for LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates may also be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. In addition, if the applicable regulatory agency approves LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements.

Our contract manufacturers (which we will be responsible for monitoring) will be required to register the facilities used to manufacture our API and finished drug products, which will be subject to periodic inspection and audit by the FDA and applicable regulatory agencies to confirm that we and our products are in compliance with all applicable regulations including cGMPs and GCP. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control. FDA may hold us responsible for any deficiencies or noncompliance of our contract manufacturers in relation to our products. Failure to follow cGMP can result in products being deemed adulterated, which carries significant legal implications. Adverse inspectional findings, if not promptly corrected, may result in Warning Letters or further escalation of enforcement action, including suspension or withdrawal of approval, among other things.

We will also be required to engage in pharmacovigilance activities and report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA and to comply with certain requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have approval. Failure to comply with FDA advertising and promotion standards, which are often subject to interpretation by regulators, may result in a wide range of exposure and liability for us.

Later discovery of previously unknown problems with LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or our strategic collaborators, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; and

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

45


Table of Contents

Regulatory agency policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates, or limit our activities if approval is obtained. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business.

Our product candidates may have undesirable side effects that may delay or prevent marketing approval, or, if approval is received, require them to be taken off the market or otherwise limit their sales. If approved, LIPO-202 or any of our other products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to regulatory bodies and if we fail to do so, we could be subject to sanctions that would materially harm our business.    

Unforeseen side effects from any of our product candidates could arise either during clinical development or, if approved, after the product has been marketed. Some participants in our clinical trials have reported adverse effects after being treated with LIPO-202. If we are successful in commercializing LIPO-202 or any of our other current and future product candidates, FDA and foreign regulatory agency regulations generally require that we collect, review, and report certain information about adverse events, experiences, and reactions of patients who were using our products. We must evaluate information from any source, foreign or domestic, and regulators evaluate safety information on a global basis. Thus, safety information that emerges in one country may be relevant to the regulation of our product in other countries. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events we become aware of within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to appreciate that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA or a foreign regulatory agency could take action including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products, or delay in approval or clearance of future products. Emerging safety information could also be used in product liability litigation against us.

In addition, If LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates receive marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

 

   

we may be required to recall a product or change the way such product is administered to patients;

 

   

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of the particular product or the manufacturing processes for the product or any component thereof;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a “boxed warning” or “black box” warning or a contraindication; we may be required to implement a REMS or create a Medication Guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

   

the product may become less competitive; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

 

46


Table of Contents

Any of the foregoing events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and result in the loss of significant revenues to us, which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations and business.

We may not be able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for LIPO-102.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is defined as a disease or condition that affects a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product generally is entitled to a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, during which the FDA generally is precluded from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same orphan-designated indication. The exclusivity period can be broken in limited circumstances, including if the subsequent product is shown to be clinically superior to the product with orphan exclusivity, by virtue of greater effectiveness, greater safety, or making a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug exclusivity also may be lost if the FDA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Additionally, orphan drug exclusivity does not prohibit the FDA from approving a different active ingredient for the same orphan indication, or the same active ingredient for other indications.

Although we have obtained orphan drug designation for LIPO-102 for treatment of symptomatic exophthalmos associated with thyroid related eye disease, we may never obtain marketing approval for this drug, or for this use. Even if we are the first company to receive marketing approval for this indication and receive orphan drug exclusivity for this product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition for the reasons described above. Additionally, orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug, nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process.

We may be subject to various U.S. federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims, physician payment transparency and fraud laws, and any violations by us of such laws could result in fines or other penalties .

While we do not expect that LIPO-202, if approved, will be covered for patients in whole or in part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs, we may still be subject to the various U.S. federal and state laws intended to prevent healthcare fraud and abuse that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers. In addition, should we receive approval for our follow-on product, LIPO-102, it may be covered by Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal healthcare programs. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which applies to, among others, our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies and relationships with healthcare providers, by prohibiting, among other things, knowingly or willingly soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, intended to induce the purchase, lease, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of an item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, by a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert

 

47


Table of Contents
 

that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common manufacturer business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanction under the Anti-Kickback Statute, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor;

 

   

federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of government funds or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to an obligation to pay money to the government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding, decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Many manufacturers or other healthcare companies have been investigated and have reached substantial financial settlements with the federal government for a variety of alleged improper marketing activities including for causing false claims to be submitted because of providing inappropriate or incorrect coding and billing advice to customers, and to pharmaceutical companies who promote their products off-label (for unapproved indications) or who distribute products that fail to meet GMPs, and a number of other alleged marketing activities;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters and, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, also imposes certain regulatory and contractual requirements regarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

   

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act which was enacted by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the Affordable Care Act), requires certain applicable manufacturers of covered drugs or devices to engage in extensive tracking of payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, or ownership and investment interests held by physicians, maintenance of a database containing such data, and public reporting of such data. Pharmaceutical manufacturers with products for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the State Children’s Health Insurance Program are required to track and report such payments to CMS annually. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately, and completely reported in an annual submission. The period between August 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013 was the first reporting period, and manufacturers were required to report aggregate payment data by March 31, 2014 and to report detailed payment data and submit legal attestation to the accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year; and

 

   

analogous state laws and regulations, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by Medicaid or other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payer; state laws that require drug manufacturers to implement compliance programs or marketing codes and/or to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; state laws that prohibit certain marketing-related activities including the provision of gifts, meals, or other items to certain healthcare providers; and state laws governing the privacy and security of

 

48


Table of Contents
 

certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully or definitively interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.

State and federal authorities have aggressively targeted pharmaceutical and medical technology companies for alleged violations of these anti-fraud statutes, based on a variety of alleged conduct including improper research or consulting contracts with physicians, certain marketing arrangements that rely on volume-based pricing, off-label marketing schemes, and other improper promotional practices. Companies targeted in such prosecutions or investigations have paid substantial fines in the hundreds of millions of dollars or more, have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, and have often become subject to consent decrees severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their businesses. If we become the target of such an investigation or prosecution in the future based on our contractual relationships with providers or institutions, or our marketing and promotional practices, we could face similar sanctions, which would materially harm our business.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our future business activities, including our relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from governmental healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Also, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from providing money or anything of value to foreign officials, political parties or candidates for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. We cannot assure you that our internal safeguards and control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees, consultants, future distributors, partners, collaborators or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could result in fines, penalties, or prosecution and have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms in the United States may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory approval of LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates and to produce, market, and distribute our products if approval is obtained .

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory clearance or approval, manufacture, and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of LIPO-202 or any of our other current or future product candidates. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:

 

   

changes to manufacturing, testing or distribution methods;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

additional pharmacovigilance or safety requirements;

 

   

restrictions on advertising and promotional activities;

 

   

revised standards for demonstrating safety or effectiveness;

 

   

recall, replacement, or discontinuance of one or more of our products; and

 

   

additional record keeping.

Each of these would likely entail substantial time and cost and could materially harm our business and our financial results. In addition, delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for any current or future product candidates would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for certain of our product candidates, which could make it difficult for us to sell our product candidates profitably.

Given the cosmetic nature and intent of LIPO-202, we do not anticipate that government or commercial payors will pay for this product. Thus, a customer would have to pay for the LIPO-202 out-of-pocket. While customers may be willing to pay the entire cost of the product, the inability to receive reimbursement from the government or a third party for the use of the product makes our situation different from that of many pharmaceutical companies offering drugs in the United States.

Although we do not anticipate any government or private payor coverage for LIPO-202, and we are not currently actively developing our LIPO-102 program, to the extent we do pursue commercialization of LIPO-102, we anticipate that market acceptance and sale of LIPO-102 in the future, will depend, in part, on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for such product candidates and may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product candidate is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval for a product candidate from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost effectiveness data for the use of the applicable product candidate to the payor. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to coverage and reimbursement. We cannot be sure that coverage or adequate reimbursement will be available for LIPO-102. Further, reimbursement amounts may reduce the demand for, or the price of, our product candidates. If reimbursement is not available or is available only in limited levels, we may not be able to commercialize LIPO-102 profitably, or at all, even if approved.

As a result of legislative proposals and the trend toward managed healthcare in the United States, third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new drugs. By way of example, in March 2010, the Affordable Care Act, was enacted with a goal of reducing the cost of healthcare and substantially changing the way healthcare is financed by both government and private insurers. The Affordable Care Act, among other things,

 

50


Table of Contents

addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the rebate program to utilization of Medicaid managed care organizations, expanded Public Health Service’s 340B drug pricing discount program, and established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain prescription drugs.

Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2%, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent amendments to the statute, will stay in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken.

We expect that additional healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal, state and foreign governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for certain of our products, if approved, or additional pricing pressures.

In addition, if LIPO-102 or any other product candidates that we may develop and successfully commercialize in the future are covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental health care programs, and we elect to participate in such programs, we would be subject to the requirements imposed by the programs. In general, these requirements include, among other things, paying rebates or providing discounts to government payors in connection with our commercialized products that are dispensed to beneficiaries of these programs. In order for federal funds to be available for a manufacturer’s drugs under Medicaid and Medicare Part B, a manufacturer that participates in the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program must also participate in the Public Health Service’s 340B drug pricing program. Federal law also requires that for a drug manufacturer’s products to be eligible for payment with federal funds under the Medicaid and Medicare Part B programs and to be purchased by certain federal agencies and grantees, the manufacturer must participate in the Department of Veterans Affairs Federal Supply Schedule, or FSS, pricing program, established by Section 603 of the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, or VHCA. These programs obligate the manufacturer to pay rebates and offer its drugs at certain prices to certain federal purchasers. To the extent we choose to participate in these government healthcare programs, these requirements may affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and other governmental pricing programs also require manufacturers to report pricing data to the government. If we successfully commercialize any of our product candidates and participate in such governmental pricing programs, we will be liable for errors or delays associated with our submission of pricing data. That liability could be significant. For example, if we are found to have knowingly submitted false average manufacturer price, average sales price, best price, or non-federal average manufacturer price information to the government, we may be liable for civil monetary penalties in the amount of $100,000 per item of false information. If we are found to have made a misrepresentation in the reporting of average sales price, the statute provides for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each misrepresentation for each day in which the misrepresentation was applied. Our failure to submit monthly/quarterly average manufacturer price, average sales price, or best price, or quarterly/annual non-federal average manufacturer price data on a timely basis could result in a civil monetary penalty of $10,000 per day for each day the information is late beyond the due date. Such failure also could be grounds for other sanctions, such as termination from the Medicaid Drug Rebate

 

51


Table of Contents

Program. Any allegations against us under these laws, including the Federal False Claims Act, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.     The public offering price for our common stock may vary from the market price of our common stock at the time of the offering. Among the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate are the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section and other factors, including:

 

   

adverse results or delays in clinical trials;

 

   

inability to obtain additional funding;

 

   

failure to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products, if approved;

 

   

inability to obtain adequate product supply for our product candidates, or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

   

adverse regulatory decisions;

 

   

introduction of new products or technologies by our competitors;

 

   

failure to meet or exceed product development or financial projections we provide to the public;

 

   

the perception of the pharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;

 

   

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

   

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

   

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

   

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future; and

 

   

trading volume of our common stock.

In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that may have been unrelated to the operating performance of the issuer. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the issuer. If any of our stockholders were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the attention of our management would be diverted from the operation of our business.

 

52


Table of Contents

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price .

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, applications, or technologies using our shares as consideration.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years . For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies . These exemptions include:

 

   

Being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

   

Not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

Not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

Reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

Exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus . In particular, in this prospectus we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company . We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions . If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards . This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies . We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

53


Table of Contents

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of September 30, 2014, our executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 82% of our outstanding voting stock and upon completion of this offering will own approximately 57% of our outstanding voting stock. Certain of our principal stockholders affiliated with our directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to $12.0 million of shares (or 857,142 shares assuming a price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. If such investors purchase all shares they have indicated interests in purchasing, our executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately 63% of our outstanding voting stock upon the closing of this offering. These stockholders have the ability to influence us through this ownership position and may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Future sales of our common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for our common stock may depress our stock price.

If our existing stockholders or holders of our options or warrants sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. The perception in the market that these sales may occur could also cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. Based on 8,966,217 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 13,266,217 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold by us in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock, will be freely tradable without restriction, unless held by our affiliates, in the public market immediately following this offering.

Our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which they may not, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities, without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC. The underwriters may, however, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders and the holders of our outstanding options and warrants who are subject to the lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. Sales of these shares, or perceptions that they will be sold, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, based on the number of shares subject to outstanding awards under our 2007 Plan, or available for issuance thereunder, as of September 30, 2014, and including the initial reserves under our 2014 Plan and our 2014 ESPP, 2,363,506 shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, outstanding but subject to vesting, or reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Plan, 2014 Plan or 2014 ESPP will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. We also plan to file a registration statement permitting shares of common stock issued in the future pursuant to the 2007 Plan, 2014 Plan and 2014 ESPP to be freely resold by plan participants in the public market, subject to the lock-up agreements, applicable vesting schedules and, for shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates, volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The 2014 Plan and 2014 ESPP also contain provisions for the annual increase of the number of shares reserved for issuance under such plans, as described elsewhere in this prospectus, which shares we also intend to register.

 

54


Table of Contents

Certain holders of 8,439,481 shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $9.21 per share, representing the difference between our assumed initial public offering price and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately 43% of the aggregate purchase price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately 32% of our common stock outstanding after this offering. For information on how the foregoing amounts were calculated, see “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We currently expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering to fund our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202, and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including our planned research, clinical trial and product development activities. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current directors and management team, and limit the market price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions include the following:

 

   

A classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

Prohibiting our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders or acting by written consent;

 

   

Permitting our board to issue additional shares of our preferred stock, with such rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other changes in control;

 

   

Establishing an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

Providing that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

   

Providing that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

55


Table of Contents
   

Requiring the approval of our board of directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management team by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The restrictions contained in Section 203 are not applicable to any of our existing stockholders that will own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock upon the completion of this offering.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

 

   

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

   

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

   

We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

   

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

   

We may not retroactively amend our bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

56


Table of Contents

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock .

We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Additionally, the terms of our credit facility restrict our ability to pay dividends. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline .

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

57


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” All statements, other than statements of historical facts, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition, are forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

 

   

the initiation, timing, progress and results of ongoing and future preclinical studies and clinical trials, and our research and development programs;

 

   

our expectations regarding timing of results in our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202;

 

   

our expectations regarding the timing of our submission of an NDA for approval of LIPO-202 with the FDA and the likelihood and timing of approval of such NDA;

 

   

the potential for commercialization and market acceptance of LIPO-202;

 

   

our expectations regarding the potential market size and opportunity for LIPO-202, if approved for commercial use;

 

   

our plans to commercialize LIPO-202 and our ability to develop and maintain sales and marketing capabilities;

 

   

estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, product candidates and technology;

 

   

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates and technology and our ability to operate our business without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

the success of competing procedures that are or become available;

 

   

our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional funding;

 

   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

our use of proceeds from this offering;

 

   

our financial performance; and

 

   

developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry.

 

58


Table of Contents

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans, estimates and beliefs. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are made as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable law.

 

59


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of the 4,300,000 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $53.0 million, based on an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $61.4 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $13.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We currently expect to use approximately $37.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering to conduct and advance our U.S. Phase 3 clinical trials to support the registration of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients and other supplemental studies of LIPO-202 as follows:

 

   

approximately $0.8 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-12 clinical trial to support registration;

 

   

approximately $11.0 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-18 clinical pivotal trial;

 

   

approximately $11.0 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-19 clinical pivotal trial;

 

   

approximately $3.6 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-21 clinical trial to support registration;

 

   

approximately $5.6 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-22 clinical trial to support registration;

 

   

approximately $4.0 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-23 clinical trial to support registration;

 

   

approximately $1.0 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-25 clinical supplemental trial; and

 

   

approximately $0.5 million to fund our LIPO-202-CL-26 clinical supplemental trial.

We currently expect that the net proceeds from this offering will enable us to complete each of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials. We will use the balance of the net proceeds for the further development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, including preparations for our potential submission to the FDA of an NDA filing for LIPO-202, which we expect to file in the second half of 2016 if our clinical trials are successful, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We may use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire complementary products, technologies, or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction and are not involved in negotiations to do so. Other than as set forth above, we have not yet identified the amounts we plan to spend on each of these areas or the timing of the expenditures. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including research and development costs, cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Accordingly, our

 

60


Table of Contents

management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds in this offering. The amounts that we actually spend for the purposes described above may vary significantly and will depend, in part, on the timing and amount of our future revenue, our future expenses, and any future acquisitions that we may propose.

Pending these uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest bearing, investment-grade securities. We cannot predict whether the net proceeds will yield a favorable return.

 

61


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. We currently intend to retain our earnings, if any, and cash to finance the growth and operation of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, unless waived, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Hercules prohibit us from paying cash dividends.

 

62


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2014 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis after giving effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all 46,990,685 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 8,221,131 shares of common stock, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (b) the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for 196,586 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; (c) the reclassification of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of this offering; (d) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (e) a reverse stock split of 1-for-6.10 of our common stock effected on November 7, 2014.

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of 4,300,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting $4.2 million in estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and $3.0 million in estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our audited financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, the sections entitled ‘‘Selected Financial Data’’ and ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’ and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

    As of September 30, 2014 (unaudited)  
    Actual      Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as adjusted
 
    (in thousands except share and per share amounts)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,650       $ 14,650      $ 69,032   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note payable to bank

    3,900         3,900        3,900   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    3,818                  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 53,800,000 shares authorized, 46,990,685 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    70,915                  

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 70,200,000 shares authorized, 548,500 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 8,966,217 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 300,000,000 shares authorized, 13,266,217 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

            1        1   

Additional paid-in capital

    2,570         77,302        130,287   

Accumulated deficit

    (66,778)         (66,778     (66,778
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (64,208)         10,525        63,510   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 14,425       $ 14,425      $ 67,410   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the table excludes:

 

   

24,419 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

18,735 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Hercules and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

972,670 shares of our common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 granted pursuant to our 2007 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $1.65, of which 609,222 represent shares of our common stock subject to vesting requirements;

 

   

1,000,000 shares of our common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, 220,836 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under our 2014 Plan beginning January 1, 2015; and

 

   

170,000 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 ESPP which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2015.

 

64


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the public offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the existing stockholders for our presently outstanding stock.

As of September 30, 2014, we had a historical net tangible book deficit of $64.2 million, or $117.06 per share of common stock, based on 548,500 shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014. Our historical net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders’ deficit, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to (a) the automatic conversion of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 8,221,131 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (b) the reclassification of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of this offering, and (c) the automatic exercise of certain of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, assuming net exercise for 196,586 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been approximately $10.5 million, or approximately $1.17 per share of our common stock.

After giving further effect to the sale of 4,300,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions of $4.2 million and our estimated offering expenses totaling approximately $3.0 million, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been approximately $63.5 million, or $4.79 per share.

This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.62 per share and an immediate dilution of $9.21 per share to investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this calculation on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 14.00   

Historical net tangible book deficit per share at September 30, 2014, before giving effect to this offering

   $ (117.06  

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to pro forma effects described above

   $ 118.23     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as of September 30, 2014, before giving effect to this offering

   $ 1.17     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

   $ 3.62     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering

     $ 4.79   
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

     $ 9.21   
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.30, and dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.70, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

65


Table of Contents

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $13.0 million and decrease the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.57 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.67 million and increase the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.67 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option of 645,000 shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $5.17 per share, representing an increase to existing stockholders of $4.00 per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $8.83, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of September 30, 2014, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by investors participating in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price Per Share  
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     8,966,217         68     80,017,755         57   $ 8.92   

Investors participating in this offering

     4,300,000         32        60,200,000         43      $ 14.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     13,266,217         100     140,217,755         100   $ 10.57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $4.3 million, $4.3 million and $0.32, respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 645,000 shares in full, the following will occur:

 

   

The percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 64% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

The number of shares of our common stock held by investors participating in this offering will increase to 4,945,000, or approximately 36% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

66


Table of Contents

The above discussion and tables exclude:

 

   

24,419 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Silicon Valley Bank and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

18,735 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants that were issued to Hercules and are expected to remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

 

   

972,670 shares of our common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 granted pursuant to our 2007 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $1.65, of which 609,222 represent shares of our common stock subject to vesting requirements;

 

   

1,000,000 shares of our common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, 220,836 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under our 2014 Plan beginning January 1, 2015; and

 

   

170,000 shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2014 ESPP which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2015.

To the extent any of these outstanding warrants or options is exercised, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all of our outstanding options and warrants as of September 30, 2014 were exercised, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $4.59 per share, representing an increase in net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders of $3.42, and an immediate dilution of $9.41 per share to investors participating in this offering.

 

67


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables shows selected financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year. You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our financial statements, the notes to the financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

        

Revenue, related party

   $ 100      $      $      $   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249        11,448        9,736        3,258   

General and administrative

     2,592        2,975        2,149        3,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,841        14,423        11,885        6,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,741     (14,423     (11,885     (6,333

Interest income

     2        1        1        3   

Interest expense

     (937     (57     (49     (163

(loss) gain on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,152     (490     (245     (1,430

Other income (expense), net

            (47     (47       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,828   $ (15,016   $ (12,225   $ (7,923
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (15.65   $ (29.33   $ (23.88   $ (14.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

     500,223        511,949       
511,949
  
   
546,211
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (2.08     $ (0.76
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited) (1)

       6,996,183         
8,541,087
  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Please see Note 2 of our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our actual basic and diluted net loss per share and our pro forma unaudited basic and diluted net loss per share.

 

68


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,       As of September 30,    
     2012     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,100      $ 4,364        $ 14,650    

Working capital

   $ 10,676      $ 2,978        $ 14,213    

Total assets

   $ 12,822      $ 4,530        $ 16,185    

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 1,617      $ 2,205        $   3,818    

Convertible preferred stock

   $ 51,052      $ 57,489        $ 70,915    

Accumulated deficit

   $ (43,839   $ (58,855     $(66,778)   

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (41,756   $ (56,691     $(64,208)   

 

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. Our initial focus is on localized fat reduction and body contouring. We are currently developing and intend to seek approval of our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, an indication for which there is no FDA-approved drug. If approved by the FDA, we believe LIPO-202 will be a best-in-class non-surgical procedure for localized fat reduction and body contouring. We have completed Phase 2 development of LIPO-202, showing a statistically significant reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We intend to conduct two pivotal U.S. Phase 3 trials of LIPO-202 and expect top-line data at the end of 2015. If our trials are successful, we expect to file an NDA in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. Since commencing operations in February 2007, we have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the research and development and commercial planning for LIPO-202, which is currently our lead product candidate. We have not yet filed for approval with the FDA for the commercialization of LIPO-202 and we have not generated any revenue from product sales of LIPO-202. Through September 30, 2014, we have funded substantially all of our operations through the sale and issuance of our preferred stock, venture debt and convertible debt. In the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we raised net proceeds of approximately $13.6 million through the sale of shares of our Series C and D convertible preferred stock. In June 2014, we also entered into a loan and security agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with Hercules. The Loan Agreement provides for total borrowings of $10.0 million to be made available to us. Upon the closing of the loan, we received an initial advance of $4.0 million, and in November 2014, in connection with the first amendment to the Loan Agreement, we borrowed the remaining $6.0 million available under the agreement.

We have never been profitable and, as of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $66.8 million. We incurred net losses of $7.8 million, $15.0 million, $12.2 million and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect to continue to incur net operating losses for at least the next several years as we advance LIPO-202 through clinical development, seek regulatory approval, prepare for and, if approved, proceed to commercialization. We have no manufacturing facilities and all of our manufacturing activities are contracted out to third parties. Additionally, we currently utilize third-party CROs to carry out our clinical development and we do not yet have a sales organization. We will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities, especially as we approach anticipated regulatory approval in the United States and begin to establish our sales capabilities. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Basis of Presentation

Revenue.     To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales. All of our revenue has been derived from a one-time license fee we received pursuant to a technology transfer agreement with DRI.

 

70


Table of Contents

Our ability to generate revenues from product sales, which we do not expect will occur before 2017, at the earliest, will depend heavily on our obtaining marketing approval from the FDA for, and, subsequent to that, our successful commercialization of, LIPO-202. If we fail to complete the development of LIPO-202 in a timely manner or to obtain regulatory approval, our ability to generate future revenue, and our results of operations and financial position, would be materially adversely affected.

Research and Development Expenses.     Our research and development expenses consist primarily of:

 

   

fees paid to clinical consultants, clinical trial sites and vendors, including CROs in conjunction with implementing and monitoring our preclinical and clinical trials and acquiring and evaluating preclinical and clinical trial data, including all related fees, such as for investigator grants, patient screening fees, laboratory work and statistical compilation and analysis;

 

   

expenses related to preclinical studies, clinical trials and related clinical manufacturing, materials and supplies;

 

   

expenses related to compliance with drug development regulatory requirements in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions; and

 

   

personnel costs, including cash compensation, benefits and share-based compensation expense.

We expense both internal and external research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. To date, substantially all our research and development expenses have related to the development of LIPO-202. In the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, we incurred costs of $9.7 million and $3.3 million, respectively, on research and development expenses.

We do not allocate compensation expense to individual product candidates, as we are organized and record expense by functional department and our employees may allocate time to more than one development project. We do not utilize a formal time allocation system to capture expenses on a project-by-project basis.

Conducting significant research and development is central to our business and strategy. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and greater duration of late stage clinical trials as compared to earlier clinical and preclinical development. We expect our research and development expenses will increase as we initiate our Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202 in the United States. The costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a project owing to a number of factors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

General and Administrative Expenses.     Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, including cash compensation, benefits and share-based compensation expense, associated with our executive, accounting and finance departments. Other general and administrative expenses include costs in connection with patent filing, prosecution and defense, facility and information technology costs and professional fees for legal, consulting, marketing, audit and tax services. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 our general and administrative expenses totaled approximately $2.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

We expect our general and administrative costs will increase as we increase our headcount and expand our staffing and operating activities to support our operations as a public company and initiate our Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202 in the United States. Additionally, we anticipate increased expenses

 

71


Table of Contents

related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with being a public company. In addition, if LIPO-202 receives regulatory approval, we expect to incur increased expenses associated with building a sales and marketing team as we prepare for the commercial launch of LIPO-202. Some expenses may be incurred prior to receiving regulatory approval of LIPO-202.

Interest Income.     Our interest income consists primarily of interest received or earned on our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities. We expect interest income to vary each reporting period depending on our average cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities balances during the period and applicable interest rates. To date, our interest income has not been significant in any individual period.

Interest Expense .    Our interest expense consists of cash and noncash interest costs related to our borrowings. The noncash interest costs consist of the amortization of the fair value of warrants that were issued in connection with our borrowings, with the initial fair value of the warrants being amortized to interest expense over the term of the governing agreements, and the amortization of other debt issuance costs, primarily legal and banker fees, over the period the related convertible notes were outstanding. We expect interest expense to vary each reporting period depending on our average debt outstanding during the period, as well as applicable interest rates.

Gain or Loss on Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrants .     Gain or losses on the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants result from the re-measurement of our liabilities related to our Series B, Series B-2, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock warrants. We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, which would occur in connection with the completion of this offering. At that time, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit, and we will no longer record any related periodic fair value adjustments.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reported periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to accrued expenses and share-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses.     As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process

 

72


Table of Contents

involves reviewing contracts and purchase orders, reviewing the terms of our vendor agreements, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf, and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time.

Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include:

 

   

fees paid to CROs in connection with clinical trials;

 

   

fees paid to investigative sites in connection with clinical trials;

 

   

fees paid to vendors in connection with preclinical development activities; and

 

   

fees paid to vendors related to product manufacturing, development and distribution of clinical supplies.

We base our expenses related to clinical trials on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage clinical trials on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract, and may result in uneven payment flows and expense recognition. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual accordingly. Our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in our reporting changes in estimates in any particular period. Through September 30, 2014, there have been no material adjustments to our prior period estimates of accrued expenses for clinical trials. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services, including fees for process development or manufacturing and distribution of clinical supplies that will be used in future research and development activities, are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related goods are consumed or services are performed.

Share-Based Compensation.     We account for all share-based compensation payments using an option pricing model for estimating fair value. Accordingly, share-based compensation expense for employees and directors is measured based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. Compensation expense is recognized for the portion that is ultimately expected to vest over the period during which the recipient renders the required services to us using the straight-line single option method. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the fair value of non-employee share-based awards is remeasured as the awards vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

We estimate the fair value of our share-based awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of subjective and complex assumptions, including (a) the expected stock price volatility, (b) the calculation of the expected term of the award, (c) the risk free interest rate and (d) the expected dividend yield, which determine the fair value of share-based awards.

 

73


Table of Contents

There were no share-based awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. The weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 

Fair value of common stock

   $ 3.60   

Exercise price of options granted

   $ 1.59   

Expected volatility

     87

Expected term (in years)

     6.0   

Risk free interest rate

     1.85

Expected dividend yield

       

Fair value of common stock .    The fair value assumption used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for purposes of estimating the fair value of common stock is based on the valuations prepared as of March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, which utilized the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method.

Exercise price of options granted .    The exercise price assumption used in the Black-Scholes option pricing is based on the valuation prepared in January 2014, which utilized the Option Pricing Method and on the valuation prepared in June 2014, which utilized the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method.

Expected volatility .    Because we do not have trading history on which to base volatility calculations, the expected volatility is derived from historical volatilities of several unrelated public companies. These companies operate within industries comparable to our business, including companies with significant involvement in the aesthetic procedure industry. In addition we focused our volatility estimates on companies that had sufficient trading history and trading volume in order to provide reliable volatility measures. The peer companies used in determining our expected volatility were, at the time of volatility determination, generally larger and operationally further developed than us. However, the operational and financial growth and development of the peer companies during the period in which historical volatility was considered were determined to be sufficiently similar to our expectations for future growth to provide a reasonable basis on which to establish our expected volatility. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available following the completion of this offering.

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our share-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was primarily determined using the simplified method in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC, whereby, the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. For option grants considered to be “plain vanilla,” the simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual term of the options.

Weighted average risk free interest rate .    The risk-free interest rates for periods within the expected life of the option are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities with similar maturities.

Expected dividend yields .    The expected dividend yield was assumed to be zero as we have never paid, and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the fair value of the underlying common stock and expected term and expected volatility, related to our share-based compensation on a prospective basis.

 

74


Table of Contents

As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may make refinements to the estimates of our expected term and expected volatility, which could materially impact our future share-based compensation expense.

Total share-based compensation is recorded in the statements of operations, and is allocated as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2012      2013      2013      2014  
            (unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 42       $       $       $ 161   

General and administrative

     80         80         60         195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 122       $ 80       $ 60       $ 356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2014, there was $1.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. For stock option awards subject to graded vesting, we recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the service period for the entire award.

Valuations of common stock and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock.     Historically, for all periods prior to this initial public offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2004 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by an unrelated third-party valuation firm;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

our operational and financial performance;

 

   

the nature of our services and our competitive position in the marketplace;

 

   

the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors, including similarity to us with respect to industry and business model;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions, and the nature and history of our business;

 

   

issuances of preferred stock and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

business conditions and projections;

 

   

the history of our company and progress of our research and development efforts and clinical trials; and

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock.

 

75


Table of Contents

Our analyses were based on a methodology that first estimated the fair value of our business as a whole, or enterprise value. Once we determined the expected enterprise value we then adjusted for expected cash and debt balances, allocated value to the various stockholders, adjusted to present value and discounted for lack of marketability.

In valuing our common stock, the board of directors determined the equity value of our company by utilizing the market approach. The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying market multiples of comparable publicly traded or privately held companies in the applicable industry or similar lines of business which are based on key metrics implied by the enterprise values or acquisition values of comparable publicly traded or privately held companies.

We then allocated the fair value of our company to each of our classes of stock using either the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, or the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, or IPO, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call option. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated timing of a liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities. A discount for lack of marketability was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the shares.

The PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. The future outcomes considered under the PWERM included private merger and acquisition sale outcomes, IPO scenarios and dissolution scenarios. In the private merger and acquisition sale scenarios, a large portion of the equity value is allocated to the convertible preferred stock to incorporate the aggregate liquidation preferences. The fair value of the enterprise determined using the private merger and acquisition, IPO and dissolution scenarios are weighted according to the board of directors’ estimate of the probability of each scenario.

The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuations primarily consisted of: (a) the selection of the appropriate valuation model, (b) the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions, (c) the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, (d) the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, (e) the estimated weighted average cost of capital and (f) the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

Independent valuations of our common stock were performed as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013, January 29, 2014, March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014 to assist our board of directors in estimating the fair value of our common stock at subsequent grant dates.

The December 2012 and January 2014 valuations used the Back-Solve Method of the OPM which derives the implied equity value for one type of equity security from a contemporaneous transaction involving another equity security. The December 2012 and January 2014 valuations were based on the price of our Series C convertible preferred stock. We commenced a round of Series C convertible preferred stock financing in December 2012, which continued until January 2014, all at a closing price of $1.40 per share. In both valuations, contemporaneous transactions occurred in close proximity and involved third-party investors negotiating at arm’s length to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the per share issuance price of the Series C convertible preferred shares were used as an indication of equity value, as well as the fair value of our common stock.

 

76


Table of Contents

The December 2013, March 2014 and June 2014 valuations used a hybrid method to determine the equity value, which is a hybrid between the PWERM and OPM. In the hybrid method, the OPM is used to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of the PWERM scenarios. The hybrid method can be a useful alternative to explicitly modeling all PWERM scenarios in situations when the company has transparency into one or more near-term exits but is unsure about what will occur if the current plans fall through. In this instance, a hybrid was applied to reflect the possibility of a potential IPO.

For the December 2012 valuation, we estimated the time to liquidity as 2.5 years based on then-current plans and estimates regarding a liquidity event. The volatility assumption of 56.2% was based on an analysis of guideline companies’ historical equity volatility factors matching the term assumption. The risk-free interest rate was estimated as the interpolated 2.5 year U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability of 34% was then applied to the indicated value of the common stock. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $2.01 per share as of December 31, 2012.

For the December 2013 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.5 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 0.8 years or 1.5 years. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these two scenarios was 3.5 years and 0.1 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 60.0% was utilized in the OPM. The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 13.0% to 31.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $5.12 per share as of December 31, 2013.

For the January 2014 valuation, we estimated the time to liquidity as 0.75 years based on then-current plans and estimates regarding a liquidity event. The volatility assumption of 55.0% was based on an analysis of guideline companies’ historical equity volatility factors matching the term assumption. The risk-free interest rate was estimated as the interpolated 0.75 year U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability of 15% was then applied to the indicated value of the common stock. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $1.34 per share as of January 29, 2014.

For the March 2014 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.6 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 1.0 year. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these two scenarios was 3.3 years and 0.4 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 60.0% was utilized in the OPM. The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 14.0% to 31.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. On January 29, 2014, we held a meeting with the FDA regarding the results of our Phase 2 clinical trial of LIPO-202. The meeting resulted in the additional reworking of some of our endpoint tools and delaying any potential IPO, as well as decreasing the chance of an IPO. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $3.54 per share as of March 31, 2014.

For the June 2014 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.3 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 0.8 year. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these

 

77


Table of Contents

two scenarios was 3.0 years and 0.2 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 53.5% was utilized in the OPM. The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 10.0% to 100.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $4.58 per share as of June 30, 2014.

For the September 2014 valuation, four potential scenarios were modeled. The first scenario assumed we would complete an IPO in 0.2 years and the second scenario was a delayed IPO occurring in 0.5 years. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to the various securities in the third and fourth scenarios which were a potential sale or merger and a forced liquidation. The estimated time to liquidity for these two scenarios was 2.8 and 1.3 years, respectively. Based on an analysis of the guideline companies, a volatility assumption of 52.5% was utilized in the OPM. The risk free interest rate was based on the applicable U.S. Treasury yield. A discount for lack of marketability ranging from 7.0% to 100.0% depending on the estimated time to liquidity for each scenario was applied to the indicated value of our common stock in each scenario. Based on these factors, we concluded that our common stock had an estimated fair value of $10.43 per share as of September 30, 2014.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability.     We have issued freestanding warrants exercisable for shares of our Series B, Series B-2, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock. These warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying balance sheets, as the terms for liquidation of the underlying security are outside our control. The warrants are recorded at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or the current value method within the IPO scenarios. The fair value of all warrants is remeasured at each financial reporting date with any changes in fair value being recognized as a change in the fair value of preferred stock warrants. We will continue to re-measure the fair value of the warrant liability until: (a) exercise, which is expected to occur for certain warrants immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (b) expiration of the related warrant, or (c) conversion of the convertible preferred stock underlying the security into common stock, at which time the warrants will be classified as a component of stockholders’ equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Net Operating Loss and Research and Development Tax Credit Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and California tax NOLs of $55.6 million and $54.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2017 unless previously utilized. As of December 31, 2013, we also had federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2027. The California research and development tax credit carryforwards are available indefinitely. Utilization of the net operating losses and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of our net operating losses and credits before we can use them. We believe we may have experienced certain ownership changes in the past and have reduced our deferred tax assets related to NOLs until such time as a study can be performed to determine the amount of NOLs that will be available for use.

JOBS Act.     In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an EGC can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

78


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited).

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2013     2014     $     %  
     (unaudited)        
     (in thousands, except percentage)  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 9,736      $ 3,258        (6,478     (67%)   

General and administrative

     2,149        3,075        926        43%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     11,885        6,333        (5,552     (47%)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (11,885     (6,333    

Interest income

     1        3        (2     200%   

Interest expense

     (49     (163     114        233%   

Loss on change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (245     (1,430     1,185        484%   

Other expense, net

     (47     —          (47     (100%)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (12,225   $ (7,923   $ (4,302     35%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Research and Development Expenses.     Research and development expenses decreased by $6.5 million, or 67%, from $9.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in clinical trial costs of approximately $7.8 million attributable to our U.S. Phase 2 clinical trials, which were completed during 2013, offset by an increase attributable to consulting and endpoint tool validation studies of approximately $752,000, an increase of approximately $355,000 associated with costs related to manufacturing of our clinical trial materials for our Phase 3 clinical trials, an increase of approximately $175,000 related to severance charges, and an increase of approximately $160,000 related to share-based compensation related to options granted in February and March 2014.

General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased approximately $926,000 or 43%, from approximately $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in costs related to our audit, consulting expenses related to commercialization models and compensation, public and investor relations, or PR/IR, general legal fees, legal costs and fees related to maintaining our patent portfolio, and share-based compensation expense. Our audit related costs increased by approximately $347,000 due to consolidating the timing of both fiscal year 2012 and 2013 audits in 2014. In addition, our consulting and outside services costs increased by approximately $249,000 due to use of consultants to assist with our commercial model, human resources activities compensation strategy, and PR/IR activities. Our general legal fees increased by approximately $138,000 due to an increase in general business activities. In addition, share-based compensation increased by approximately $136,000 as a result of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Other Expense, Net.     The $47,000 other expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was a result of a loss on disposal of camera equipment no longer being utilized in our clinical trials. There was no other income or expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Interest Expense.     Interest expense increased by approximately $114,000 or 233%, from approximately $49,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to approximately $163,000 for the nine months ended September 30 2014. The increase resulted from an increase in our average debt outstanding during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the same period in the prior year, due to the $4.0 million drawn under the loan agreement we entered into in June 2014.

 

79


Table of Contents

Gain on Change in Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants.     There was a loss on the change in the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants of approximately $245,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to a loss of approximately $1.4 million in the same period of 2014. The loss resulted from an increase in fair value during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014, due to increases in the estimated fair value of our company.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2012     2013     $     %  
     (in thousands, except percentage)  

Revenues:

        

License revenue, related party

   $ 100      $      $ (100     (100 %) 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249        11,448        8,199        252

General and administrative

     2,592        2,975        383        15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     5,841        14,423        8,582        147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (5,741     (14,423     (8,682     151

Interest income

     2        1        (1     (50 %) 

Interest expense

     (937     (57     880        94

Loss on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,152     (490     662        57

Other expense

            (47     (47       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (7,828   $ (15,016   $ (7,188     (92 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenues .    For the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues totaled $100,000 and related to a technology transfer agreement entered into during 2012. There were no revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Research and Development Expense .    Research and development expenses increased $8.2 million, or 252%, from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in clinical trial costs of approximately $7.6 million attributable to our U.S. Phase 2 clinical trials. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to an increase in consulting expense of approximately $540,000 relating to preparing for our regulatory submissions for drug approval and an increase in costs related to manufacturing of our clinical trial materials of approximately $203,000.

General and Administrative Expenses .    General and administrative expenses increased approximately $383,000, or 15%, from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in costs related to PR/IR, compensation for members of our board of directors and management, audit and general legal fees. Our PR/IR costs increased by approximately $128,000, due to the hiring of a firm that assists us with our public and investor relations efforts. In addition, our compensation to members of our board of directors and management increased by approximately $153,000 due to a change in cash compensation to the Chairman of our board of directors, as well as an increase in bonuses paid to management as a result of an increase in goal achievement from the prior year. Our audit and general legal fees increased by approximately $83,000 as a result of timing of the performance of our annual financial statement audits, as well as an increase in general business activities

Other Income (Expense) .    There was no other income or expense for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $47,000 other expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was a result of a loss on disposal of camera equipment no longer being utilized in our clinical trials.

 

80


Table of Contents

Interest Expense .    Interest expense decreased by approximately $880,000 or 94%, from approximately $937,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to approximately $57,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease resulted from less average debt outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in the prior year, due to repayment of bank debt as well as conversion of convertible debt into Series C convertible preferred stock in December 2012.

Loss on Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrants .    There was a loss on the change in the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants of approximately $490,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to a loss of $1.2 million in the same period of the prior year. The loss resulted from an increase in the fair value of warrants based upon an updated valuation analysis that reflected an increase in the estimated fair value of our company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred losses and negative cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. As of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $66.8 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future as we continue the development and potential commercialization of LIPO-202 and incur additional costs associated with being a public company.

From our inception through September 30, 2014, we have funded our operations primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock, warrants, venture debt and convertible debt. As of September 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $14.7 million.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, along with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. To fund further operations, we will need to raise additional capital. If we are unable to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements. We may obtain additional financing in the future through the issuance of our common stock in this public offering, through other equity or debt financings or through collaborations or partnerships with other companies.

Summary Statement of Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of the net cash flow activity for each of the periods set forth below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (7,396   $ (12,904   $ (10,686   $ (6,423

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

            83        20        (7

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,667        6,085        6,111        16,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,271      $ (6,736   $ (4,555   $ 10,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Operating Activities.     Net cash used in operating activities was $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to $6.4 million for the same period in 2014. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.4 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The primary use of cash was to fund our operations related to the development of our product candidates in each of these periods.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities.     Net cash of $20,000 was provided by investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $7,000 of cash used in investing activities during the same period of 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2012, there was no cash used for investing activities. During the year ended December 31, 2013, investing activities provided cash of approximately $83,000 consisting primarily of proceeds from sale of equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities.     Financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 provided net cash of $6.1 million compared to $16.7 million during the same period ended September 30, 2014. The cash provided in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 consisted of approximately $6.4 million of net proceeds from the sale of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, offset by approximately $333,000 of principal payments on a bank term loan. The cash provided in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was comprised of approximately $8.0 million of net proceeds from the sale of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, approximately $5.6 million of net proceeds from the sale of Series D convertible preferred stock, $4.0 million of proceeds from an advance under a new debt agreement, $49,000 of proceeds from the exercise of an option to purchase common stock, offset by approximately $210,000 of principal payments on a bank term loan and approximately $691,000 of deferred initial public offering costs. Financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 provided net cash of $12.7 million, compared to $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. Financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted primarily of the sale of 14,689,923 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for proceeds of approximately $10.2 million, as well as net debt borrowings of approximately $2.4 million. Financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted of proceeds of $6.5 million from the sale of 4,918,272 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, offset by payments on debt of approximately $448,000.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the initiation, progress, costs and results of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of LIPO-202;

 

   

the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals;

 

   

the costs and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, if LIPO-202 is approved;

 

   

delays that may be caused by changing regulatory requirements;

 

   

the costs involved in filing and prosecuting patent applications and enforcing and defending patent claims; and

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic partnerships and licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional

 

82


Table of Contents

funds through collaborations, strategic partnerships or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, our other technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market LIPO-202 even if we would otherwise prefer to develop and market LIPO-202 ourselves.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt (including interest)

   $ 5,174       $ 557       $ 4,617       $       $   

Operating lease obligations

     54         54                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,228       $ 611       $ 4,617       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table above excludes the $6.0 million of debt drawn in November 2014.

Our commitments for operating leases relate primarily to our lease of office space in San Diego, California.

Silicon Valley Bank Warrants.     In February 2010, in connection with a loan agreement entered into with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, we issued a warrant to SVB granting it the right to purchase 64,865 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at a price of $1.85 per share. In March 2012, in connection with the first amendment to the loan agreement we issued a warrant to SVB granting SVB the right to purchase 32,143 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at a price of $1.40 per share. In August 2012, in connection with the second amendment to the loan agreement we issued a warrant to SVB granting SVB the right to purchase 42,857 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at a price of $1.40 per share. The warrants issued to SVB are exercisable in whole or in part at any time prior to the expiration date of the applicable warrant, which is ten years after the date of issuance of such warrant.

Loan Agreement.     On June 11, 2014, we entered into the Loan Agreement with Hercules. The Loan Agreement provides for total borrowings of up to $10.0 million to be made available to us in two tranches. We borrowed the first tranche of $4.0 million upon the closing of the Loan Agreement. The second tranche of $6.0 million was drawn in November 2014, in connection with the first amendment to the Loan Agreement. Our obligations under the Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets. Upon completion of this offering, the security interest in our intellectual property will be released, with the exception of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of any part of, or rights in, our intellectual property. The interest rate for each tranche will be calculated at a rate equal to the greater of either 9.0% plus the “prime rate” as reported in The Wall Street Journal minus 3.25% or 9.0% per annum. The interest rate floats and will be determined as described above based on changes to the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

We are required to pay interest on the outstanding principal balance of the loan on a monthly basis, beginning July 1, 2014. Repayment of the $10.0 million principal amount of the loan is amortized over a 30-month period in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, beginning on August 1, 2015, with all outstanding amounts (including a $300,000 end of term charge) due and payable on January 1, 2018.

 

83


Table of Contents

We are permitted to prepay the loan prior to maturity, but we will be required to pay Hercules a prepayment charge, based on a percentage of the then outstanding principal balance, equal to 3% if the prepayment occurs prior to July 11, 2015, 2% if the prepayment occurs after July 11, 2015, but prior to July 11, 2016, or 1% if the prepayment occurs after July 11, 2016.

The Loan Agreement includes customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, but does not include any financial maintenance covenants, and also includes standard events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants following any applicable cure period, the occurrence of a material adverse effect, as defined therein, and events relating to bankruptcy or insolvency. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Hercules may declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable and take such other actions as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

In accordance with the Loan Agreement and the first amendment to the Loan Agreement, we issued a warrant to Hercules to purchase 285,714 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share. We recorded the fair value of this warrant as debt discount at issuance and will amortize it to interest expense over the term of the loan.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined by applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Interest Rate Risk.     Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as of September 30, 2014 consisted of cash and money market funds. We are exposed to market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition and/or results of operation.

We had outstanding borrowings under the Loan Agreement of $4.0 million as of September 30, 2014. Interest is payable at a variable rate of the greater of either 9.0% plus the prime rate minus 3.25% or 9.0% per annum. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates after September 30, 2014 would not have a material impact on the fair values of our outstanding debt.

Effects of Inflation.     Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation and changing prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an accounting standards update that removes the financial reporting distinction between development stage entities and other reporting entities from GAAP. In addition, the amendments eliminate the requirements for development stage entities to: (1) present inception-to-date information in the statements of income, cash flows, and shareholder equity, (2) label the financial statements as those of a development stage entity, (3) disclose a description of the development stage activities in which the entity is engaged, and disclose in the first year in which the entity is no longer a development stage entity that in prior years it had been in the development stage. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with an option for early adoption. We elected early adoption, and do not believe the adoption of the standard had a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or related financial statement disclosures.

 

84


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. Our initial focus is on localized fat reduction and body contouring. Our lead product candidate, LIPO-202, is a first-in-class injectable formulation of the long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist, salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient in the U.S. Food and Drug Adminstration, or FDA, -approved inhaled products SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. We are currently developing and intend to seek approval for LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We use the term central abdominal bulging to describe subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen that is often characterized by people as love-handles, a pot-belly, a pouch or stomach rolls, among a number of other commonly used terms, pursuant to which there is no FDA-approved drug. We have completed Phase 2 development of LIPO-202, showing a statistically significant reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. We have tested our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in approximately 800 patients across multiple clinical trials, and these injectable formulations were consistently well tolerated with a safety profile similar to placebo. We intend to conduct two pivotal U.S. Phase 3 trials of LIPO-202 and expect top-line data at the end of 2015. If our trials are successful, we expect to file a new drug application, or NDA, in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, which permits us to file an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for us, and to which we do not have a right of reference, and allows us to rely to some degree on the FDA’s finding of safety, and approval of, another product containing salmeterol xinafoate, the active ingredient in LIPO-202. If approved by the FDA, we believe LIPO-202 will be a best-in-class non-surgical procedure for localized fat reduction and body contouring.

According to the American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery, or ASAPS, Americans spent more than $12 billion on cosmetic procedures in 2013. Additionally, ASAPS estimated that from 1997 to 2013, surgical aesthetic procedures increased by approximately 88% and non-surgical procedures increased by approximately 520%, reflecting continued acceptance of cosmetic surgery and increasing consumer demand for all types of aesthetic procedures, particularly injectable and non-surgical procedures. According to our market research, the central abdomen is the area on the body that patients want treated most for fat reduction and body contouring.

Current FDA-approved treatment options to address this patient demand are limited to surgical options, such as lipoplasty, or liposuction, and FDA-approved non-surgical options, such as energy-based medical devices. These surgical and non-surgical options are designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells, and in many cases can cause adverse consequences for the patient. For instance, while liposuction procedures remove fat, they require significant physician skill and resources, involve pain, require extended recovery time and carry the risks associated with any surgical procedure. Existing non-surgical options are often painful, may produce limited or inconsistent results and may require multiple or ongoing maintenance treatments resulting in longer aggregate treatment time than LIPO-202. Unlike existing treatment options, LIPO-202 is administered in a quick, simple, subcutaneous injection procedure that activates a natural metabolic process to shrink fat cells, without killing them, resulting in localized fat reduction, measurable results within four weeks and minimal risk with no downtime.

Based on U.S. census data and our market research, we estimate that there are as many as 13.5 million non-obese individuals who are interested in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. We believe the early adopters of LIPO-202 will be many of the two million Americans who are already receiving cosmetic injectable therapy, such as either botulinum toxins or dermal fillers. These patients already have demonstrated a willingness to pay out-of-pocket costs for aesthetic procedures, are comfortable with injections and have adopted that modality as part of their aesthetic regimen. In 2013, consumers spent approximately $2.7 billion on injectable aesthetic procedures in the United States, representing a 35% increase from the amount spent in 2012. In

 

85


Table of Contents

addition, we believe that because our injection procedure is quick, simple, has demonstrated a safety profile similar to placebo and because it does not require a physician to acquire expensive capital equipment, more physicians will be interested in offering the LIPO-202 body contouring procedure to new patients, significantly expanding the fat reduction and body contouring market.

LIPO-202 is an injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate, a well-known long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist. Drugs containing the inhaled form of salmeterol xinafoate have been approved by the FDA and are marketed by GlaxoSmithKline (SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS). Salmeterol xinafoate is used in these drugs to relax bronchial smooth muscle in the treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or COPD. Our studies suggest that salmeterol xinafoate also activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in the fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. LIPO-202 can be administered by a physician or clinician in approximately five minutes or less in a specified number and defined placement of subcutaneous injections using a small, 30-gauge needle.

In the United States, we have completed the 513-patient, Phase 2 RESET trial of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients, with obesity being defined as those patients having a body mass index, or BMI, of greater than or equal to 30 kg/m 2 . In this multi-center, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period. To date, our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate have been tested in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials suggesting a safety profile similar to placebo. In addition, Phase 2 data from two of our early stage Phase 2 studies, LIPO-102-CL-04 and LIPO-102-CL-09, suggests that the reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients produced by our injectable formulation of salmeterol xinafoate persists for at least three months post-treatment. We did not measure the durability of treatment effect or otherwise conduct any follow-up with patients beyond the three-month period in any of our prior Phase 1 or Phase 2 studies.

We intend to complete the U.S. development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a Phase 3 program in approximately 2,000 non-obese patients. We expect to have top-line data from the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials at the end of 2015 and, assuming positive data, anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. We also plan to explore the use of LIPO-202 for localized fat reduction in other areas of the body with high aesthetic value.

Our second product candidate, LIPO-102, is an injectable form of a combination of salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate. We may develop LIPO-102 for the orphan indication of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease that is caused by expansion of fat and muscle behind the eye.

Our patent estate consists of three U.S. issued methods of treatment and/or formulations patents and seven U.S. pending patent applications, as well as granted and/or pending foreign counterparts of the U.S. patents and pending applications. Two of the issued U.S. patents are directed to both LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 product candidates. Our patent directed to methods of treatment and pharmaceutical formulations is expected to expire no earlier than 2030.

Our executive management team has held senior positions at leading healthcare companies and possesses extensive expertise with therapeutics and across the spectrum of discovery, development and commercialization of innovative products and technologies. Members of our senior executive team have played key roles at Avera, Arena, Bristol-Meyers Squibb, CoTherix, Excaliard Pharmaceuticals, Isis Pharmaceuticals, MediciNova, Merck, Peplin and Pfizer.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our objective is to be a leading provider of safe, non-surgical treatment solutions for the aesthetic market, based on strong scientific and therapeutic rationale. Our initial focus is on developing and commercializing LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients in the United States.

Key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Complete Clinical Development and Seek Regulatory Approval for LIPO-202 .    We plan to initiate two U.S. Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients in the first half of 2015 and expect to receive top-line data at the end of 2015. Assuming positive results from these trials, we anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway.

 

   

Explore the Use of LIPO-202 in Additional Indications .    While we are currently developing LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, we are also exploring other potential treatment indications for LIPO-202. We have identified other areas of the body with high aesthetic value where LIPO-202 could potentially be effective for localized fat reduction and may develop LIPO-202 for one or more of these areas.

 

   

Build Our Own Sales and Marketing Capabilities to Commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States .    If LIPO-202 is approved for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients by the FDA, we intend to commercialize LIPO-202 in the United States with the first anticipated commercial launch expected as soon as the second half of 2017. Specifically, we plan to build a focused, specialized sales force of less than 100 representatives to target the key aesthetic physicians who perform the majority of the aesthetic procedures.

 

   

Expand the Global Body Contouring Aesthetic Market Using Injectable Therapeutic Products .    Given the favorable efficacy and safety profile and ease of administration of LIPO-202, we believe it can expand the overall fat reduction and body contouring market by attracting new patients who would prefer a less painful, non-surgical and convenient approach to treatment with measurable results in as soon as four weeks. Furthermore, according to our market research, LIPO-202 will also appeal to a majority of patients currently undergoing injectable treatments for other aesthetic conditions.

 

   

Establish Selective Strategic Partnerships to Maximize the Commercial Potential of LIPO-202.     Outside of the United States, we plan to evaluate whether to develop or commercialize LIPO-202 on our own or in collaboration with potential partners. Specifically, we will evaluate whether to selectively build our own commercial capabilities in one or more foreign countries or to seek partners to maximize the worldwide commercial market potential of LIPO-202.

 

   

Advance the Clinical Development of LIPO-102 .    We may advance our second product candidate, LIPO-102, into Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease for which we received orphan product designation in the United States.

Our Market Opportunity

Global spending patterns on anti-aging and aesthetic treatments indicate that today’s culture places significant value on physical appearance. Based on recent estimates, worldwide spending on aesthetic procedures exceeds $25 billion annually. According to ASAPS, Americans spent more than $12 billion on cosmetic procedures in 2013, including approximately $7 billion on surgical aesthetic procedures and $5

 

87


Table of Contents

billion on non-surgical aesthetic procedures, with non-surgical procedures being the fastest growing segment of the aesthetic procedure market. Additionally, ASAPS estimated that from 1997 to 2013, surgical aesthetic procedures increased by more than 88.8% and non-surgical procedures increased by 520%, reflecting continued acceptance of cosmetic surgery and increasing consumer demand for all types of aesthetic procedures, particularly injectable and non-surgical procedures. We believe several factors are contributing to ongoing growth in aesthetic procedures, including:

 

   

Desire to Maintain an “Ideal” Physical Appearance.     The American culture places emphasis on an individual’s physical appearance and perpetuates a lean, symmetrical body image as ideal. A 2013 survey conducted by the American Society for Dermatologic Surgery revealed that 83% of the 6,350 consumers surveyed were bothered by excess weight on some part of their body. Of the consumers surveyed, 30% were considering a cosmetic procedure and identified body contouring as one of the top three procedures under consideration.

 

   

Increasing Acceptance of Cosmetic Procedures.     More than half of Americans surveyed in 2010 by ASAPS indicated they approved of cosmetic surgery and approximately two-thirds of those surveyed indicated they would not be embarrassed about having cosmetic surgery.

 

   

Growth of Cosmetic Injectable Procedure Market.     Since the approval of botulinum toxin for cosmetic procedures in 2002, the cosmetic procedure market has benefited from the introduction of newer, safer non-surgical modalities to address cosmetic issues. According to ASAPS, non-surgical procedures, driven predominantly by cosmetic injectables, are growing at a faster rate than surgical procedures and industry experts predict this trend to continue.

 

   

Increased Physician Adoption.     The introduction of newer, non-surgical cosmetic procedures has enabled a broad range of physicians, such as dermatologists, primary care physicians, obstetrics and gynecology physicians, or OB/GYNs, and members of other specialties to increasingly offer cosmetic procedures to their patients. Increased pressure by managed care and government agencies has caused physician reimbursement for traditional medical procedures to decrease significantly, and as a result many physicians often incorporate cosmetic procedures into their practice to build their revenue base. In addition, some cosmetic procedures, such as cosmetic injectables, have a much lower barrier to adoption than do procedures which require physicians to invest in expensive capital equipment, such as the equipment required for current non-surgical approaches to body contouring.

According to our market research, the central abdomen is the area on the body that patients want treated most for fat reduction and body contouring. In a study conducted by the University of California, Los Angeles among 50,000 American adults, overall 14% of men and 33% of women would consider undergoing a body contouring procedure if they could afford it. The level of interest among non-obese individuals suggest that millions of these Americans would consider undergoing a body contouring procedure. Despite this high level of interest in body contouring, only about 360,000 surgical liposuction procedures and 100,000 non-surgical body contouring procedures were performed in the United States last year. We believe that this low adoption rate is primarily attributable to the limitations of existing body contouring solutions. Currently available surgical and non-surgical options for body contouring are designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells. In many cases, due to their mechanisms of action, these options typically take weeks to months to result in the desired reduction in abdominal bulging, as well as cause adverse consequences for the patient. While liposuction procedures remove fat, they require significant physician skill and resources, involve pain, require extended recovery time and carry the risks associated with any surgical procedure. Existing non-surgical options are often painful, may produce limited or inconsistent results and may require multiple or ongoing maintenance treatments resulting in longer aggregate treatment time. Highlighting the limitations of currently available surgical and non-surgical treatment options, our market research suggests that approximately 50% of patients who

 

88


Table of Contents

consulted a physician about a fat reduction or body contouring procedure ultimately decided against the procedure due to uncertainty of results, anxiety over pain, significant treatment and extended recovery times, and costs of such procedures.

Unlike existing treatment options, LIPO-202 is administered in a quick, simple, subcutaneous injection procedure that activates a natural metabolic process to shrink fat cells, without killing them, resulting in localized fat reduction with minimal risk and no downtime. If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will be a novel non-surgical body contouring solution as the first approved non-ablative injectable treatment for localized fat reduction. The U.S. market for aesthetic non-surgical procedures has grown 520% since 1997, driven mostly by the introduction of cosmetic injectables such as botulinum toxins and dermal fillers. As an injectable, we believe LIPO-202 is well positioned to benefit from the broad acceptance and growth of the injectable aesthetic market. Injectable procedures, including botulinum toxin and dermal filler procedures, have increased from approximately 65,000 in 1997 to approximately 5.9 million procedures in 2013. In 2013, patients in the United States spent approximately $2.7 billion on injectable aesthetic procedures, representing a 35% increase from the amount spent in 2012. We believe the early adopters of LIPO-202 will be many of the approximately two million Americans who are already receiving cosmetic injectable therapy. These patients have already demonstrated a willingness to pay out-of-pocket costs for aesthetic procedures, are comfortable with injections and have adopted that modality as part of their aesthetic regimen.

In addition to existing cosmetic injectable patients, we believe LIPO-202 will also appeal to a broader base of new patients in the United States. Based on U.S. census data and our market research, we estimate that there are approximately 48 million adults in the United States who have a BMI between 18 and 30 and have a household income over $50,000. Our market research shows that among these targeted Americans, over 28% would be interested in LIPO-202 and have a problem area in the abdomen or flanks they wish to treat. Based on our market research and U.S. census data, we believe that there are as many as 13.5 million non-obese individuals who are interested in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat and could afford to pay the out-of-pocket expenses. Furthermore, we believe that because the injection procedure is quick, simple, has demonstrated a safety profile similar to placebo and does not require a physician to acquire expensive capital equipment, more physicians will offer LIPO-202 to new patients for localized fat reduction and body contouring, thereby further capitalizing on this untapped market.

Limitations of Existing Treatment Options for Fat Reduction and Body Contouring

Current treatment options for fat reduction and body contouring include surgical options, such as lipoplasty, or liposuction, and non-surgical options, such as energy-based medical devices, designed to remove, damage or kill fat cells. We believe that, continued growth of the fat reduction and body contouring market will be hampered by the limitations of the current surgical and non-surgical procedures.

Limitations of Surgical Liposuction Procedures

Liposuction is an invasive surgical procedure that requires a physician to make an incision in the area to be treated and insert a suction cannula to dislodge and vacuum out the fat. The procedure causes extensive tissue trauma, involves pain and has an extended recuperation period for patients. The surgery can be done under local anesthesia, but is often done under general anesthesia, increasing the risk to patients from anesthesia-related adverse events.

 

   

Complications of Liposuction Surgery .    The FDA indicates there are several risks and complications for liposuction, including infections, embolisms, puncture wounds in the organs, serum pooling in the treated area, nerve damage, swelling, skin death, toxicity from anesthesia and fatalities. In addition, ASAPS advises patients that this procedure has many

 

89


Table of Contents
 

risks and potential complications in addition to those indicated by the FDA such as uneven contours, rippling or loose skin, irregular pigmentation, unfavorable scarring, skin discoloration, bleeding or hematoma, deep vein thrombosis, cardiac and pulmonary complications, and possibility of corrective surgery.

 

   

Pain and Extended Recovery Time.     According to the Aesthetic Surgery Journal, a reported 90% of patients experience pain post-operatively and many require pain control medicines, even narcotic analgesics, for several days following a liposuction procedure. According to the FDA, patients should expect pain and swelling following a liposuction procedure for several weeks and even months. In addition, patients may be required to wear compression garments for several weeks to control the swelling and drainage. While following a limited volume liposuction, a patient usually can return to work within three days; larger volume surgeries require a longer recuperation period and extended recovery time. Over several weeks, a patient can resume normal activities but may still show the negative side effects of the procedure.

 

   

Potential for Undesirable Results.     Even following successful liposuction surgery, patients may suffer from skin irregularities as a result of the procedure. One of the most common types of skin irregularities post-liposuction is skin dimpling, in which the skin takes on the appearance of cellulite, causing patients to be dissatisfied with their result. In addition, according to ASAPS, liposuction patients who gain weight after their surgery may store fat in other body areas such as the arms, back or the breasts in greater concentrations. Finally, in one study of women who underwent liposuction versus a similar control population, fat had redistributed to both treated and non-treated areas of the treated women’s bodies within one year.

 

   

Limited Repeatability .    The process of removing or destroying fat cells with liposuction triggers the body’s wound healing response, which leads to the formation of scar tissue in the treated area. If a patient desires further fat reduction or is not satisfied with the aesthetic results from a procedure, the scar tissue in the treated area may prevent the patient from undergoing follow-up procedures to enhance or correct the original treatment results.

Limitations of Non-Surgical Energy-Based Options

In the last several years, more than 20 new medical devices have been introduced to the market to try to address the risks and complications associated with liposuction surgery. Most of these technologies are large footprint, energy-based medical devices which purportedly enable a physician to injure or kill a subcutaneous fat deposit without penetrating the patient’s skin.

 

   

Limited Clinical Evidence of Safety and Effectiveness.     Many of these devices have received marketing authorization through the FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway, which typically requires less clinical data than is required for FDA approval of a device subject to Premarket Approval, or PMA, or an NDA (and in many cases may not require clinical data at all). Further, the labeling and advertising of 510(k) cleared devices may not be subject to the same degree of regulatory scrutiny and ongoing oversight as the FDA applies to the labeling and advertising of devices or drugs subject to PMA. Today, the scientific support for many of these technologies is uncertain, with confusing and sometimes limited medical evidence demonstrating fat reduction effects. It appears that other devices are being actively promoted by manufacturers and physicians for fat reduction without having received FDA clearance or approval for that indication. We believe that the wide range of energy-based technologies with different FDA clearances and approvals, potentially insufficient limited clinical data, and potentially unsupported marketing claims has created confusion among both physicians and consumers as to the effectiveness and safety of these procedures.

 

   

Need for Capital Outlay and Exam Space.     According to our own market research, physicians are concerned about the significant capital outlay required to purchase an energy-

 

90


Table of Contents
 

based device, which can be well-over $110,000. In some cases, multiple devices may be required to address multiple treatment areas efficiently. These devices may require dedicated office space or exam rooms, reducing clinical practice room space.

 

   

Length of Time to Visible Result.     Many of the energy-based devices, based on their mechanism, cause the fat cell to be damaged or destroyed and rely on the body’s own immune response mechanisms to clear the affected tissue from the body. As the tissue is cleared, results may slowly become noticeable and typically are apparent in two to four months.

 

   

Potential for Serious Side Effects.     FDA data indicates that fat reduction treatments such as cryolipolysis and ultrasound may lead to serious adverse events, such as umbilical hernia, nerve damage, extended and debilitating pain and burns.

Our Body Contouring Solution

LIPO-202 is a proprietary, first-in-class injectable formulation of the well-known long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist, salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved inhaled products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. Our studies suggest that salmeterol xinafoate activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in the fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. We are initially developing and seeking approval for LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. LIPO-202 is administered in a quick, simple procedure with a specified number and defined placement of subcutaneous injections in the central abdomen. If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will offer physicians and patients a safe, non-surgical and effective means to achieve targeted localized fat reduction and will become the standard for body contouring treatment for the following reasons:

 

   

Level of Medical Evidence .    In our Phase 2 RESET trial, LIPO-202 produced a statistically significant reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients compared to placebo over the eight-week treatment period. The safety profile of salmeterol xinafoate as used in SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS for the treatment of asthma and COPD is well-established. We also have clinical evidence in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials that our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate possess a safety profile similar to placebo. Following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we expect to have clinical evidence of safety and efficacy of our injectable formulations of salmeterol xinafoate in our trials comprised of approximately 3,000 non-obese patients. In addition, following completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials, we will have randomized, placebo-controlled data of safety and efficacy of LIPO-202 in approximately 1,200 non-obese patients.

 

   

Natural and Non-Traumatic Mechanism of Action .    Our studies suggest that LIPO-202 activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors on fat cells, triggering the metabolism of triglycerides stored in fat cells and thereby shrinking them by means of a natural process called lipolysis. By activating this natural metabolic process, we have been able to demonstrate a reduction in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat without the risks and adverse events typically seen with current surgical and non-surgical options.

 

   

Widely Accepted Modality that Addresses an Established and Expandable Market.     Aesthetic physicians and patients are already familiar with and accept injectable products as a key modality for the treatment of cosmetic concerns. According to ASAPS, in 2013, cosmetic patients in the United States underwent approximately 5.9 million injectable procedures and spent close to $2.7 billion on those treatments, a 35% increase versus 2012. We believe these dynamics will drive adoption of LIPO-202 by patients seeking localized fat reduction and body contouring treatments. In addition, we believe we can successfully tap into the 13.5 million

 

91


Table of Contents
 

non-obese individuals expressing an interest in a non-surgical, injectable procedure for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, thereby expanding the market.

 

   

Patient-Friendly Procedure with Rapid Onset of Effects.     Unlike surgical or energy-based device treatment, which can take hours, the injection procedure for administering LIPO-202 takes approximately five minutes or less to perform. Furthermore, in our clinical trials, the side effects of treatment observed were minimal and have been no different than what patients experience with placebo injections. Unlike most other fat reduction procedures available today, LIPO-202 injections are simple and quick, and patients can be treated during their normal day and return to regular daily activities immediately, with measurable results in as soon as four weeks.

 

   

Low Barrier to Adoption.     If approved, we believe LIPO-202 will increase the rate of adoption by physicians due to (1) expanded use by physicians, including dermatologists, primary care physicians and OB/GYNs, by offering a localized fat reduction treatment without the need to acquire any capital equipment, (2) higher economics from a complementary therapy with cash-pay reimbursement, (3) increased efficiency by administration using a physician extender or nurse, (4) higher patient traffic to provide opportunities to upsell additional products and services and (5) simplicity of procurement through existing pharmaceutical channels for injectable aesthetic products.

Our Product Candidate: LIPO-202

Description of LIPO-202 (Salmeterol Xinafoate for Injection, 0.42 mcg)

Our studies suggest that LIPO-202 targets and stimulates natural fat tissue metabolism to achieve non-ablative, non-surgical fat tissue reduction in specific locations using salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. LIPO-202 is a novel injectable form of salmeterol xinafoate designed to produce local, selective fat tissue reduction, or pharmaceutical lipoplasty. LIPO-202 is under development for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. LIPO-202 can be administered by a physician or clinician in approximately five minutes or less in a specified number and defined placement of subcutaneous injections across the abdominal treatment area through a small 30-gauge needle.

Description of Central Abdominal Bulging Due to Subcutaneous Fat

Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese individuals presents as periumbilical bulging, or bulging around the navel, due to an accumulation of excessive subcutaneous fat. While our proposed indication remains subject to FDA approval, we use the term central abdominal bulging to describe subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen that is often characterized by people as love-handles, a pot-belly, a pouch or stomach rolls, among a number of other commonly used terms. The hallmarks of this condition are:

 

   

Body mass index less than 30 kg/m 2 .    BMI is calculated from a determination of weight measured in kilograms and height measured in meters. Patients with subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen are non-obese, with obesity being defined as those patients having a BMI of greater than or equal to 30 kg/m 2 .

 

   

Focal periumbilical bulging .    Localized subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen in non-obese patients that is clinically apparent as a distinctly visible and palpable area of periumbilical soft tissue bulging, often flanked by flat or concave lateral areas.

 

   

Palpable periumbilical subcutaneous fat of up to approximately 8 cm .    Using a pinch test to estimate the skin-fold thickness between the thumb and forefinger(s), the presence of up to

 

92


Table of Contents
 

approximately 8 cm of subcutaneous fat retractable from the abdominal musculature and not the result of visceral fat confirms the diagnosis of subcutaneous fat in the central abdomen.

 

   

Absence of other abnormalities .    Absence of rectus diastasis, hernias or any musculoskeletal abnormalities that could account for the periumbilical bulging.

Mechanism of Action

Salmeterol xinafoate is a highly selective, long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist. Adrenergic receptors play a major role in the regulation of several processes in the body, including fat cell metabolism. As shown in Figure 1 below, salmeterol xinafoate activates ß 2 -adrenergic receptors located on human fat cells and triggers the metabolism of triglycerides in these cells to free fatty acids and glycerol by means of the natural process of lipolysis. Administering LIPO-202 evenly across the abdomen can shrink fat cells uniformly and reduce central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. In this way, unlike many other treatments which remove, damage or kill fat cells, LIPO-202 reduces local fat stores and the bulges they create with no inflammatory reaction.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 1. Graphic representation of the mechanism of action of LIPO-202

Clinical Program

We began the development of LIPO-202 with LIPO-102, an injectable combination of salmeterol xinafoate and the glucocorticoid fluticasone propionate, initially under the submission to the FDA on December 30, 2008, of an investigational new drug, or IND, application No. 102,514 for the treatment of symptomatic exophthalmos associated with thyroid-related eye disease. We additionally submitted IND No. 107,765 to the FDA on March 24, 2010, initially for the local treatment of abdominal adiposity, which indication has been modified to currently provide for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese subjects. Glucocorticoids, like fluticasone propionate, have been shown in the literature and in our preclinical studies to potentially enhance the activity of the ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist salmeterol xinafoate. In our clinical trials, we learned that the efficacy of LIPO-102 was directly related to its contained dose of salmeterol xinafoate without a significant contribution from fluticasone propionate. Therefore, we determined to move forward with LIPO-202, our single-agent therapeutic containing only salmeterol xinafoate.

 

93


Table of Contents

We have delivered salmeterol xinafoate to the central abdomen by subcutaneous injection in approximately 800 patients in six clinical trials. Four of those trials were of LIPO-102, one trial included both LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 and our largest and most recent multi-center, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial, identified as RESET, was of LIPO-202. Each of these studies has provided preliminary evidence of efficacy in reducing central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients through a variety of physical measures, including laser-guided manual tape measurement, and clinical outcome assessments, such as patient-reported outcome and clinician-reported outcome instruments.

Dose-ranging studies conducted with both LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 have defined the shape of the salmeterol xinafoate dose-response curve and identified and confirmed a dose of 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate as the lowest effective dose. This dose was delivered in our Phase 2 clinical trial, RESET, as 20 one mL subcutaneous injections of 0.02 µg/mL salmeterol xinafoate spaced four cm apart on the central abdomen once weekly for eight weeks. We believe higher doses of salmeterol xinafoate were not as effective due to the desensitization or down-regulation of the ß 2 -adrenergic receptors due to increased receptor stimulation produced by the higher doses of salmeterol xinafoate. This is a well-known phenomenon seen with asthma patients taking salmeterol xinafoate. The safety profiles of LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 are also similar, and to date, can be characterized as benign with mild, transient injection site reactions, such as erythema, hematoma and pain. These reactions were reported both infrequently and at the same rate as placebo injections, suggesting that these adverse events are related to the injection procedure itself and not the treatment.

Clinical Endpoint Tool Development

There are currently no FDA-accepted endpoint tools for assessing change in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat for pharmaceutical products. Consequently, we developed methods of patient assessment and clinician rating of bulging, as well as physical measures of bulging and a questionnaire that measures the impact of bulging on patients. These assessment and rating tools are similar to other rating scales used for approved aesthetic drug products and medical devices, such as botulinum toxins and dermal fillers, and were validated using scientific principles and process recommendations consistent with the FDA’s guidance document, “Patient-Reported Outcome Measures: Use in Medical Product Development to Support Labeling Claims,” in an effort to ensure reliability, content validity, construct validity and sensitivity to change over time. The FDA’s Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products typically recommends a static evaluation of overall disease severity on an ordinal scale with approximately five severity grades. In a meeting with the FDA’s Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products, we received a recommendation from the FDA that the rating scales be a static evaluation of overall disease severity and to accomplish this, the global assessment scale should be an ordinal scale with approximately five severity grades pursuant to which each grade should be defined by a distinct and clinically relevant morphologic description that minimizes interobserver variability. We selected a five-point ordinal scale for the patient self-assessment. We then developed a six-point clinician photonumeric scale, or CPnS scale, in connection with our definition of treatment responders according to an iterative process as described in the “FDA’s Patient-Reported Outcomes Guidance” document. Our development of the photonumeric scales for clinicians started with five-point male and female versions. However, in the validation of these photonumeric scales with board-certified cosmetic dermatologists and plastic surgeons, item response theory analysis, or statistical analysis, suggested slight modifications to the individual photos and the addition of another photo would provide a wider range of options to improve and facilitate discrimination between photos. Based on these modifications and the additional photo, the six-point scale produced a stronger inter-rater agreement resulting in greater reliability than a five-photonumeric scale. Therefore, we determined that the six-point CPnS would be a more reliable measure to identify treatment responders to LIPO-202.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following is a description of key measures we have developed and evaluated in endpoint assessment trials and in clinical testing:

 

   

Patient-Reported Patient-Global Abdominal Perception Scale, or P-GAPS .    A patient self-assessment of the amount of bulging in the central abdomen on a five-point ordinal scale, as follows:

0 = Flat

1 = Almost Flat

2 = Slight Bulge, Not Flat

3 = Bulge

4 = Big Bulge

 

   

Clinician-Reported Clinician Photonumeric Scale .    A clinician rating of the amount of bulging in the central abdomen on a six-point photonumeric scale pursuant to which the clinician performs a match-to-sample from two gender-specific scales of lateral profile torso pictures with progressively larger abdominal bulges as shown in Figure 2 below.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Figure 2. Six-point clinician photonumeric scale, or CPnS

 

   

Abdominal Contour Questionnaire .    A ten-item patient questionnaire on the impact of bulging in the central abdomen, each on an ordinal scale, consisting of the following:

 

   

How important is flattening of the treatment area to you?

 

   

How self-conscious are you about how the treatment area looks?

 

   

How much bulging do you see in the treatment area?

 

   

How bothered are you about the bulging you notice in the treatment area?

 

   

The treatment area makes me look less attractive?

 

95


Table of Contents
   

I wear certain clothes to hide or disguise how the treatment area looks?

 

   

If other people saw the treatment area, I think they would judge me negatively?

 

   

Because of the bulging in the treatment area, I feel self-conscious when wearing certain types of clothing?

 

   

The bulge in the treatment area limits the clothes I can buy or wear?

 

   

Overall, how satisfied are you with the flatness of the treatment area?

 

   

Laser-Guided Manual Tape Measure Procedure .    A precise and reproducible measure of circumference at three levels on the abdomen using patient standardization instructions, such as positioning, posture, breathing, a self-tensioning tape measure, our treatment area grid, consisting of a temporary tattoo applied to the central abdomen, and a tripod-mounted laser level to assure horizontal placement of the tape measure.

Phase 2 Clinical Trial: RESET

We completed a 513-patient, randomized, placebo-controlled, multi-center Phase 2 dose-ranging clinical trial, known as the RESET study, of LIPO-202 utilizing all of the key clinical endpoint tools described above and study design features we intend to use in our Phase 3 clinical trials. Non-obese male and female adult patients who had at least a slight abdominal bulge due to excess subcutaneous fat and who expressed dissatisfaction with their abdominal contour were enrolled in this study. Trial subjects received 20 one mL subcutaneous injections of LIPO-202 in 0.4, 1.0 or 4.0 µg total weekly doses or placebo which consisted of a 0.9% sodium chloride injection once weekly for eight weeks. These injections were made into a standardized periumbilical treatment area defined by our treatment area grid with a pre-marked area of approximately 400 cm 2 between axial planes at 35 mm above the umbilicus and at 70 mm below the umbilicus, and with each of the 20 injection sites spaced four cm apart. Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat was assessed on Day 1 as the baseline pre-treatment day, Day 29, which was one week after the fourth set of injections and on Day 57, which was one week after the eighth set of injections.

Statistically significant reductions in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients from baseline at Day 1 and from placebo were demonstrated with a 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 on the key clinical endpoint measures. Our empirical data defines clinically-meaningful responders to treatment as those patients who show at least a 1-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging, or achieve abdominal flattening, on the P-GAPS that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging, or achievement of abdominal flattening, on the CPnS. The FDA, Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products, has historically defined responders to treatment as patients who show at least a two-point/grade improvement on a patient scale that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement on a clinician scale. We also reviewed p-values, which is a conventional statistical method for measuring the statistical significance of clinical results. In clinical trials, the “p-value” is the probability that the result was obtained by chance. For example, a “p-value” of 0.10 would indicate that there is a 10% likelihood that the observed results could have happened at random. By convention, a “p-value” that is less than 0.05 is considered statistically significant. As shown in Figure 3 below, by both empirical and historical FDA definitions of a responder to treatment, there was a significantly greater percentage of responders to the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 than to placebo. By the clinically-meaningful empirical definition of a responder, 16.4% of subjects treated with 0.4 µg of LIPO-202 weekly for eight weeks were defined as 1-point/grade P-GAPS and 2-point/grade CPnS responders compared to 6.8% of subjects receiving placebo injections. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.043). By the FDA’s historical definition of a responder, 6.4% of subjects treated with 0.4 µg of LIPO-202 weekly for eight weeks were defined as 2-point/grade P-GAPS and 2-point/grade CPnS responders compared to less than 1% of subjects receiving placebo injections. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.024).

 

96


Table of Contents

LOGO

Figure 3. Significant increase in responders to LIPO-202 treatment compared to placebo

Using the standardized laser-guided manual tape measure procedure, the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 produced significant reductions in abdominal circumference at the umbilicus compared to placebo whether expressed as a mean change from baseline or as a percentage of responders to a clinically-meaningful threshold as shown in Figure 4 below. The 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 reduced umbilical circumference, on average, by 1.6 cm compared to 0.7 cm for placebo. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.001). Similarly, 42% of subjects treated with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 had a reduction of at least 1.83 cm, a clinically-meaningful threshold reduction in circumference defined by the empirically-determined 1-point/grade P-GAPS/2-point/grade CPnS definition of a responder, compared to 27% of placebo-treated subjects. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.026).

 

 

LOGO

Figure 4. Significant reduction of circumference at the umbilicus by LIPO-202

As with umbilical circumference and as shown in Figure 5 below, the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 produced significant reductions in abdominal volume in the treatment area compared to placebo whether expressed as a mean change from baseline or as a percentage of responders to a clinically-meaningful threshold. The 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 reduced treatment area volume, on average, by 191.9 cubic centimeters, or cc, compared to 89.9 cc for placebo. This was a statistically significant improvement (p-value = 0.001). Similarly, 34.9% of subjects treated with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 had a reduction of at least 292.79 cc, a clinically-meaningful threshold reduction in volume defined by the empirically-determined 1-point/grade P-GAPS/2-point/grade CPnS definition of a responder, compared to 19.7% of placebo- treated subjects. This was a statistically

 

97


Table of Contents

significant improvement (p-value = 0.011). It should be noted that in the RESET trial, change from baseline and change from placebo treatment effects with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 were enhanced on all outcome measures in subjects who remained weight neutral or lost weight. For example, this enhancement was observed on the P-GAPS/CPnS composites and on the laser-guided tape measure-determined circumference and volume endpoints, despite no differences in mean weight change between LIPO-202 and placebo treatment groups.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 5. Significant reductions in treatment area volume produced by LIPO-202

As shown in Figure 6 below, the observed reduction in treatment area volume with LIPO-202 in the RESET study was similar to that observed in a non-drug, limited-volume VAL-CL-10 liposuction study conducted in a similar study population over a similar treatment area. A mean reduction in treatment area volume of approximately 200 cc was produced by both eight weeks of treatment with the 0.4 µg total weekly dose of LIPO-202 in the RESET study and by limited volume liposuction as assessed ten weeks after surgery.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 6. Similar reductions in treatment area volume produced by LIPO-202 and limited volume liposuction in separate studies

 

98


Table of Contents

There were no significant adverse events during the RESET study and no subject discontinued the study due to an adverse event; 92% of subjects completed the study per protocol. As shown in Table 1 below, the most commonly reported treatment-emergent adverse effects definitely or possibly related to study drug were mild and transient injection site events, including mild hematoma, erythema, contusion, and pain. The incidence of these adverse effects was low and they occurred with a similar frequency in subjects in both the placebo group and in the LIPO-202 treatment groups. Consequently, these injection site events were considered to be related to the typical mechanical trauma of an injection procedure rather than to the study drug itself. A similar safety profile has consistently been demonstrated and observed upon examination of all LIPO-102/LIPO-202 safety data.

 

Adverse Effect

   Placebo     0.4 µg
Salmeterol
Xinafoate
    1.0 µg
Salmeterol
Xinafoate
    4.0 µg
Salmeterol
Xinafoate
 

Any Adverse Event Definitely or Possibly Related to Study Drug

     10     11     12     12

Administration Site Conditions

     5     8     10     9

Injection Site Hematoma

     2     5     6     6

Injection Site Pain

     2     3     2     2

Injection Site Erythema

     2     2     2     0

Injection Site Hemorrhage

     2     0     0     0

Table 1. Adverse effects of LIPO-202 in RESET

Phase 3 Clinical Endpoints

The clinical protocol and endpoints in our planned U.S. Phase 3 pivotal trials are expected to be essentially the same as those described for the RESET study. The primary endpoints in the pivotal trials will be two responder analyses as shown in Table 2 below. The first responder analysis being those responders to treatment defined empirically based on quantitative research in the target population to be clinically-meaningful as patients who show at least a 1-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging on the P-GAPS that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement in abdominal bulging on the CPnS and the second responder analysis being those responders to treatment as historically defined by the FDA’s Division of Dermatologic and Dental Products, as patients who show at least a two-point/grade improvement on a patient scale that is corroborated by the treating clinician as at least a two-point/grade improvement on a clinician scale.

 

By Whom

  

What Measured

   Scale   

How Used

Patient-Reported

   Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat    P-GAPS   

Composite

P-GAPS > 1 point change

and

CPnS > 2 point change

Clinician-Reported

   Central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat    CPnS   

Composite

P-GAPS > 2 point change

and

CPnS > 2 point change

Table 2. Summary of Phase 3 primary endpoints

In addition to the primary endpoints, the FDA also recommends that for aesthetic outcomes a physical, or objective, measure be incorporated as an endpoint to confirm what is observed by patients and clinicians. Therefore, when developing primary and secondary endpoints, we established the P-GAPS and CPnS methods as primary endpoints and evaluated a variety of physical or quantitative measures in a clinical trial setting as potential secondary objective endpoints, including skin-fold thickness calipers, manual tape

 

99


Table of Contents

measure, laser-guided manual tape measure, two-dimensional, or 2-D, ultrasound, three-dimensional, or 3-D, digital photographic imaging and magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI. We conducted Study VAL-CL-13 to provide an initial assessment of MRI as a potential secondary physical measure of efficacy in future trials, as well as to assess it in comparison to 3-D digital imaging and laser-guided manual tape measure. This single center, single day study showed that MRI could measure the desired abdominal circumferences and volumes, although it was less precise than the laser-guided tape measure procedure even in this highly controlled setting. Study VAL-CL-13 did not address the suitability of MRI as a measure of change over time in a multi-center clinical trial setting. Instead, we assessed MRI as a measure of change over time in a multi-center clinical trial setting as part of the RESET trial. A number of these physical measures were evaluated by us in the RESET trial, including skin-fold thickness calipers, laser-guided manual tape measure and MRI. We used MRI as an assessment in 226 of the 513 patients enrolled in the RESET trial. Despite rigorous standardization of all procedures and protocols, we found MRI to be highly variable as a measure of change in abdominal volumes and circumferences in the treatment area due to both identified and unidentified sources of variability. Furthermore, the measured changes from baseline to End-of-Study in abdominal volumes and circumferences were not different from zero, or no change, in any treatment group, suggesting that abdominal MRI lacks the sensitivity to detect change in a multi-center clinical trial setting. Moreover, the lack of observed changes with MRI was at odds with reductions in central abdominal bulging demonstrated using the patient assessment and clinician ratings and all of the other physical measurement tools deployed in the same study. Skin-pinch calipers as a means of estimating change in the thickness of abdominal subcutaneous fat at a consistent location within the treatment area was found to be directionally consistent with all other endpoints except MRI, less variable than MRI, but more variable than the laser-guided tape measure in RESET. Based on extensive evaluation of these methods for measuring secondary endpoints, we believe that the standardized laser-guided tape measure procedure is precise, reproducible and is the most suitable and appropriate measure to assess the efficacy of LIPO-202 in Phase 3 trials as a secondary quantitative endpoint. At the End-of-Phase 2 meeting, the FDA expressed concern that the observed circumference changes with LIPO-202 measured using the laser-guided tape measure procedure may be influenced by factors such as posture, breathing and flexing and advised us to incorporate 2-D ultrasound as a direct measure of changes in abdominal subcutaneous fat thickness which we believe the FDA views as the key advantage of 2-D. However, as it relates to measuring fat in the abdomen, there is limited literature supporting 2-D ultrasound as an appropriate measure of change over time and for multi-site studies. Moreover, based on prior evaluations, we believe that 2-D ultrasound may not be robust enough to measure change over time taking into consideration the variability and insensitivity of 2-D ultrasound to change. Therefore, we continue to believe that the laser-guided tape measure procedure is the most appropriate measure for LIPO-202 and changes in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. Notwithstanding the extensive standardization of our laser-guided tape measure procedure and that we believe the randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled nature of our clinical trials removes concerns regarding the influence of procedural factors, we intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of 2-D ultrasound as a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in a limited number of clinical sites in our Phase 3 pivotal trials.

Phase 3 Clinical Trial Plan

As described throughout this section, we have conducted clinical trials to characterize the safety and efficacy of LIPO-202, as well as to develop and validate research tools with which to assess change in this novel indication. We plan to initiate our Phase 3 development program in the first half of 2015 and intend to conduct the studies outlined in Table 3 below as part of our Phase 3 program to support the registration of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients. Based upon our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, we intend to complete the U.S. development of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients and intend to initiate and complete an additional exploratory evaluation of 2-D ultrasound as a secondary measure of the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat as part of our Phase 3 pivotal trials. We expect to have top-line data from the Phase 3 pivotal clinical

 

100


Table of Contents

trials at the end of 2015 and, assuming positive data, anticipate filing for regulatory approval in the United States in the second half of 2016 utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway.

 

    

Clinical Trial

   Number of
Patients
  

Trial Purpose

   Expected
Trial Initiation
   Data
Expected

     LOGO     

   Study LIPO-202-CL-18    n~800   

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy

   First half of
2015
   End of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-19    n~800   

-   Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of safety and efficacy (identical design to LIPO-202-CL-18)

   First half of
2015
   End of
2015
     LOGO         Study LIPO-202-CL-12    n=24   

-   Comparative bioavailability of LIPO-202 and ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50

-   Clinical bridge for 505(b)(2) NDA

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-21    n=120   

-   Safety in a special population of obese patients

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-22    n=120   

-   Long-term safety of repeated cycles of treatment

   First half of
2015
   First
half of
2016
   Study LIPO-202-CL-23    n~200   

-   Long-term safety and durability of efficacy in responders to treatment

   Second half of
2015
   Second
half of
2016
     LOGO         Study LIPO-202-CL-25    n=10-12   

-   Exploratory study in submental fat

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015
   Study LIPO-202-CL-26    n=10-12   

-   Exploratory study in lipomas

   First half of
2015
   Second
half of
2015

Table 3. Phase 3 clinical trials

Summary of Early Clinical Trials

Each of our clinical trials to date has provided important information on the safety and efficacy of LIPO-202, as well as on the tools with which to assess changes in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. All of the clinical trials of LIPO-102 and LIPO-202 conducted prior to the RESET Study, as well as several key endpoint evaluation studies, are described below.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-01 .    A single- and multiple-dose Phase 1 safety and pharmacokinetics study, which included 26 patients, identified the maximum potential dose of salmeterol xinafoate administered by subcutaneous injection to the abdomen that would qualify for consideration under FDA regulation 505(b)(2). The 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway will enable us to file an NDA using the FDA’s approval of another product based on data generated by others, provided that we establish the necessary preclinical and clinical bridges to the previously approved product. We expect that we will be able to reference data on salmeterol xinafoate submitted to the FDA for ADVAIR, such as that for reproductive toxicology, mutagenicity, carcinogenicity, long-term toxicology, clinical safety, QTc interval,

 

101


Table of Contents
 

and drug interactions, and will not need to repeat those studies. Study LIPO-102-CL-01 showed that approximately 50 µg of salmeterol xinafoate injected subcutaneously into the abdomen produces peak plasma levels of salmeterol comparable to those produced by 50 µg of salmeterol xinafoate administered twice daily by the oral inhalation of ADVAIR. Thus, guidance was obtained for future trials on the limits of salmeterol xinafoate dosing when injected subcutaneously into the abdomen.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-03 .    This study, which included 54 patients, provided initial information on the safety and efficacy of a range of doses of LIPO-102 administered via subcutaneous injection once or twice per week for four weeks to non-obese patients with measureable abdominal bulging. This study demonstrated that the greatest reduction in abdominal circumference was produced by the lowest dose of LIPO-102 tested, 0.5 µg salmeterol xinafoate and 1.0 µg fluticasone propionate, that was administered once rather than twice weekly for four weeks. This study also demonstrated that 2-D ultrasound and skin-pinch calipers were highly variable as assessment tools relative to constant-tension tape measurement.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-04.     This study, which included 58 patients, further defined the dose of LIPO-102 when injected as divided doses in a defined array across the abdomen. Two doses of LIPO-102 were compared to placebo when administered as 22 one mL central abdominal subcutaneous injections once a week for eight weeks. The use of 3-D digital photographic imaging to measure changes in abdominal circumference and volume, as well as patient and clinician rating scales were investigated in this trial as potential clinical endpoints. The lowest doses of salmeterol xinafoate in LIPO-102 produced superior efficacy compared to the higher doses. The pharmacokinetics of LIPO-102 at a total weekly salmeterol xinafoate plus fluticasone propionate dose of 11 µg+22 µg was also evaluated in Study LIPO-102-CL-04 after the first dose on Day 1 and after the last dose on Day 50. There was no significant difference between the plasma levels of either dose on Days 1 and 50. The peak plasma level of salmeterol xinafoate produced by LIPO-102 was approximately one fifth of that produced by the 505(b)(2) reference drug ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50. Moreover, the peak plasma level of salmeterol xinafoate produced by the Phase 3 dose of LIPO-202, or 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate total weekly dose, is approximately over 100-fold less than that produced by the 505(b)(2) reference drug ADVAIR DISKUS 500/50. The reductions in abdominal circumference and volume determined by 3-D digital imaging were also found to persist in responders to LIPO-102 for 12-weeks post-treatment.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-09.     This study, which included 157 patients, was designed to:

 

   

define the optimal dose of LIPO-102 through an evaluation of the safety and efficacy of three doses of LIPO-102 compared to placebo delivered as 20 subcutaneous injections once a week for eight weeks;

 

   

test the Patient Photonumeric Scale, or PPnS, and CPnS, as potential clinical endpoints;

 

   

test the Abdominal Subcutaneous Adiposity Questionnaires, or ASAQ, now renamed the Abdominal Contour Questionnaire, or ACQ, as a clinical endpoint; and

 

   

evaluate the safety and efficacy of LIPO-102 for 12 weeks following the final dose.

 

   

Toward the stated objectives, a weekly dose of 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate and 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 was identified as optimal based on significant reductions in treatment area volume and circumference as determined by 3-D digital imaging. LIPO-102-treated subjects in the mid-, or 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 and high-, or 1.0 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 dose groups rated the change in abdominal flattening on the PPnS as significantly greater by End-of-Study compared with the placebo group (p-value = 0.044 and

 

102


Table of Contents
 

p-value = 0.006, respectively), with similar trends observed on the CPnS. The ASAQ was confirmed to be a valid patient-reported outcome instrument to measure the broader effects or impact of changes in central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat. Importantly, the lowest dose of LIPO-102 tested, 0.1 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate, was inactive/no different than placebo across all outcome measures in this study. Similar to the prior study, in the non-drug observational follow-on to LIPO-102-CL-09, the reduction in abdominal circumference and volume produced by responders to 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 remained significantly greater than that produced by placebo for at least six weeks post-treatment and remained above baseline and placebo for at least 12 weeks post-treatment.

 

   

Study VAL-CL-10.     This study enrolled 23 subjects who met the same inclusion/exclusion criteria as in Study LIPO-102-CL-09, but received only limited volume liposuction performed over the same treatment area in Study LIPO-102-CL-09. Acknowledging that these are cross-study comparisons, the VAL-CL-10 study showed that the reductions in abdominal circumference and volume measured ten weeks after liposuction were nearly identical to those produced by 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate + 20 µg fluticasone propionate LIPO-102 in Study LIPO-102-CL-09.

 

   

Study LIPO-102-CL-11.     In contrast to all previous studies with LIPO-102, this study, which included 228 patients, compared the safety and efficacy of three doses of LIPO-102 in which the dose of salmeterol xinafoate was fixed and dose of fluticasone propionate was varied. In addition, this clinical trial included a treatment arm of 0.4 µg salmeterol xinafoate alone, or LIPO-202. The LIPO-102 dose-response was relatively flat in terms of change from baseline to End-of-Study for most outcome measures, regardless of the contained dose of fluticasone propionate. In addition, the responses for salmeterol xinafoate alone, or LIPO-202, were similar to those of the combination of fluticasone propionate and salmeterol xinafoate, or LIPO-102. These results confirmed that salmeterol xinafoate alone is primarily responsible for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, prompting us to focus on LIPO-202 for future development.

 

   

Study VAL-CL-13.      This study was an exploratory study that compared MRI with external 3-D digital stereophotogrammetry and a laser-guided manual tape measure procedure as objective physical measures of abdominal circumference. One male and one female subject completed the study from each of the following BMI categories: BMI = 20 ± 2 kg/m 2 , 25 ± 2 kg/m 2 , 30 ± 2 kg/m 2 and 35 ± 2 kg/m 2 . This study showed that MRI, 3-D digital imaging and the standardized laser-guided manual tape measure procedure were all effective tools for measuring abdominal circumferences in this single site, single visit study. However, variance was found to be the smallest for the laser-guided manual tape measure procedure warranting further evaluation of this technique in future clinical trials.

 

   

Studies VAL-CL-15 and VAL-CL-20.      These studies, which included 29 subjects and 30 subjects, respectively, and 10 clinicians and 11 clinicians, respectively, were non-drug studies that assessed the reliability of our clinical outcome assessment rating instruments, including the P-GAPS, Clinician-Global Abdominal Perception Scale, or C-GAPS, PPnS, CPnS. The ratings were performed by trained clinical raters of the studies, on two occasions 14 days apart to provide an estimate of test-retest reliability. In addition, the inter-rater reliability, or the degree of agreement among the raters, was determined for the clinician rating instruments, such as the C-GAPS and CPnS. An intra-class correlation coefficient, or ICC, is typically determined to estimate reliability when there are a number of different raters making an assessment. When the raters agree on an assessment, the ICC approaches a value of one. The ICC from all studies for all clinical outcome assessment or rating instruments approached or exceeded 0.9. These studies demonstrated a high degree of patient, clinician and test-retest reliability for our clinical outcome assessment instruments.

 

103


Table of Contents
   

Study VAL-CL-24 .    This non-drug study included 40 subjects and explored 2-D ultrasound as a tool to measure subcutaneous fat thickness in the anterior abdomen and determined the intra- and inter-rater reliability and retest reliability of 2-D ultrasound at two investigative clinical sites. The intra- and inter-rater reliability and retest reliability was also determined for our laser-guided tape measure procedure. This study achieved its intended purpose of establishing the protocol with which to assess 2-D ultrasound as a measure of change in up to four clinical sites in the two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials.

Our Product Candidate: LIPO-102

We may advance our second product candidate, LIPO-102, into Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of the orphan indication of symptomatic exophthalmos, or protrusion of the eye from the orbit, associated with thyroid-related eye disease caused by the expansion of fat and muscle behind the eye.

Nonclinical Program

Pharmacology

Salmeterol xinafoate is a highly selective, long-acting ß 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist. Consistent with the known role of ß-adrenergic receptors in the metabolism of stored triglycerides in fat cells, we have shown that salmeterol xinafoate stimulates lipolysis, or the breakdown of triglycerides into free fatty acids and glycerol, in cultured human fat cells in a manner similar to other ß-adrenergic receptor agonists, such as isoproterenol. We have also direct evidence that the injection of salmeterol xinafoate reduces central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in animal models as our pre-clinical studies demonstrated that the injection of salmeterol xinafoate into the inguinal fat pad of rats produced a dose-related reduction in fat pad weight. Similarly, our preclinical studies demonstrated that the injection of salmeterol xinafoate into the back fat of minipigs reduced subcutaneous fat thickness as determined by 2-D ultrasound.

Safety

Salmeterol xinafoate is approved by the FDA for use by oral inhalation for maintenance treatment of bronchial asthma and COPD either alone as the active ingredient of SEREVENT DISKUS or in combination with another active ingredient, fluticasone propionate, as ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. Consequently, the nonclinical safety profile of salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate alone and in combination has been extensively studied in mice, rats, rabbits, guinea pigs and/or dogs by several routes of administration, including by mouth, intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, inhalation and/or dermal. The FDA’s findings as to this information are available for us to reference in our NDA under the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway provided that we establish the appropriate preclinical bridge to that data. Although salmeterol xinafoate and fluticasone propionate are established agents with well characterized nonclinical and clinical safety profiles, both systemically and locally, use of these drugs by the subcutaneous route and their potential lipolytic properties are less well understood and have been the focus of our studies. Consequently, additional pharmacokinetics and toxicity studies were conducted in minipigs by subcutaneous administration to assess local tolerability in support of early stage clinical trials. Local concentrations of salmeterol xinafoate 2500-fold greater than the anticipated clinical dose produced no untoward histopathological changes when injected into the back fat of minipigs. We have committed to conduct a three-month minipig study by subcutaneous administration to further assess local tolerability and a bridging study by subcutaneous administration in rats to the 505(b)(2) reference listed drug ADVAIR.

Government Regulation

Pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic

 

104


Table of Contents

Act, or FDCA, and other federal, state and foreign statutes and regulations extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, including any manufacturing changes, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, reporting, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, import and export of pharmaceutical products such as LIPO-202. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

United States Regulation of Drugs.     In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs such as our product candidates under the FDCA and implementing regulations. Failure to comply with the applicable FDA or other requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process, or after approval may subject an applicant or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice, or DOJ, or other governmental entities. We are pursuing a Section 505(b)(2) NDA regulatory strategy, explained further below, which we expect will allow us to rely in our new drug application, NDA, on certain nonclinical and clinical safety findings made by the FDA in its approval of salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS.

The U.S. Drug Approval Process .    New drugs must be approved by the FDA before they can be marketed. There are three types of new drug applications: (1) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness (a section 505(b)(1) application); (2) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference (a section 505(b)(2) application); and (3) an application that contains information to show that the proposed product is, among other things, the same as a previously approved product in terms of its active ingredient, dosage form, strength, route of administration, labeling, and pharmacokinetics (a section 505(j) application, referred to as an abbreviated new drug application or ANDA).

The steps required before a drug may be approved for marketing in the United States generally include:

 

   

preclinical laboratory tests and animal tests conducted under GLP;

 

   

the submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug, or IND, application for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials commence in the United States (the sponsor may also elect to conduct foreign clinical trials under an IND, and if it does elect to do so, all FDA requirements must be followed);

 

   

the approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials conducted in accordance with Good Clinical Practices, or GCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for each indication (the FDA will accept non-IND foreign studies as support for an FDA application provided the study was conducted in accordance with GCP and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if necessary);

 

   

the submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

FDA acceptance of the NDA for review;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

105


Table of Contents
   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facilities at which the product is made to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

responding to questions raised by the FDA regarding the application (“complete response” letters), if any; and

 

   

the FDA’s approval of the NDA.

As noted above, we plan to pursue the 505(b)(2) approval pathway, which is an option for modifications to drug products previously approved by the FDA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information demonstrating safety or effectiveness comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. This can include allowing the applicant to rely indirectly upon the FDA’s findings with regard to the adequacy of certain preclinical or clinical data in demonstrating the safety or effectiveness of an approved product to which the proposed product is similar. Such an application may be appropriate if an applicant is seeking approval of a product that contains the same active ingredient as an already-approved product, but in a different strength or dosage form, or for a different indication. The FDA typically requires a 505(b)(2) NDA applicant to perform additional testing, which can be extensive and include clinical trials, to support the change from the approved product.

Regardless of the path taken, the U.S. drug testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and the receipt and timing of any approval are uncertain and may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend clinical trials or impose other conditions at any time on various grounds, including that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or for failure to comply with regulatory or IRB requirements.

Based on our interactions with the FDA, we believe that with the successful completion of our Phase 3 program, we will have completed the preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to submit an NDA under Section 505(b)(2).

Preclinical Studies.     Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluations of the chemistry, formulation and toxicity, as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including GLP. The results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and a proposed clinical trial protocol, are submitted to the FDA as part of the IND, which must become effective before clinical trials may be commenced. Long-term preclinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. The IND will become effective automatically 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless prior to that time the FDA raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the proposed clinical trials as outlined in the IND. In that case, the FDA may place the clinical trial on a clinical hold, and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before clinical trials can proceed. A separate submission to an existing IND application must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development.

Clinical Trials .    Clinical trials involve the administration of an investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with cGCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must

 

106


Table of Contents

be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB covering each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial before the trial may commence. The IRB will consider, among other things, ethical factors, the safety of human subjects and the possible liability of the institution. The IRB must also monitor the trial until completed.

Clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases prior to approval, but the phases may overlap. These phases generally include the following:

 

   

Phase 1.     Phase 1 clinical trials represent the initial introduction of a product candidate into human subjects, frequently healthy volunteers. In Phase 1, the product candidate is usually tested for safety, including adverse effects and dosage tolerance, and/or absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and pharmacodynamics. If possible, Phase 1 clinical trials may also test for early evidence of effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2.     Phase 2 clinical trials usually involve studies in a limited patient population to (1) evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific indications, (2) determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and (3) identify possible adverse effects and safety risks.

 

   

Phase 3.     If a product candidate is found to be potentially effective and to have an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 clinical trials, the clinical trial program will progress to Phase 3 clinical trials, in which the product candidate will be administered to an expanded patient population with the target condition, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances, including where the study is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome, and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

In some cases, the FDA may condition approval of an NDA for a product candidate on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials.

Marketing Application .    Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information on the manufacture, composition and quality of the product and the proposed labeling, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA, requesting approval to market the product. The application generally must be accompanied by a significant user fee payment.

 

107


Table of Contents

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on a threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or decide that the data is insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. If the FDA requests additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information and is subject to payment of additional user fees. The resubmitted application is again subject to filing review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

Also, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement to an NDA must generally contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Based on early indications from the FDA, we do not anticipate that the FDA would grant a full waiver for LIPO-202 and may have to conduct some pediatric studies, perhaps on a deferred or partial waiver basis.

Review of Application .     Once the NDA has been accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review and sets a Prescription Drug User Fee Act date that informs the applicant of the specific date by which the FDA intends to complete its review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs through a two-tiered classification system, Standard Review and Priority Review. Priority Review designation is given to drugs that offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. The FDA endeavors to review applications subject to Standard Review within ten to twelve months, whereas the FDA’s goal is to review Priority Review applications within six to eight months, depending on whether the drug is a new molecular entity. The review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews NDAs to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured and will not approve the product unless the manufacturing facility complies with cGMP. The FDA may also inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with cGCP requirements.

During the approval process, the FDA also will determine whether a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, is necessary to assure the safe use of the product. A REMS may be required to include various elements, such as a medication guide or patient package insert, a communication plan to educate healthcare providers of the drug’s risks, limitations on who may prescribe or dispense the drug, or other elements to assure safe use, such as special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. In addition, the REMS must include a timetable to periodically assess the strategy. If the FDA concludes that a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the application must submit a proposed REMS; the FDA will not approve the application without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS can substantially increase the costs of obtaining approval, and can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a drug. The FDA may also refer the application to an advisory committee of external experts to provide input on certain review issues relating to risk, benefit and interpretation of clinical trial data.

After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, the agency issues either an approval letter or, if the review cycle is complete and the application is not ready for approval, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. Even if the sponsor submits this additional information, the FDA may ultimately decide that an application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If, or when, the deficiencies have been

 

108


Table of Contents

addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Post-Approval Requirements.     Once an NDA is approved, the product will be subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to manufacturing, drug listing and establishment registration, recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising, marketing and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, as well as some manufacturing and supplier changes, are subject to prior FDA review and approval of a new NDA or an NDA supplement. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the similar procedures in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs. The manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, as well as new application fees for certain supplemental applications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs.

In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMP after approval. Entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced and announced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. Further, the Drug Supply Chain Security Act of 2013 imposes new obligations that require prescription drugs distributed in the United States to be traced throughout the supply chain. A number of states also require registration of pharmaceutical manufacturers and wholesalers and impose supply chain requirements, and as a result pharmaceutical companies are subject to additional oversight at the state level.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market study or clinical trial requirements to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

109


Table of Contents
   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Advertising and Promotion .    The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. The FDA considers off-label promotion to “misbrand” a drug. Pharmaceutical companies have paid millions and even billions of dollars to resolve government allegations of off-label promotion, including allegations that such off-label promotion led to violations of the False Claims Act.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments.     As an alternative path to FDA approval for modifications to formulations or uses of products previously approved by the FDA, an applicant may submit an NDA under 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) was enacted as part of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and effectiveness is scientifically appropriate, including by providing data or information that “bridge” the differences between the proposed product and the already-approved product, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical studies or clinical trials of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements, including clinical trials, to support the change from the approved branded reference drug. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the branded reference drug has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant. We are pursuing a Section 505(b)(2) NDA regulatory strategy, which we expect will allow us to rely in our NDA filing on certain nonclinical and clinical safety findings made by the FDA in its approval of salmeterol xinafoate, which is an active ingredient of FDA-approved products such as SEREVENT DISKUS, ADVAIR HFA and ADVAIR DISKUS. We believe that with the successful completion of our Phase 3 clinical trial, we will have completed the preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to submit an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) to support the approval of LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients.

By pursuing the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for LIPO-202, our reliance on the FDA’s prior findings of safety from salmeterol xinafoate may require any approved labeling for LIPO-202 to include, in addition to safety information from our clinical trials, certain safety information that is included in the label for approved salmeterol xinafoate products, including warnings and other safety information. Similarly, using the 505(b)(2) pathway may require us to include certifications with our NDA submission for any patents that are listed with the reference drug product in the Orange Book.

Orange Book Listing.     In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, including a 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant is required to list with the FDA patents that claim the drug substance, drug product, or a method of using the drug. Upon approval of an NDA, each of the patents listed in the application published in the Orange Book. Any applicant who files a 505(b)(2) NDA or ANDA referencing a drug listed in the Orange Book must certify to the FDA that: (1) no patent information on the reference drug product has been submitted to the FDA, referred to as a Paragraph I Certification; (2) such patent has expired, referred to as a Paragraph II Certification; (3) the date on which such patent expires, referred to as a Paragraph III Certification; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted, referred to as a Paragraph IV Certification. With regard to a method of use patent, the applicant may submit a “section viii” statement stating that the proposed product’s label does not contain, or carves out, any language regarding the method of use claimed in the patent. An applicant submitting a Paragraph III Certification is stating that it is not seeking approval

 

110


Table of Contents

before expiration of the patent. An applicant submitting a Paragraph IV Certification must provide notice to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the 505(b)(2) application or ANDA refers. If within 45 days of receiving the Paragraph IV Certification notice, the reference NDA holder or patent owner responds by filing a lawsuit asserting patent infringement, the FDA is prohibited from approving the application until the earlier of thirty months from the receipt of the Paragraph IV Certification, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the applicant.

Non-Patent Exclusivity and Approval of Competing Products.     A 505(b)(2) application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the reference drug, described below, has expired. Regulatory exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications for competing products. For example, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may obtain five years of non-patent exclusivity upon approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity, or NCE, which is a drug that contains an active moiety that has not previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An “active moiety” is defined as the molecule or ion responsible for the drug substance’s physiological or pharmacologic action. During the five-year exclusivity period, the FDA cannot accept for filing any ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA for the same active moiety, except that the FDA may accept an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application for filing after four years if the application contains a Paragraph IV Certification. If the reference product sponsor timely sues on the patent, approval of the proposed product cannot occur until expiration of seven and a half years from the approval date of the reference product.

A drug that is not an NCE, including one approved via a 505(b)(2) NDA, may obtain a three-year period of exclusivity for a particular condition of approval (often a change from a marketed product, such as a new formulation, dosage form, or indication), if one or more new clinical trials, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, was essential to the approval of the application and was conducted or sponsored by the applicant. During this three-year period of exclusivity, the FDA may not approve an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application for a product with the same condition of approval, but the agency is not precluded from accepting the application and reviewing it.

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity .    The Orphan Drug Act provides incentives for the development of products intended to treat rare diseases or conditions. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that sales of a product to treat the disease or condition will allow recovery of the cost of developing the drug and making it available in the United States. A request for orphan designation must be submitted before the NDA for the product. If a sponsor demonstrates that a drug is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, the FDA will grant orphan designation for that product for the orphan indication. After granting orphan drug designation, the FDA publicly discloses the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process, but the product is eligible for research grants and tax credits and, if approved, orphan drug exclusivity. If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval of the active moiety for the orphan designated disease or condition, the product is entitled to seven years of orphan drug exclusivity, which generally prohibits the FDA from approving another product with the same active moiety for the same indication. Orphan exclusivity will not bar approval of another product with the same moiety for the same use if the subsequent product is clinically superior to the approved product, as demonstrated by better effectiveness or safety, or making a major contribution to patient care. Orphan exclusivity also does not bar approval of a different drug for the same orphan indication, or approval of the same drug for a different indication, nor does it prevent approval of the same drug for the same use if the manufacturer of the approved product cannot meet market demand. As a result, even if one of our product candidates receives orphan exclusivity,

 

111


Table of Contents

we may still be subject to competition. Also, if a competitor obtains orphan exclusivity for a product that has the same active moiety and is approved for the same orphan designated use as one of our product candidates, our product could be blocked from approval.

Foreign Regulation.     In order to market any product outside of the United States, we will need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding development, approval, commercial sales and distribution of our products, and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products, if approved. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse, Data Privacy and Security and Physician Payment Transparency Laws .    In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing and promotion of drugs and devices, other federal and state laws and regulations could restrict our business practices. These laws and regulations include, without limitation, anti-kickback and false claims laws, as well as transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers. These laws typically relate to a service or item that is paid for in whole or in part by a government healthcare program or private third-party payor. Although we anticipate it would be extremely rare, if ever, that third-party payors would pay in whole or in part for our product candidates currently in development or related procedures, the government is known to look broadly for any connection to government dollars when enforcing healthcare fraud and abuse laws. Further, many states have adopted similar state laws and regulations, some of which broadly apply to healthcare items and services regardless of whether the payor is a government entity, commercial payor, or the individual patient. In addition, patient privacy and security laws have been imposed at the federal and state level.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Further, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

 

112


Table of Contents

The federal civil False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, and provides for whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment of government funds or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. The civil False Claims Act also applies to false submissions that cause the government to be paid less than the amount to which it is entitled, such as a rebate. Intent to deceive is not required to establish liability under the civil False Claims Act. Under the civil False Claims Act, no specific intent to defraud is required. The civil False Claims Act defines “knowing” to include not only actual knowledge but also instances in which the person acted in deliberate ignorance or reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. Several pharmaceutical, device and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for, among other things, allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies’ marketing of products for unapproved, and thus non-covered, uses (i.e., “off-label promotion).

The government may further prosecute conduct constituting a false claim under the federal criminal Health Care False Statements Statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact, making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Unlike the civil False Claims Act, this law requires proof of intent to submit a false claim.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the Anti-Kickback Statute a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The Civil Monetary Penalties Law authorizes, among other things, the imposition of substantial monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent, or offers any “remuneration” to beneficiaries of government healthcare programs where the person making the payment knows or should know that it is likely to influence the beneficiaries’ selection of items or services reimbursable by government healthcare programs.

The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, being implemented as the Open Payments Program, requires applicable pharmaceutical manufacturers of covered drugs (prescription drugs for which government healthcare program payment is available either separately or as part of a bundled payment) to track payments and other transfers of value made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, maintain a payments database, and publicly report the payment data. Applicable pharmaceutical manufacturers are also required to track and report physician investment and ownership interests that are within the scope of the law. Pharmaceutical manufacturers with products for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the State Children’s Health Insurance Program were required to begin such tracking on August 1, 2013, and were required to make their first report containing aggregate

 

113


Table of Contents

data to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, by March 31, 2014 and the second report containing detailed payment and transfers of value data and submit legal attestation to the completeness and accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, covered manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. CMS will post manufacturer disclosures on a searchable public website on or before September 30, 2014. Failure to comply with the reporting obligations may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year, and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures.”

Similar state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, and state laws governing professional licensing and licensee conduct, may apply to sales, marketing, or referral arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services. Such state laws vary in scope; some are limited to state funded healthcare such as Medicaid, while others broadly apply to providers of healthcare items and services regardless of whether the payor is a government entity, commercial payor, or the individual patient. Several state laws require pharmaceutical companies to report expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of pharmaceutical products in those states and to report gifts and payments to individual healthcare providers in those states, prohibit certain marketing related activities including the provision of gifts, meals or other items to certain healthcare providers and/or require pharmaceutical companies to implement compliance programs or marketing codes.

Under HIPAA and its implementing regulations, the Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations to protect the privacy and security of patients’ protected health information used or disclosed by “covered entities,” with certain requirements for “business associates” of covered entities. In the context of clinical trials, healthcare providers and facilities that serve as investigators and study sites are frequently HIPAA covered entities and must adhere to applicable requirements. Although we do not generally anticipate that we will be directly subject to HIPAA it is possible that some of our activities may trigger HIPAA compliance concerns. In addition, state privacy laws may be more broadly applicable to a variety of entities.

The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust systems to comply with different compliance or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may fail to comply fully with one or more of these requirements.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including certain sales and marketing practices and the provision of certain items and services to our customers in the future, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the health regulatory laws described above or any other laws that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including potentially significant criminal and civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. To the extent that any of our products, if approved, are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws, which may include, for instance, applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or transfers of value to healthcare professionals.

Payment for Aesthetic Products.     In general, in the U.S. health system, much of the financial success of a product typically relies on the government or commercial payors paying for a patient’s use of a product. Typically coverage of a product will depend on whether it is deemed medically necessary by government and commercial payors. Given the cosmetic nature and intent of LIPO-202, we do not anticipate that any government or commercial payors will cover and reimburse for this product or procedures using this

 

114


Table of Contents

product. Accordingly, a patient would have to pay for the cost of LIPO-202 out-of-pocket, making our expected reimbursement for our products and procedures using our products different from that of many pharmaceutical companies offering non-aesthetic products in the United States. Nevertheless, given our planned operation in the aesthetic market and the reimbursement framework for other aesthetic products currently on the market, we do not expect that the inability to receive reimbursement from a government or other third party payor for the use of the product will significantly impact a patient’s decision to use or a physician’s decision to prescribe or recommend our products.

Healthcare Reform.     The recent implementation of the Affordable Care Act is an example that has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries.

The Affordable Care Act is designed to expand access to affordable health insurance, control healthcare spending, and improve healthcare quality. The law includes provisions to tie Medicare provider reimbursement to healthcare quality and incentives, require the implementation of healthcare compliance programs, enhance physician payment transparency disclosure requirements, increase funding and initiatives to address fraud and abuse, and include incentives to state Medicaid programs to expand their coverage and services. It also imposes an annual tax on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs” to certain federal healthcare programs.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures as well as cost containment initiatives by third-party payors will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that governmental and other third-party payors will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for certain products or additional pricing pressure. Although as noted above, we anticipate that our lead product candidate, if approved, will be paid for out-of-pocket by the patient, it is nevertheless possible that federal or state healthcare reform could impact our business, particularly if we resume development of LIPO-102.

Sales and Marketing

We currently have a limited marketing capability and no sales organization established. We have retained all commercial rights to LIPO-202 in all areas of the world except Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. Our plan is to create a focused commercial capability in the United States to market and sell LIPO-202 and to consider strategic partners in other areas of the world to complete development and commercialization of the product candidate. Specifically, we plan to build a focused, specialized sales force of less than 100 representatives to target the key aesthetic physicians who perform the majority of the aesthetic procedures.

Manufacturing

We contract with third parties for the manufacture of LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 and intend to do so in the future. We do not own or operate and we do not expect to own or operate, facilities for product manufacturing, storage and distribution, or testing. Manufacturing is subject to extensive regulations that impose various procedural and documentation requirements, and which govern record keeping, manufacturing processes and controls, personnel, quality control and quality assurance, among others. Our systems and our contractors are required to be in compliance with these regulations, and this is assessed regularly through monitoring of performance and a formal audit program.

Competition

The aesthetic market, and in particular the market for fat reduction and body contouring, is highly competitive and is rapidly evolving due to new technology introductions. The FDA has recently approved several modalities for the reduction of fat, most of which are energy-based medical devices. None of the

 

115


Table of Contents

products approved to date are injectable drugs like LIPO-202. However, we are aware that ATX-101, an injectable deoxycholic acid, is a drug in development for the treatment of submental fat, or fat located in the chin area, by Kythera, Inc. in the United States. While we do not believe that ATX-101 will receive an FDA-approved indication for fat reduction in the abdomen in the intermediate future, it is possible that physicians may use this product off-label in that manner. In addition, while we are unaware of any potentially competitive injectable drugs that may reach the market before LIPO-202 for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat, we anticipate that LIPO-202, if approved, will face significant competition from surgical alternatives for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat and other medical device technologies designed for the reduction of fat.

Surgical Fat Reduction.     Liposuction remains the primary treatment option for subcutaneous fat reduction. We expect that LIPO-202 may compete indirectly with limited-volume liposuction for physician preference and resources.

Non-Surgical Technologies for Fat Reduction.     The FDA has approved several medical devices for fat reduction. For example, ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. received clearance for their body contouring system, CoolSculpting, which utilizes controlled cooling to reduce the temperature of fat cells in the treated area for the selective reduction of fat around the abdomen and flanks. Zerona, a laser energy-based product marketed by Erchonia Corporation, and Liposonix, an ultrasound energy-based product marketed by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., have also received FDA marketing clearance. TruSculpt, a radiofrequency energy-based product introduced by Cutera, Inc., is used to heat fat to kill fat cells. However, unlike the devices provided by Erchonia, Valeant or ZELTIQ, the Cutera device is not cleared by the FDA for fat reduction; rather, it has a clearance for topical heating and for temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite. In addition, we may in the future face competition from new and emerging technologies.

Aesthetic Therapeutics Market Competition.     Injectable botulinum toxins and dermal fillers dominate the injectable aesthetic therapeutics market, specifically for facial rejuvenation. However, there are currently no injectable aesthetic therapeutics approved by the FDA for localized fat reduction. While we believe LIPO-202 will be a complementary procedure to these existing injectables, for some patients we may compete for a share of their discretionary budget and share of mind within the physician’s office for improving body aesthetics.

We expect to also generally compete against medical technology and aesthetic companies, including those offering products and technologies unrelated to fat reduction, for physician resources and mind share. Many of our potential competitors are large, experienced companies that have substantially greater resources and brand recognition than we do. For a description of the risks we face related to competition, please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — LIPO-202, if approved, will face significant competition, and the failure by us to compete effectively may prevent us from achieving significant market acceptance .”

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for our product candidates, novel biological discoveries, and drug development technology and other know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary or intellectual property rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary and intellectual property rights. We seek to protect and enhance our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to any patentable aspects of our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on know-how, copyright, trademarks and trade secrets and continuing technological innovation, and we continue to evaluate potential in-licensing opportunities, in order to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

 

116


Table of Contents

The patent positions of pharmaceutical/biotechnology companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual issues. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued. After issuance, if challenged, the courts can redefine the scope of the patent. Consequently, we do not know with certainty whether issued patents in each country will cover our product candidates, or if issued, whether the patent will remain in force after challenge. It is possible that our current patents, or patents which we may later acquire, may be successfully challenged or invalidated in whole or in part. We cannot predict with certainty whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in a particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection from potential competitors. Any of our patents could potentially be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. It is also possible that we may not obtain issued patents from our pending patent applications or other inventions we seek to protect. Due to uncertainties inherent in prosecuting patent applications, sometimes patent applications are rejected and we subsequently abandon them. It is also possible that we may develop proprietary products or technologies in the future that are not patentable or that the patents of others will limit or altogether preclude our ability to do business. In addition, any patent issued to us may provide us with little or no competitive advantage, in which case we may abandon such patent or license it to another entity. For more information, please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Since patent applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions are maintained in secrecy for a minimum of eighteen months, and because publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain of the priority of our inventions covered by pending patent applications. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention, which for most of our patent applications are based on the first party to invent (patents filed after 2013 are given priority based on first to file). The date of an invention is not publically disclosed. It may be necessary for us to participate in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as patent oppositions, that seek to invalidate the patentability of third party patents before they issue. Such proceedings could result in substantial cost, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

As of September 30, 2014, we were the sole owner of a patent portfolio that includes three issued patents and seven pending patent applications in the United States, as well as granted and pending foreign counterparts of such U.S. patents and pending applications directed to LIPO-202 and/or LIPO-102. Our foreign counterparts include issued or granted patents and pending applications in Australia, Canada, various countries in Europe, Israel, Japan, South Korea, Mexico, China, Brazil, Hong Kong, Singapore, India, and Taiwan. The earliest expiration of any of our issued or granted patents is presently expected to occur in 2026. Two of our three issued U.S. patents, specifically U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,420,625 and 8,404,750, cover both of our LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 product candidates, and will be listable in the Orange Book for each of these product candidates upon product approval. The ’625 patent is directed to methods of treatment for reduction of adiposity using a long-acting substantially selective beta agonist and is expected to expire no earlier than 2026.

The ’750 patent, in particular, is directed to methods of treatment for reducing adipose tissue and pharmaceutical formulations using low doses of long-acting ß2-adrenergic receptor agonist active ingredient, e.g. salmeterol xinafoate, and is expected to expire no earlier than 2030. We expect that the breadth of coverage provided by our issued patents relating to our product candidates, including those of the ’750 patent will create a significant barrier to third party competition with our LIPO-202 and LIPO-102 products, and will help to render any challenge to our patent position by a third party in relation to our core product candidates difficult. We expect to continue pursuing in the United States and foreign jurisdictions additional patent protection of our product candidates and any future pipeline products or technologies where appropriate, as well as continuing to take appropriate measures to maintain non-patent proprietary protection for our innovative technologies.

 

117


Table of Contents

In September 2014, a law firm representing one or more unidentified third parties filed with the USPTO a Request for Ex Parte Reexamination with respect to each claim of the ’625 patent and a separate such request for reexamination with respect to each claim of the ’750 patent. The reexamination process is provided for by law and requires the USPTO to consider the scope and validity of issued patents if requested. On October 7, 2014, the USPTO granted the request with respect to the ’625 patent. The ’750 patent reexamination petition remains pending. The USPTO has three months from receipt of this petition to determine whether the petitioner has raised a substantial new question of patentability for at least one claim of the ’750 patent, in which case this request for reexamination will be granted. We believe that we have meritorious positions to uphold the patentability of each claim of the ’625 patent and the ’750 patent during any ensuing prosecution before the USPTO. If any of the patent claims in the ’625 patent or the ’750 patent are ultimately invalidated or narrowed during such prosecution, however, the extent of the patent coverage afforded to LIPO-202 could be impaired, which may harm our ability to prevent others from copying our technology.

Trademarks.     We have a pending U.S. trademark application for the word mark “NEOTHETICS” and for our logo. We intend to pursue additional registrations in markets outside the United States for appropriate marks where we plan to sell our product candidates.

Other Proprietary Rights and Processes.     We also rely on trade secret protection for some of our confidential and proprietary information. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and disclose our technology. If these events happen, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business, scientific, development or financial affairs that are either developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us are to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. Our agreements with employees also provide that all inventions conceived by the employee in the course of employment with us or based on the employee’s use of our confidential information are our exclusive property or that we have an exclusive royalty-free license to use such technology.

Material Agreements

Technology Transfer Agreement .    In connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing, in December 2012, we entered into a Technology Transfer Agreement with Domain Russia Investments Limited, or DRI, an affiliate of Domain Partners VII, L.P. and DP VII, L.P., a significant stockholder of our company . Concurrently with the signing of the Technology Transfer Agreement we, together with DRI and NovaMedica, LLC, or NovaMedica, executed an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, pursuant to which all of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement were transferred to NovaMedica. The following description of the Technology Transfer Agreement gives effect to the transfer of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement to NovaMedica. The Technology Transfer Agreement obligated us to assign and license certain of our intellectual property to NovaMedica and to enter into the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, Clinical Supply Agreement and the Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica as further described below.

Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, in exchange for a nominal payment, we assigned to NovaMedica certain patents and patents applications in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan, or the Covered Territory, owned by us and necessary or useful for the development and commercialization of LIPO-102, LIPO-202 and/or certain future products we may develop, or the LIPO Products. We also

 

118


Table of Contents

granted to NovaMedica an exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free and irrevocable license under certain of our patented and non-patented intellectual property to develop and commercialize LIPO Products, solely in the Covered Territory. The license is not sublicensable or assignable, other than to an affiliate of NovaMedica or a successor to substantially all of the business of NovaMedica to which the Technology Transfer Agreement relates. We further agreed not to directly or indirectly develop, manufacture, sell or commercialize any product that (A) contains salmeterol xinafoate (alone or in combination) or (B) is designed or intended for use in the field of localized reduction of fat in the human body, including without limitation body contouring, or the Field, and is approved in the Covered Territory for the same indication for which a LIPO Product is approved during the term of the Technology Transfer Agreement.

To assist in NovaMedica’s development, commercialization, and manufacturing of LIPO Products, we agreed to transfer our know-how which is necessary or useful for development or commercialization of LIPO Products in the Covered Territory. Further, we agreed to provide certain development and manufacturing support to NovaMedica, including making our manufacturing personnel and other personnel knowledgeable of LIPO Products available to provide scientific and technical explanations, advice and on-site support that may be reasonably requested by NovaMedica and, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist NovaMedica to establish a manufacturing relationship with our clinical manufacturing organizations. In addition, prior to the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, we have agreed to sell to NovaMedica supplies of the applicable LIPO Product and related compounds solely for the purpose of conducting clinical trials of such LIPO Product and related compounds in the Covered Territory at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits, so long as any sale does not reasonably interfere with our own development and commercialization activities. Furthermore, within 120 days of NovaMedica’s request, we are obligated to negotiate in good faith and enter into a Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica for the supply of the LIPO Product required for commercialization of an approved LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, on commercially fair and reasonable terms at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits.

Under the Technology Transfer Agreement, NovaMedica will be responsible for filing and maintaining regulatory approvals for the LIPO Products in the Covered Territory and has the right to use the data from our regulatory filings to support its regulatory filings for LIPO Products. NovaMedica also has the sole right to import LIPO Products into the Covered Territory for purposes of development and commercialization of LIPO Products and the right to import and export LIPO Products outside the Covered Territory in connection with noncommercial research, clinical trials, or obtaining a supply of LIPO Product to exercise its other rights under the Technology Transfer Agreement.

We may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement in the event NovaMedica (1) knowingly exports out of the Covered Territory for commercial purposes a material and substantial quantity of salmeterol xinafoate or a LIPO Product or (2) challenges or contests the validity or enforceability of any of our patents assigned or licensed to NovaMedica, and fails to cure such breach during the applicable cure period. NovaMedica has the right to terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement at any time at its convenience upon 90 days prior written notice. Upon termination by NovaMedica, the licenses granted to NovaMedica would also terminate, but the assigned patents and patent applications would not return to our control.

In connection with the signing of the Technology Transfer Agreement, we also concurrently entered into a letter agreement with NovaMedica pursuant to which we are obligated to pay NovaMedica a make-whole payment up to a maximum amount of $1.2 million upon the occurrence any of the following events:

 

   

any granted patent within the assigned patents is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court or other governmental body in the Covered Territory;

 

   

it is determined that we do not (or did not at the time of assignment) hold exclusive title and ownership to any assigned patent or patent application or licensed intellectual property (free and clear of all liens or encumbrances); or

 

119


Table of Contents
   

the licenses or other rights granted by us to NovaMedica pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement terminate prior to the expiration date of the Technology Transfer Agreement (other than as contemplated by the Technology Transfer Agreement), and as a result, NovaMedica is required under Russian law to make a compensatory contribution to NovaMedica.

Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, or Collaboration Agreement, with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which NovaMedica develops LIPO Products. Under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement, a joint committee consisting of equal numbers of our representatives and NovaMedica representatives will prepare an initial development plan to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO Products. Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, we have also agreed to enter into a pharmacovigilance agreement within 180 days of the first regulatory approval of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory. NovaMedica may sell LIPO Products approved for sale in the Covered Territory under either NovaMedica’s trademarks or our trademarks, in its sole discretion.

The Collaboration Agreement expires on the earlier of (1) the termination of the Technology Transfer Agreement or (2) ten years following the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, provided that if the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory has not occurred within three years of the approval of the first LIPO Product by the FDA, then the Collaboration Agreement will terminate on the thirteenth anniversary of such FDA approval. NovaMedica may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement for convenience upon 90 days prior written notice.

Clinical Supply Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Supply Agreement with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which we supply LIPO-202 to NovaMedica. In addition to the supply terms set forth above, under the Clinical Supply Agreement, we are not required to supply any LIPO-202 until we have retained a clinical manufacturing organization to manufacture such product. We are only required to supply LIPO-202 up to a specified maximum amount of 1,000 doses. The Clinical Supply Agreement has an initial term of four years, which can be extended by mutual agreement between us and NovaMedica. NovaMedica may terminate the agreement for convenience upon 90 days’ notice.

Employees

As of September 30, 2014, we had nine full-time employees and one part-time employee with five employees in research and development and five employees, including the part-time employee, in business development, finance, legal, human resources, facilities, information technology and general management and administration activities. We plan to continue to expand our research and development activities. To support this growth, we will need to expand managerial, research and development, operations, finance and other functions. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Diego, California, where we lease and occupy approximately 6,119 square feet of office space. The current term of our lease expires on December 31, 2014. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs. When our lease expires, we may extend our existing lease or look for additional or alternate space for our operations and we believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

 

120


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are subject from time to time to various claims and legal actions during the ordinary course of our business. We believe that there are currently no claims or legal actions that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

General Information

We were originally incorporated in Delaware in February 2007 as Lipothera, Inc. In September 2008, we changed our name to Lithera, Inc. and in August 2014, we changed our name to Neothetics, Inc. Our principal corporate offices are located at 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122 and our telephone number is (858) 750-1008. Our website is located at www.neothetics.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the day we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as measured as of each June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012 herein as the “JOBS Act,” and references herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

121


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Officers

The following table provides information regarding the directors and officers of Neothetics, Inc., including their ages and positions, as of September 30, 2014:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

George W. Mahaffey

     55       President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

     57       Chief Scientific Officer

Susan A. Knudson

     50       Chief Financial Officer

Christopher Kemmerer, Ph.D.

     50       Vice President, Pharmaceutical Development and Manufacturing

Lincoln Krochmal, M.D.

     68       Chief Medical Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Martha J. Demski (1)(2)

     62       Director

Maxim Gorbachev (1)(3)

     38       Director

Daniel S. Janney (2)(3)

     48       Director

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. (1)(2)

     47       Lead Independent Director

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. (3)

     55       Director

 

(1)  

Member of the compensation committee.

 

(2)  

Member of the audit committee.

 

(3)  

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The business address for our directors and officers is c/o Neothetics, Inc., 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122.

Executive Officers

George W. Mahaffey has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and director since March 2011. Prior to joining Neothetics, Mr. Mahaffey served as Chief Executive Officer of Peplin, Inc., a dermatology company, from September 2009 to February 2010 following its acquisition by LEO Pharma A/S in 2009. Prior to its acquisition, Mr. Mahaffey served as Chief Commercial Officer and VP, Sales and Marketing of Peplin, Inc. from May 2007 to September 2009. Prior to joining Peplin, Mr. Mahaffey served as Sr. VP, Sales and Marketing for CoTherix, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2004 until its acquisition by Actelion Ltd. in 2006. Prior to CoTherix, Mr. Mahaffey served as Senior Director, Marketing and Business Development at Scios, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2000 to 2004. Prior to joining Scios, Mr. Mahaffey served in the marketing group at Neurex, Inc., a biotechnology company, until its acquisition by Elan Corp. in 1998. Mr. Mahaffey began his pharmaceutical career at DuPont Pharmaceuticals where he held various sales and marketing positions. Mr. Mahaffey earned a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Delaware and an MBA from the University of South Florida. We believe Mr. Mahaffey is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his 27 years of pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry experience.

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D. has served as Chief Scientific Officer since May 2008. Prior to joining Neothetics, Dr. Locke worked since September 2000 at MediciNova, Inc., holding in succession the positions of Vice President, Research, Senior Vice President, Development Operations & Drug Discovery, Senior Vice President, Portfolio Management, Chief Business Officer and Chief Scientific Officer. Concurrent with his service at MediciNova, Dr. Locke served as Vice President of Research at Tanabe Research Laboratories U.S.A., Inc. from July 2000 to October 2002. Prior to joining Tanabe Research

 

122


Table of Contents

Laboratories, Dr. Locke served as Manager of Behavioral Neuroscience at Interneuron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 1989 to 1999. Prior to joining Interneuron, Dr. Locke headed laboratories for analgesic and anti-inflammatory drug research as well as Alzheimer’s disease drug research at Hoechst-Roussel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Locke earned a B.A. in Chemistry and French from Franklin and Marshall College and a M.S. and a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from the Emory University School of Medicine.

Susan A. Knudson has served as Chief Financial Officer since July 2014. Ms. Knudson previously served as our Vice President of Finance and Administration since February 2009. Prior to joining Neothetics, Ms. Knudson served as Senior Director of Finance and Administration at Avera Pharmaceuticals from May 2002 to January 2009. Prior to May 2002, Ms. Knudson served as Director of Finance and Administration at MD Edge, Inc., a medical communications company, from October 2000 to April 2002. Prior to joining MD Edge, Ms. Knudson served as Assistant Director of Accounting at Isis Pharmaceuticals from April 2000 to October 2000. Ms. Knudson has also held senior positions at CombiChem, General Atomics and Deloitte & Touche. Ms. Knudson holds a B.A. in Accounting from the University of San Diego.

Christopher Kemmerer, Ph.D. has served as Vice President of Pharmaceutical Development and Manufacturing since April 2008. Prior to joining Neothetics, Dr. Kemmerer held the position of Director of Pharmaceutical Development at Avera Pharmaceuticals from March 2006 to March 2008. Prior to Avera, Dr. Kemmerer served as a Senior Research Scientist at Pfizer, Inc. from June 2004 to January 2006. Prior to joining Pfizer, Dr. Kemmerer held positions across numerous functional areas of drug development at Merck & Company. Dr. Kemmerer earned a B.S. in Chemistry from Pennsylvania State University and a Ph.D. in Pharmaceuticals Sciences from Temple University.

Lincoln Krochmal, M.D. has served as Chief Medical Officer since November 2013. Prior to joining Neothetics, from September 2010 to November 2013, Dr. Krochmal volunteered his time in peer to peer counseling with new stroke patients and their families, leading a stroke survivor group at Valley Medical Center and serving as a spokesperson for the American Heart Association and the American Stroke Association and serving as a consultant in dermatology to the pharmaceutical industry. From September 2008 until October 2010, Dr. Krochmal served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Excaliard Pharmaceuticals until its acquisition by Pfizer, Inc. Prior to joining Excaliard, Dr. Krochmal served as Executive Vice President, Research and Product Development for Connetics Corporation, a specialty dermatology company, from 2003 until its acquisition by Stiefel Labs in 2007 and held other senior management positions at Unilever and Bristol-Myers Squibb. He is a fellow of the American Academy of Dermatology, a Diplomat of the American Board of Dermatology, and a member of the International Society of Dermatology and the Dermatology Foundation. Dr. Krochmal received his Bachelor of Medical Sciences degree from the University of Wisconsin, his M.D. from the Medical College of Wisconsin, and his board certification in Dermatology following successful completion of the residency training program at the University of Missouri Medical Center.

Non-Employee Directors

Martha J. Demski has served as a member of our board of directors and Chairperson of the audit committee since July 2014. Since August 2011, Ms. Demski has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ajinomoto Althea, Inc. (formerly Althea Technologies, Inc.), a fully-integrated contract development and manufacturing organization. From July 2008 to December 2010, Ms. Demski served as the Interim Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Sidney Kimmel Cancer Center, or SKCC, a non-profit corporation engaged in biomedical research, which voluntarily filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in 2009. From April 2006 to May 2008, Ms. Demski served as Senior Vice President of U.S. Trust. From 2005 to July 2008, Ms. Demski served on the Board of Trustees at SKCC, as well as Chairperson of its audit committee and governance and nominating committee at various times during this period. From December 1988 to June 2004, Ms. Demski served as Vice President, Chief

 

123


Table of Contents

Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Vical Incorporated, a biopharmaceutical company. Ms. Demski also serves on the board of directors of Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Chimerix, Inc., where she serves as Chairperson of the audit committee of each company. Ms. Demski earned a B.A. in Education from Michigan State University and an M.B.A. from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business. We believe that Ms. Demski’s more than 30 years’ experience in the fields of finance and biotechnology as well her experience in conducting financing transactions qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Maxim Gorbachev has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Gorbachev is a partner at RMI Partners, LLC, or RMI Partners, the management company of Rusnano MedInvest, LLC, or RMI LLC, a Russian-based life sciences venture capital firm, founded by RUSNANO State Corporation, which he joined in March 2013. Prior to joining RMI Partners, from September 2012 to March 2013, Mr. Gorbachev served as Associate Director, Business Planning at JSC Sukhoi Civil Aircraft, an aerospace company. Prior to joining JSC Sukhoi Civil Aircraft, from March 2012 to September 2012, Mr. Gorbachev acted as a consultant to various companies. From July 2009 to February 2012, Mr. Gorbachev served as Director of Finance and Administration at UCB Pharma LLC, a pharmaceuticals company. Prior to joining UCB Pharma, Mr. Gorbachev served as Investment Manager at Sminex, a Moscow-based private equity fund. Mr. Gorbachev currently serves on the boards of several of RMI LLC’s portfolio companies, including Miramar Labs. Mr. Gorbachev earned a M.S. in applied mathematics from Lomonosov Moscow State University, a M.S. in Financial Management from The Finance University under The Government of Russian Federation and an M.B.A. from Vlerick Management School. We believe Mr. Gorbachev’s extensive experience in a wide range of industries, strong healthcare exposure as a partner of a leading Russian life sciences venture capital firm, as well as his service on the board of directors for a number of healthcare companies, qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Daniel S. Janney has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2007. Mr. Janney is a managing director at Alta Partners, a life sciences venture capital firm, which he joined in 1996. Prior to joining Alta, from 1993 to 1996, Mr. Janney served as Vice President in Montgomery Securities’ healthcare and biotechnology investment banking group, focusing on life sciences companies. Mr. Janney is a director of a number of companies including Alba Therapeutics Corporation, DiscoveRx Corporation, Esperion Therapeutics, Inc., Prolacta Bioscience, Inc. and ViroBay, Inc. Mr. Janney holds a B.A. in History from Georgetown University and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School at the University of California, Los Angeles. We believe Mr. Janney’s experience working with and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and his experience working in the venture capital industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2011. Dr. Kamdar is a managing member of Domain Associates, LLC, a life sciences venture capital firm, which she joined in 2005. Prior to joining Domain, Dr. Kamdar served as a Kauffman Fellow with MPM Capital. Prior to joining MPM Capital, she was a research director at Novartis, where she built and led a research team that focused on the biology, genetics and genomics of model organisms to uncover small molecules that modulated signaling pathway networks. Dr. Kamdar is a founder of Aryzun Pharmaceuticals, a biotech company utilizing protein-protein interaction mapping for small molecule discovery with an initial focus on anti-infectives and oncology. Dr. Kamdar currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies, including Ariosa Diagnostics, Epic Sciences, Inc., Obalon Therapeutics, ROX Medical, Sera Prognostics, Syndax Pharmaceuticals and Tragara Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Kamdar received her B.A. in genetics and cell biology from Northwestern University and her Ph.D. in biochemistry and genetics from Emory University. We believe Dr. Kamdar is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her extensive experience working and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and her experience working in the venture capital industry.

 

124


Table of Contents

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since August 2014. Dr. Walker previously served as Chief Medical Officer of Kythera Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. from May 2007 until March 2013. From 2004 to 2007, Dr. Walker served as Executive Vice President and Chief Science Officer at Allergan Medical (formerly known as Inamed Corporation). Prior to that experience, from 1997 to 2004, Dr. Walker held positions of increasing responsibility at Allergan Inc., a biomedical company, where she ultimately served as Vice President, Clinical Research and Development for skin care pharmaceuticals. Over the past 17 years, Dr. Walker was involved in key product approvals in dermatology and aesthetic medicine including the development and approval of Tazorac, Azelex, Avage, BOTOX Cosmetic, Hylaform, Captique, JUVEDERM, Bioenterics, LAP-BAND and Inamed Silicone gel-filled Breast Implants. Dr. Walker received an M.D. and a Ph.D. in Physiology and Biophysics from the University of Iowa. Dr. Walker completed a residency in Dermatology and a research fellowship in the Dermatology Branch, National Cancer Institute at the National Institute of Health. Dr. Walker is a board certified Dermatologist. We believe Dr. Walker is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her extensive executive experience in the biotechnology industry.

Board Composition

Effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized to have seven members. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers. Our board of directors will be comprised of three classes, as follows:

 

   

Class I, whose members will be Daniel S. Janney and Maxim Gorbachev. The terms of the Class I directors will expire at our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders;

 

   

Class II, whose members will be Martha J. Demski and Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. The terms of the Class II directors will expire at our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders; and

 

   

Class III, whose members will be George W. Mahaffey and Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. The terms of the Class III directors will expire at our 2017 annual meeting of stockholders.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after this initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. Our directors will hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on the election of directors.

While we do not have a stand-alone diversity policy, in considering whether to recommend any director nominee, including candidates recommended by stockholders, we believe that the backgrounds and qualifications of the directors, considered as a group, should provide a significant mix of experience, knowledge and abilities that will allow our board of directors to fulfill its responsibilities. As set forth in our corporate governance guidelines, these criteria generally include, among other things, an individual’s business experience and skills (including skills in core areas such as operations, management, technology, accounting and finance, strategic planning and international markets), as well as independence, judgment, knowledge of our business and industry, professional reputation, leadership, integrity and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee will also consider the ability to commit sufficient time and attention to the activities of the board of directors, as well as the absence of any potential conflicts with our interests. The nominating and corporate governance committee does not intend to assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criterion is necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees. Our

 

125


Table of Contents

board of directors will be responsible for selecting candidates for election as directors based on the recommendation of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Board Leadership Structure

Our amended and restated bylaws and Corporate Governance Principles provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure is in the best interests of our company. We currently do not have a Chairman of the Board. Our board of directors has appointed George W. Mahaffey to serve as Chairman of the Board and Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D., to serve as Lead Independent Director effective immediately prior to completion of this offering. As Chairman of the Board and our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Mahaffey facilitates communications between members of our board of directors and works with management in the preparation of the agenda for each board meeting. All of our directors are encouraged to make suggestions for board agenda items or pre-meeting materials. Dr. Kamdar presides over the executive sessions of the board of directors in which Mr. Mahaffey does not participate and services as a liaison to Mr. Mahaffey and management on behalf of the independent members of the board of directors.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, the board of directors periodically reviews our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors’ role in risk oversight includes receiving reports from members of management regarding material risks faced by us and applicable mitigation strategies and activities, at least on a quarterly basis. The reports cover the critical areas of operations, sales and marketing, technology, and legal and financial affairs. Our board of directors and its committees consider these reports, discuss matters with management and identify and evaluate strategic or operational risks, and determine appropriate initiatives to address those risks.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the composition of our board of directors and each of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Demski, Drs. Kamdar and Walker and Messrs. Gorbachev and Janney, representing five of our six directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities

 

126


Table of Contents

of each committee are described below. Directors serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. We will adopt an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee charter prior to completion of our initial public offering, copies of which will be available on our website at www.neothetics.com. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through this site.

Audit Committee.     Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. The responsibilities of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

engaging our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

monitoring the objectivity and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm and the individuals assigned to the engagement team as required by law;

 

   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports and discussing the financial statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

 

   

reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm and management any significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, and matters concerning the scope, adequacy, and effectiveness of our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by us regarding internal controls, accounting, or auditing matters;

 

   

establishing procedures for the confidential, anonymous submissions by employees regarding accounting, internal controls, or accounting matters; and

 

   

reviewing and, if appropriate, approving proposed related party transactions.

Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet separately with our audit committee.

The current members of our audit committee are Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D., Daniel S. Janney and Martha J. Demski. Ms. Demski serves as Chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that Martha J. Demski is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our audit committee are independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee adopts and administers the compensation policies, plans, and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. The responsibilities of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

determining the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers and senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer, and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to members of our board of directors;

 

127


Table of Contents
   

evaluating and recommending to our board of directors the equity incentive plans, compensation plans, and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

   

administering the issuance of stock options and other equity incentive arrangements under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements; and

 

   

reviewing and approving the terms of employment agreements, severance arrangements, change-in-control protections, and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and senior management.

Our compensation committee reviews and evaluates potential risks related to our compensation policies and practices for employees and has determined that we have no compensation risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company. We structure our compensation to address company-wide risk. This is accomplished in part by tying compensation to corporate goals and individual performance goals. These goals can be adjusted annually to address risks identified in the annual risk assessment. We also use a mix of different compensation elements to balance short-term awards versus long-term awards to align compensation with our business strategy and stockholders’ interests. We believe the combination of base salary, performance-based cash awards, and share-based incentive awards with multi-year vesting periods is balanced and serves to motivate our employees to accomplish our business plan without creating risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company.

The current members of our compensation committee are Martha J. Demski, Maxim Gorbachev and Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. Dr. Kamdar serves as the Chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our compensation committee are independent directors under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates, and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors.

The responsibilities of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

developing and maintaining a current list of the functional needs and qualifications of members of our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board of directors and determining whether continued service on our board of directors is appropriate;

 

   

interviewing, evaluating, nominating, and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating stockholder nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

developing, reviewing and amending a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of ethics;

 

   

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise; and

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the establishment of such special committees as may be desirable or necessary from time to time in order to address ethical, legal, business, or other matters that may arise.

 

128


Table of Contents

The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Maxim Gorbachev, Daniel S. Janney and Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. Mr. Janney serves as the Chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent directors under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Ethics

We will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our officers, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, directors, and employees prior to the completion of this offering. We will post a copy of our code of ethics, and intend to post amendments to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website at www.neothetics.com , as permitted under Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through this site.

Director Compensation

Since our founding in 2007, we have not formalized a director compensation program, nor had we compensated members of our board of directors, except as described below.

On April 1, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Wiggans. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Wiggans $10,000 per month in connection with his services as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Wiggans resigned as a director effective September 10, 2014.

On September 1, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with Dr. Dobak. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Dr. Dobak $5,000 per month in connection with his services as a member of our board of directors. Dr. Dobak resigned as a director effective July 25, 2014. In connection with Mr. Dobak’s resignation from our board of directors, we agreed to continue to pay him the his monthly retainer through January 2015.

On July 3, 2014, we entered into a letter agreement with Ms. Demski. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Ms. Demski an annual retainer of $25,000 payable in equal quarterly installments in connection with her services as a member of our board of directors effective upon Ms. Demski’s appointment to our board of directors on August 11, 2014.

On August 12, 2014, we entered into a letter agreement with Ms. Walker. Pursuant to the letter agreement, we agreed to pay Ms. Walker an annual retainer of $25,000 payable in equal quarterly installments in connection with her services as a member of our board of directors effective upon Ms. Walker’s appointment to our board of directors on August 12, 2014.

See “— Non-Employee Director Compensation” for compensation paid to Dr. Dobak and Mr. Wiggans in 2013.

 

129


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee-directors during the year ended December 31, 2013. Neither Ms. Demski nor Ms. Walker served on our board of directors in 2013 and therefore are not included in the table below.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
     Option
Awards
     Total  

John Dobak, M.D. (1)

   $ 60,000               $ 60,000   

Anton Gopka (2)

                       

Daniel S. Janney

                       

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D.

                       

Thomas Wiggans (3)

   $ 120,000               $ 120,000   

 

(1)

Dr. Dobak resigned as a director effective July 25, 2014.

 

(2)

Mr. Gopka resigned as a director effective July 16, 2014.

 

(3)

Mr. Wiggans resigned as a director effective September 10, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Wiggans held options to purchase 11,232 shares of common stock. None of our other non-employee directors held equity awards as of December 31, 2013.

In September 2014, our board of directors approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, or the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program. Pursuant to the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation as follows:

 

   

Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $32,500 per year.

 

   

The Lead Independent Director will receive an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $17,500 per year.

 

   

The chairperson of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $15,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the audit committee. Each non-chairperson member of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,500 per year for such member’s service on the audit committee.

 

   

The chairperson of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the compensation committee. Each non-chairperson member of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $5,000 per year for such member’s service on the compensation committee.

 

   

The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each non-chairperson member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $3,500 per year for such member’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Under the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program, each non-employee directors will receive a stock option grant covering 9,400 shares of our common stock upon a director’s initial appointment or election to our board of directors and an annual stock option grant covering 4,700 shares of our common stock on the date of each annual stockholder’s meeting thereafter, beginning in 2015. Each stock option granted under the Post-IPO Director Compensation Program will

 

130


Table of Contents

vest in substantially equal (i) quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter during the first three years after the applicable grant date for the initial appointment or election grants and (ii) the earlier of the following year’s annual stockholder meeting or the twelve month anniversary of the applicable grant date for the annual grants, subject to continued service on our board of directors.

Following the completion of this offering, all of our directors will be eligible to participate in our 2014 Plan. For a more detailed description of these plans, see “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans.”

 

131


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers during 2013, are:

 

   

George W. Mahaffey, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director;

 

   

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer; and

 

   

Susan A. Knudson, Chief Financial Officer.

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information concerning the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid for services rendered in all capacities by our named executive officers during the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013. The compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life insurance, or other benefits which are available generally to all of our salaried employees.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year Ended
December 31,
    Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total  

George W. Mahaffey

    2013        345,908        121,068        40,059 (1)       507,035   

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

    2012        335,833        68,250        43,817 (1)       447,900   

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

    2013        308,621        61,724               370,345   

Chief Scientific Officer

    2012        299,632        35,956               335,588   

Susan A. Knudson

    2013        244,659        48,932               293,591   

Chief Financial Officer

    2012        237,533        35,630               273,163   

 

(1)  

All Other Compensation for Mr. Mahaffey in 2012 and 2013 includes (1) payments for a corporate apartment of $25,582 and $23,581, respectively, (2) payments for the lease of a company car of $4,133 and $4,055, respectively, and (3) reimbursement for commuting expenses of $14,102 and $12,423, respectively.

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into agreements with each of the named executive officers in connection with his or her employment with us. With the exception of his own arrangement, each of these employment agreements was negotiated on our behalf by our Chief Executive Officer, with the oversight and approval of our board of directors.

These agreements provided for “at will” employment and set forth the terms and conditions of employment of each named executive officer, including base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, and standard employee benefit plan participation. These employment agreements were each subject to execution of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement.

George W. Mahaffey

We entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Mahaffey, our President and Chief Executive Officer, dated October 15, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, Mr. Mahaffey’s current annual base salary is $356,112 and Mr. Mahaffey is eligible to receive an annual discretionary target bonus of up to 35% of his annual base salary. In the event that Mr. Mahaffey is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to a severance package consisting of (a) a payment equal to 12 months of his then in effect base salary payable in accordance with our regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date, (b) payment by us of the premiums required to continue Mr. Mahaffey’s group health coverage for a period

 

132


Table of Contents

of 12 months following termination, and (c) nine months accelerated vesting of any outstanding equity awards under the 2007 Plan. In the event Mr. Mahaffey is terminated within 12 months following a change in control, he will be entitled to the severance package described in (a) and (b), except that the severance payment shall be increased to eighteen months and payable in a lump sum and continuation of health coverage premiums shall also be increased to 18 months, and he will receive full acceleration of all unvested equity awards under the 2007 Plan and 2014 Plan.

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

We entered into an executive employment agreement with Dr. Locke, our Chief Scientific Officer, dated October 15, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, Dr. Locke’s current annual base salary is $317,725 and Dr. Locke is eligible to receive an annual discretionary target bonus of up to 20% of his annual base salary. In the event that Dr. Locke is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to a severance package consisting of (a) a payment equal to six months of his then in effect base salary payable in accordance with our regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date and (b) payment by us of the premiums required to continue Dr. Locke’s group health coverage for a period of six months following termination. In the event Dr. Locke is terminated within 12 months following a change in control, he will be entitled to the severance package described in (a) and (b), except that the severance payment shall be increased to 12 months and payable in a lump sum and continuation of health coverage premiums shall also be increased to 12 months, and he will receive full acceleration of all unvested equity awards under the 2007 Plan and 2014 Plan.

Susan A. Knudson

We entered into an executive employment agreement with Ms. Knudson, our Chief Financial Officer, dated October 15, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, Ms. Knudson’s current annual base salary is $267,000 and Ms. Knudson is eligible to receive an annual discretionary target bonus of up to 20% of her annual base salary. In the event that Ms. Knudson is terminated by us without cause or if she resigns for good reason, she will be entitled to a severance package consisting of (a) a payment equal to six months of her then in effect base salary payable in accordance with our regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date and (b) payment by us of the premiums required to continue Ms. Knudson’s group health coverage for a period of six months following termination. In the event Ms. Knudson is terminated within 12 months following a change in control, she will be entitled to the severance package described in (a) and (b), except that the severance payment shall be increased to 12 months and payable in a lump sum and continuation of health coverage premiums shall also be increased to 12 months, and she will receive full acceleration of all unvested equity awards under the 2007 Plan and 2014 Plan.

Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

On September 15, 2014, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2014 Plan, which will become effective as of the day immediately preceding the day on which this offering is completed. We intend to use the 2014 Plan following the completion of this offering to provide incentives that will assist us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, including officers, consultants, and directors. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, and units and other cash-based or share-based awards. In addition, the 2014 Plan contains a mechanism through which we may adopt a deferred compensation arrangement in the future.

 

133


Table of Contents

A total of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2015 and each subsequent anniversary through 2024, by an amount equal to the smaller of:

 

   

4% of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31; and

 

   

an amount determined by our board of directors.

This reserve also will be increased by up to an additional 730 shares, to include (a) any shares remaining available for grant under our 2007 Stock Plan at the time of its termination; and (b) shares that would otherwise be returned to the 2007 Plan, upon the expiration or termination of awards granted under that plan.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the 2014 Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

The shares available under the 2014 Plan will not be reduced by awards settled in cash, but will be reduced by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to stock options and stock appreciation rights (but not other types of awards). The gross number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan generally will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, the compensation committee will determine in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted under it. The 2014 Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer, or employee against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan will authorize the compensation committee, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of grant in exchange for new options or other equity awards with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or a cash payment.

Awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

   

Stock options .    We may grant nonstatutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights.     A stock appreciation right, or SAR, gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other

 

134


Table of Contents
 

conditions, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation in shares of our common stock or in cash.

 

   

Restricted stock .    The administrator may grant restricted stock awards either as a bonus or as a purchase right at a price determined by the administrator. Shares of restricted stock remain subject to forfeiture until vested, based on such terms and conditions as the administrator specifies. Holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that the dividends may be subject to the same vesting conditions as the related shares.

 

   

Restricted stock units.     Restricted stock units, or RSUs, represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Performance awards .    Performance awards, consisting of either performance shares or performance units, are awards that will result in a payment to their holder only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. The administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance enumerated in the 2014 Plan, such as revenue, gross margin, net income or total stockholder return. To the extent earned, performance awards may be settled in cash, in shares of our common stock or a combination of both in the discretion of the administrator. Holders of performance shares or performance units have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant performance shares that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Cash-based awards and other share-based awards .    The administrator may grant cash-based awards that specify a monetary payment or range of payments or other share-based awards that specify a number or range of shares or units that, in either case, are subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Settlement of these awards may be in cash or shares of our common stock, as determined by the administrator. Their holders will have no voting rights or right to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to the awards. The administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights with respect to other share-based awards.

In the event of a change in control as described in the 2014 Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the 2014 Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. The compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all awards held by members of the board of directors who are not employees will automatically be accelerated in full. Any awards that are not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in an award agreement governing any award, as determined by the compensation committee, any award that is not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control shall, subject to the provisions of applicable law, become fully vested and exercisable and/or settleable immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the change in control. The 2014 Plan will also authorize the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of

 

135


Table of Contents

the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

The 2014 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by our board of directors, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within ten years of its effective date. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options, or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On November 4, 2014, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective as of the day immediately preceding the day on which this offering is completed.

A total of 170,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2014 ESPP. In addition, our 2014 ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 ESPP on January 1, 2015 and each subsequent anniversary through 2024, equal to the smallest of:

 

   

1% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are cancelled will again become available for issuance under the 2014 ESPP.

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2014 ESPP and have full authority to interpret the terms of the 2014 ESPP. The 2014 ESPP provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all judgments, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2014 ESPP.

All of our employees, including our named executive officers, and employees of any of our subsidiaries designated by the compensation committee are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, subject to any local law requirements applicable to participants in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2014 ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock or options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the right to be granted would be outstanding at any time.

Our 2014 ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code but also permits us to adopt one or more sub-plans that cover any subsidiaries employing our non-U.S. employees. Any such sub-plan may or may not be intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The administrator may, in its discretion, establish the terms of future offering periods, including establishing offering periods of up to

 

136


Table of Contents

twenty-seven months and providing for multiple purchase dates. The administrator may vary certain terms and conditions of separate offerings for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where required by local law or desirable to obtain intended tax or accounting treatment.

In general, our 2014 ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible cash compensation, which includes a participant’s regular base wages or salary and payments of overtime, shift premiums and paid time off before deduction of taxes and certain compensation deferrals. Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation, or otherwise funded through other means in any participating non-U.S. jurisdiction in which payroll deductions are not permitted, are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period.

In addition to the foregoing, the 2014 ESPP permits the administrator to establish an offering period commencing on the effective date of the 2014 ESPP. If implemented, special participation rules would apply to such offering, including, but not limited to, the automatic enrollment of eligible employees in such offering, as well as the potential for all or some of the purchase price for shares acquired through such offering through means other than payroll withholdings.

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date and the first day of the offering period. In any event, the purchase price in any offering period may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or on the purchase date, whichever is less. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will receive a refund of their account balances not yet used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment.

Each participant in an offering will have an option to purchase for each month contained in the offering period a number of shares determined by dividing $2,083.33 by the fair market value of one (1) share of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or 400 shares, if less, and except as limited in order to comply with Section 423 of the Code. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from a participant’s compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded, without interest unless otherwise required by a participant’s local law.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2014 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the 2014 ESPP.

In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

Our 2014 ESPP will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. The compensation committee has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 ESPP at any time.

 

137


Table of Contents

2007 Stock Plan

Our 2007 Plan was initially adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on March 3, 2007. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, including officers, directors, and consultants or those of any parent or subsidiary corporation. As of September 30, 2014, options to purchase a total of 1,108,913 shares of common stock had been issued under the 2007 Plan, and options to purchase 972,677 shares of common stock were outstanding and 220,836 shares of common stock remained available for future grant under the 2007 Plan. The options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 had a weighted average exercise price of $1.65 per share.

We will not grant any additional awards under our 2007 Plan following the completion of this offering. Instead, we will grant equity awards under our 2014 Plan. However, the 2007 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Plan.

Our board of directors currently administers the 2007 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2007 Plan, the administrator determines the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The administrator is authorized to interpret the provisions of the 2007 Plan and individual award agreements, and all decisions of the administrator are final and binding on all persons.

The administrator has discretion under the 2007 Plan to establish the vesting terms and conditions for awards granted under the 2007 Plan. With respect to options granted to employees under the 2007 Plan, in general, the options vest 25% on the first anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date, with the remainder vesting ratably over the next thirty-six months, subject to the optionee’s continued service through each applicable vesting date. No stock purchase rights are outstanding under the 2007 Plan. The standard form of award agreement under our 2007 Plan provides that the participants may exercise all vested and unvested options, provided that the unvested options are subject to a repurchase right in favor of us which lapses based on the vesting schedule of the option award. In addition, our standard option awards provide for a “double trigger” acceleration of vesting upon certain terminations occurring within eighteen months following a termination of service after a change of control or similar transaction.

The standard form of award agreement under our 2007 Plan provides that the participants will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our stock during a lock-up period following this offering.

Our 2007 Plan provides that the administrator shall adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and each outstanding award and the price of shares under the award in order to preserve the plan’s intended benefits upon certain events, including, without limitation, changes in our capitalization through stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers or consolidations. In the event of a change in control or similar corporate transaction, awards which are not assumed by the acquiror, or exercised by the optionee, prior to the consummation of the change in control or similar transaction, will terminate.

Other Elements of Compensation

401(k)

We maintain a tax-qualified salary deferral retirement plan, or the 401(k) Plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. The 401(k) Plan permits us to make contributions up to the limits allowed by law on behalf of all eligible employees. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) Plan following the date they meet the plan’s eligibility

 

138


Table of Contents

requirements, which is generally the first day of the first month following the eligible employee’s start date. Eligible employees are able to defer (on a pre-tax basis) a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code and plan limits. Participants are 100% vested in their deferrals. Both employee deferrals and company contributions are allocated to individual participant accounts, and then are invested in investment alternatives selected by each participant. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, all contributions are deductible by us when made, and those contributions and any earnings thereon are not taxable (other than Roth contributions) to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) Plan.

Outstanding Option Awards at December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2013.

 

          Option Awards  
          Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised

Options
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised

Options
(#)
    Options
Exercise
Price
    Option Expiration
Date
 

Name

  Grant Date     Exercisable     Unexercisable      

George W. Mahaffey

    May 17, 2011 (1)       160,471             $ 2.01        May 17, 2021   

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D.

    April 22, 2008 (2)       27,284             $ 1.22        April 22, 2018   
    June 10, 2009 (2)       13,371        $ 1.22        April 16, 2019   

Susan A. Knudson

    February 11, 2010 (2)       33,718             $ 1.22        February 11, 2020   

 

(1)

The stock option grant vests as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of May 17, 2011 and the remaining unvested shares shall vest in 36 monthly installments thereafter. The option is immediately exercisable, although shares issued upon exercise of any unvested options are subject to repurchase in accordance with the terms of the grant unless and until vested.

 

(2)

The stock option is fully vested and immediately exercisable.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following acts:

 

   

Any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

Acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

Unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

Any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, also provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance

 

139


Table of Contents

on behalf of any officer, director, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained an insurance policy that insures our directors and officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under applicable securities laws.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

140


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2014, for (a) each of our directors, (b) each of our named executive officers, (c) all of our directors and executive officers as a group, and (d) each person or entity who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. The table is based upon information supplied by officers, directors, and principal stockholders. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each stockholder’s percentage ownership is based on 8,769,631 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 8,221,131 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our calculation of beneficial ownership after the offering gives additional effect to the issuance of 196,586 shares of common stock as a result of the expected net exercise of outstanding warrants in connection with the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which outstanding warrants will terminate if unexercised prior to the completion of this offering.

Certain of our principal stockholders affiliated with our directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to $12.0 million of shares of the common stock in this offering on the same terms as those offered to the public. However, indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase and any of these entities may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering. Any amounts that may be purchased by these investors in this offering have not been included in the following table.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 
    Number (2)     Percentage     Number (2)      Percentage  

5% or Greater Stockholders

        

Alta Partners VIII, L.P. (3)

One Embarcadero Center, 37th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

    2,746,309        30     2,578,656         19

Entities affiliated Domain Partners (4)

One Palmer Square

Princeton, NJ 08542

    3,233,602        35     3,055,235         23

RMI Investments S.à.r.l. (5)

7, rue Robert Stümper

L-2557 Luxembourg

    1,515,549        17     1,515,549         11

Directors and Named Executive Officers

        

George W. Mahaffey (6)

    378,971        4     378,971         3

Martha J. Demski (7)

    14,218        *        14,218         *   

Maxim Gorbachev (5)

    1,515,549        17     1,515,549         11

Daniel S. Janney (3)

    2,746,309        30     2,578,656         19

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D. (4)

    3,233,602        35     3,055,235         23

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D. (8)

    14,218        *        14,218         *   

Kenneth W. Locke, Ph.D. (9)

    108,006        1     108,006         *   

Susan A. Knudson (10)

    91,947        1     91,947         *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) (11)

    8,349,151     

 

82

    8,003,131         57

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

(1)  

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Neothetics, Inc., 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 92122.

 

141


Table of Contents
(2)  

Beneficial ownership of shares and percentage ownership are determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that individual or entity, shares underlying options or warrants held by that individual or entity that are either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days from September 30, 2014 are deemed outstanding. Our standard form of award agreement under our 2007 Plan provides that the participants may exercise all vested and unvested options. Therefore, we have included the entire amount of shares underlying each of the options held by our directors and named executive officers in the table. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other individual or entity. Unless otherwise indicated and subject to community property laws where applicable, the individuals and entities named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

(3)  

Consists of (1) 2,501,581 shares of common stock and (2) 244,729 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants. In addition, beneficial ownership after the offering gives additional effect to the issuance of 77,076 shares of common stock as a result of the expected net exercise of the warrants in connection with the completion of this offering, based on the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share. These shares are held of record by Alta Partners VIII, L.P. Alta Partners Management VIII, LLC is the general partner of Alta Partners VIII, L.P. Guy Nohra, Daniel Janney and Farah Champsi are managing directors of Alta Partners Management VIII, LLC and share voting and investment powers with respect to the shares held by Alta Partners VIII, L.P. Each of the reporting persons disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Janney is a member of our board of directors.

 

(4)  

Consists of (1) 2,921,065 shares of common stock owned by Domain Partners VII, L.P., (2) 257,896 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Domain Partners VII, L.P., (3) 46,311 shares of common stock owned by DP VII Associates, L.P., (4) 4,398 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by DP VII Associates, L.P. and (5) 3,934 shares of common stock owned by Domain Associates, LLC. In addition, beneficial ownership after the offering gives additional effect to the issuance of (i) 82,519 shares of common stock held by Domain Partners VII, L.P. and (ii) 1,406 shares of common stock held by DP VII Associates, L.P., each as a result of the expected net exercise of the warrants in connection with the completion of this offering, based on the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share. One Palmer Square Associates VII, LLC, or One Palmer Square, is the general partner of Domain Partners VII and DP VII Associates. The managing members of One Palmer Square are James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey and Nicole Vitullo. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey and Nicole Vitullo share voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by Domain Partners VII and DP VII Associates. The managing members of Domain Associates are James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey, Nicole Vitullo, Brian Halak and Kim P. Kamdar. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey, Nicole Vitullo, Brian Halak and Kim P. Kamdar share voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by Domain Associates. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey and Nicole Vitullo disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Domain Partners VI and DP VI Associates except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein, if any. Each of James Blair, Kathleen Schoemaker, Jesse Treu, Brian Dovey, Nicole Vitullo, Brian Halak, Kim P. Kamdar and Dennis Podlesak disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Domain Associates except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein, if any. Dr. Kamdar is a member of our board of directors.

 

(5)  

Consists of 1,515,549 shares held by RMI Investments S.à.r.l., or RMI Investments. RMI LLC, the parent company of RM Investments, and RMI Partners, the management company of RMI LLC, may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Mr. Gorbachev is a managing director at RMI Partners and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Vladimir Gurdus is director of RMI Partners and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Each of Messrs. Gorbachev and Gurdus share voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by RM Investments. Each of RMI LLC, RMI Partners, Mr. Gorbachev and Mr. Gurdus disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Gorbachev is a member of our board of directors.

 

(6)  

Represents options to purchase 378,971 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(7)  

Represents options to purchase 14,218 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(8)  

Represents options to purchase 14,218 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(9)  

Represents options to purchase 108,006 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(10)  

Represents options to purchase 91,947 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(11)  

Represents options and warrants to purchase 1,360,712 shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

142


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2011 and each currently proposed transaction in which (a) we have been a participant, (b) the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and (c) any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of their immediate family or person sharing their household, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers for services rendered in such capacities.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

Sale of Convertible Notes and Warrants.     In March 2011, we entered into a Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the First Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock. Subsequently, in September 2011, we entered into a Convertible Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, or the Conversion Agreement, pursuant to which all of the outstanding principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest under the notes issued pursuant to the First Note Purchase Agreement converted into Series B-2 convertible preferred stock. In connection with the Conversion Agreement, all of the warrants issued under the First Note Purchase Agreement were amended and restated.

In September 2011, we entered into another Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the Second Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock.

In December 2011, we entered into another Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the Third Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $6.6 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock.

In July 2012, we entered into an additional Subordinated Secured Convertible Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the Fourth Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $2.5 million and related warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock. The outstanding principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest under the notes issued pursuant to the Second Note Purchase Agreement, Third Note Purchase Agreement and Fourth Note Purchase Agreement converted into Series C convertible preferred stock in connection with the Series C convertible preferred stock financing discussed below.

The table below summarizes purchases of convertible notes and warrants by our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

 

Name

  Convertible Notes
(Principal Amount)
    Shares of Series  B-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock
(issued on
conversion)
    Shares of Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
(issued on
conversion)
    Shares of
Series B-2
Convertible
Preferred
Stock Issuable
Upon Exercise
of Warrants
    Shares of
Series C
Convertible
Preferred
Stock Issuable
Upon Exercise
of Warrants
 

Domain Partners VII, L.P.

  $ 8,652,424        2,164,305        3,538,714        425,180        1,011,322   

DP VII Associates, L.P.

  $ 147,576        36,913        60,356        7,250        17,248   

Alta Partners VIII, L.P.

  $ 8,300,000        2,201,220        3,233,709        432,432        921,427   

 

143


Table of Contents

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing.     Between December 2012 and January 2014, we issued an aggregate of 25,322,483 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.40 for aggregate gross consideration of $35.5 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares of
Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price($)
 

Domain Partners VII, L.P.

     7,252,144       $ 10,153,003   

DP VII Associates, L.P.

     102,282       $ 143,196   

Alta Partners VIII, L.P.

     4,489,065       $ 6,284,692   

RMI Investments S.á.r.l.

     9,244,852       $ 12,942,793   

Stockholder Agreements

In September 2014, in connection with our Series D convertible preferred stock financing, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the Rights Agreement, a Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, or the ROFR Agreement, a Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, and a Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement, with the purchasers of our outstanding preferred stock and certain holders of common stock and warrants to purchase our common stock and preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated.

The ROFR Agreement, the Voting Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and portions of the Rights Agreement will terminate prior to or upon the completion of this offering, as applicable. However, the registration rights provided for in the Rights Agreement, which are held by certain of our directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, will continue following the completion of this offering.

As of September 30, 2014, the holders of approximately 8,439,481 million shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

NovaMedica Agreements

Technology Transfer Agreement.     In connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing, in December 2012, we entered into a Technology Transfer Agreement with DRI, an affiliate of Domain Partners VII, L.P. and DP VII, L.P., a significant stockholder of ours . Concurrently with the signing of the Tech Transfer Agreement we, together with DRI and NovaMedica, executed an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, pursuant to which all of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement were transferred to NovaMedica. NovaMedica is jointly owned by RMI LLC and DRI. RMI Investments, a significant stockholder of ours, is a wholly owned subsidiary of RMI LLC. The following description of the Technology Transfer Agreement gives effect to the transfer of DRI’s rights and obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement to NovaMedica. The Technology Transfer Agreement obligated us to assign and license certain of our intellectual property to NovaMedica and to enter into the Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, Clinical Supply Agreement and the Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica as further described below.

 

144


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, in exchange for a nominal payment, we assigned to NovaMedica certain patents and patents applications in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan, or the Covered Territory, owned by us and necessary or useful for the development and commercialization of LIPO-102, LIPO-202 and/or certain future products we may develop, or the LIPO Products. We also granted to NovaMedica an exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free and irrevocable license under certain of our patented and non-patented intellectual property to develop and commercialize LIPO Products, solely in the Covered Territory. The license is not sublicensable or assignable, other than to an affiliate of NovaMedica or a successor to substantially all of the business of NovaMedica to which the Technology Transfer Agreement relates. We further agreed not to directly or indirectly develop, manufacture, sell or commercialize any product that (A) contains salmeterol xinafoate (alone or in combination) or (B) is designed or intended for use in any and all applications directed to localized reduction of fat in the human body, including without limitation body contouring, and is approved in the Covered Territory for the same indication for which a LIPO Product is approved during the term of the Technology Transfer Agreement.

To assist in NovaMedica’s development, commercialization, and manufacturing of LIPO Products, we agreed to transfer our know-how which is necessary or useful for development or commercialization of LIPO Products in the Covered Territory. Further, we agreed to provide certain development and manufacturing support to NovaMedica, including making our manufacturing personnel and other personnel knowledgeable of LIPO Products available to provide scientific and technical explanations, advice and on-site support that may be reasonably requested by NovaMedica and, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist NovaMedica to establish a manufacturing relationship with our clinical manufacturing organizations. In addition, prior to the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, we have agreed to sell to NovaMedica supplies of the applicable LIPO Product and related compounds solely for the purpose of conducting clinical trials of such LIPO Product and related compounds in the Covered Territory at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits, so long as any sale does not reasonably interfere with our own development and commercialization activities. Furthermore, within 120 days of NovaMedica’s request, we are obligated to negotiate in good faith and enter into a Commercial Supply Agreement with NovaMedica for the supply of the LIPO Product required for commercialization of an approved LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, on commercially fair and reasonable terms at our cost plus a mark-up in the low double digits.

Under the Technology Transfer Agreement, NovaMedica will be responsible for filing and maintaining regulatory approvals for the LIPO Products in the Covered Territory and has the right to use the data from our regulatory filings to support its regulatory filings for LIPO Products. NovaMedica also has the sole right to import LIPO Products into the Covered Territory for purposes of development and commercialization of LIPO Products and the right to import and export LIPO Products outside the Covered Territory in connection with noncommercial research, clinical trials, or obtaining a supply of LIPO Product to exercise its other rights under the Technology Transfer Agreement.

We may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement in the event NovaMedica (1) knowingly exports out of the Covered Territory for commercial purposes a material and substantial quantity of salmeterol xinafoate or a LIPO Product or (2) challenges or contests the validity or enforceability of any of our patents assigned or licensed to NovaMedica, and fails to cure such breach during the applicable cure period. NovaMedica has the right to terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement at any time at its convenience upon 90 days prior written notice. Upon termination by NovaMedica, the licenses granted to NovaMedica would also terminate, but the assigned patents and patent applications would not return to our control.

 

145


Table of Contents

In connection with the signing of the Technology Transfer Agreement, we also concurrently entered into a letter agreement with NovaMedica pursuant to which we are obligated to pay NovaMedica a make-whole payment up to a maximum amount of $1.2 million upon the occurrence any of the following events:

 

   

any granted patent within the assigned patents is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court or other governmental body in the Covered Territory;

 

   

it is determined that we do not (or did not at the time of assignment) hold exclusive title and ownership to any assigned patent or patent application or licensed intellectual property (free and clear of all liens or encumbrances); or

 

   

the licenses or other rights granted by us to NovaMedica pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement terminate prior to the expiration date of the Technology Transfer Agreement (other than as contemplated by the Technology Transfer Agreement), and as a result, NovaMedica is required under Russian law to make a compensatory contribution to NovaMedica.

Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, or Collaboration Agreement, with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which NovaMedica develops LIPO Products. Under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement, a joint committee consisting of equal numbers of our representatives and NovaMedica representatives will prepare an initial development plan to obtain regulatory approval for LIPO Products. Pursuant to the Technology Transfer Agreement, we have also agreed to enter into a pharmacovigilance agreement within 180 days of the first regulatory approval of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory. NovaMedica may sell LIPO Products approved for sale in the Covered Territory under either NovaMedica’s trademarks or our trademarks, in its sole discretion.

The Collaboration Agreement expires on the earlier of (1) the termination of the Technology Transfer Agreement or (2) ten years following the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory, provided that if the first commercial sale of a LIPO Product in the Covered Territory has not occurred within three years of the approval of the first LIPO Product by the FDA, then the Collaboration Agreement will terminate on the thirteenth anniversary of such FDA approval. NovaMedica may terminate the Technology Transfer Agreement for convenience upon 90 days prior written notice.

Clinical Supply Agreement.     As required by the Technology Transfer Agreement, we entered into a Clinical Supply Agreement with NovaMedica in July 2013 to further specify the terms on which we supply LIPO-202 to NovaMedica. In addition to the supply terms set forth above, under the Clinical Supply Agreement, we are not required to supply any LIPO-202 until we have retained a clinical manufacturing organization to manufacture such product. We are only required to supply LIPO-202 up to a specified maximum amount of 1,000 doses. The Clinical Supply Agreement has an initial term of four years, which can be extended by mutual agreement between us and NovaMedica. NovaMedica may terminate the agreement for convenience upon 90 days’ notice.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

 

146


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to certain of our executive officers and certain of our directors. For further information, see “Management — Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation — Outstanding Option Awards at December 31, 2013.” In addition, (1) in February 2014, we granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to our named executive officers in the following amounts: (a) 218,499 to George W. Mahaffey, (b) 67,351 to Kenneth W. Locke, and (c) 33,265 to Susan A. Knudson; (2) in August 2014, we granted an option to purchase 24,964 shares of our common stock to Susan A. Knudson; and (3) in October 2014, we granted 196,721 shares of restricted common stock to George W. Mahaffey and an option to purchase 22,753 shares of our common stock to Kenneth W. Locke.

Potential Insider Participation

Certain of our principal stockholders affiliated with our directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to $12.0 million of shares (or 857,142 shares assuming a price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all transactions in which we are a participant and in which any parties related to us, including our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our securities, immediate family members of the foregoing persons, and any other persons whom our board of directors determines may be considered related parties, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. If advanced approval is not feasible, the audit committee has the authority to ratify a related party transaction at the next audit committee meeting. For purposes of our audit committee charter, a material interest is deemed to be any consideration received by such a party in excess of $120,000 per year.

In reviewing and approving such transactions, the audit committee shall obtain, or shall direct our management to obtain on its behalf, all information that our committee believes to be relevant and important to a review of the transaction prior to its approval. Following receipt of the necessary information, a discussion shall be held of the relevant factors if deemed to be necessary by our committee prior to approval. If a discussion is not deemed to be necessary, approval may be given by written consent of our committee. This approval authority may also be delegated to the Chairperson of the audit committee in respect of any transaction in which the expected amount is less than $500,000.

The audit committee or its Chairperson, as the case may be, shall approve only those related party transactions that are determined to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders, taking into account all available facts and circumstances as our committee or the Chairperson determines in good faith to be necessary. These facts and circumstances will typically include, but not be limited to, the material terms of the transaction, the nature of the related party’s interest in the transaction, the significance of the transaction to the related party and the nature of our relationship with the related party, the significance of the transaction to us, and whether the transaction would be likely to impair (or create an appearance of impairing) the judgment of a director or executive officer to act in our best interest. No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration, or approval of any related party transaction with respect to which the member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party, except that such member of the audit committee will be required to provide all material information concerning the related party transaction to the audit committee.

 

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The description below of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part and which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following information reflects the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, including shares issued upon net exercise of certain warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, and conversion of certain warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase common stock, into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

As of September 30, 2014, there were:

 

   

8,966,217 shares of common stock outstanding held by 37 stockholders;

 

   

zero shares of our preferred stock outstanding;

 

   

972,677 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options; and

 

   

warrants outstanding for the purchase of an aggregate of 43,154 shares of common stock.

Common Stock

Voting.     Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this absence of cumulative voting, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends.     Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation.     In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preferences that may be granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences.     Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock, which we may designate and issue in the future.

 

148


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and:

 

   

to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series;

 

   

to fix the rights, preferences, and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon; and

 

   

to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding).

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, delay, defer, or prevent our change of control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

Our 2014 Plan will serve as the successor equity incentive program to our 2007 Plan and upon completion of this offering, no further option grants will be made under the 2007 Plan. As of September 30, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 972,677 shares of our common pursuant to our 2007 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.65 per share, of which 609,226 shares remain subject to vesting requirements.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2014, we had the following warrants outstanding:

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 12,124 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.85 per share, with an expiration date of February 23, 2020. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

Warrants covering the issuance of an aggregate of 187,351 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.85 per share. These warrants terminate if they are not exercised prior to the completion of this offering. These warrants have a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect all of the holders of these warrants to exercise such warrants on a net exercise basis contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

   

Warrants covering the issuance of an aggregate of 392,781 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,395,977 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share. These warrants terminate if they are not exercised prior to the completion of this offering. These warrants have a net exercise provision

 

149


Table of Contents
 

and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect all of the holders of these warrants to exercise such warrants on a net exercise basis contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 5,269 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 32,143 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, with an expiration date of March 30, 2022. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 7,026 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 42,857 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, with an expiration date of August 17, 2022. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 18,735 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 114,285 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, with an expiration date of June 13, 2024. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect this warrant will remain outstanding after the completion of this offering.

 

   

A warrant covering the issuance of an aggregate of 32,786 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.80 per share, with an expiration date of September 22, 2022. This warrant has a net exercise provision and contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations and other fundamental transactions. We expect the holder of this warrant to exercise this warrant on a net exercise basis contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our Rights Agreement, following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 8,439,481 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act so that those shares may be publicly resold, or to include their shares in certain registration statements we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights.     Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, the holders of 8,396,327 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding

 

150


Table of Contents

warrants, or their transferees, are entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning six months following the consummation of our initial public offering, the holders of at least 35% of these shares can, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover a number of shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10.0 million.

Form S-3 Registration Rights.     Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, the holders of 8,415,062 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their transferees, are entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 20% of these shares can make a written request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 at such time and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have previously effected any registration in the 12-month period preceding the request for registration. Additionally, we will not be required to affect a registration on Form S-3 prior to 180 days after the effective date of registration statement or which this prospectus forms a part.

Piggyback Registration Rights.     Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, in the event that we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of 8,439,481 million shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans or corporate reorganizations, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that any underwriters involved in such offering may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders, but not below 30% of the total number of shares included in the registration statement, unless the offering is our initial public offering, in which case the holders may be excluded if the managing underwriter makes the determination described above.

Expenses of Registration .     We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, pursuant to the demand, Form S-3, and piggyback registration rights described above, including all registration filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of our counsel, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the holders of the shares registered.

Expiration of Registration Rights.     The demand, Form S-3, and piggyback registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, upon the earlier of (a) when that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during a three-month period without registration or (b) upon the consummation of certain events, including the sale of all of our assets or a change of control of our company in which our stockholders receive cash or marketable securities.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws which will become effective immediately

 

151


Table of Contents

prior to the completion of this offering could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that our board of directors may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares that resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

Classified Board.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors designated as Class I directors will have terms expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, which we expect to hold in 2015. The directors designated as Class II directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2016, and the directors designated as Class III directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2017. Directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year in which the term for that class expires and thereafter will serve for a term of three years. At any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, the election will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. Under the classified board provisions, it would take at least two elections of directors for any individual or group to gain control of our board. Accordingly, these provisions could discourage a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of us.

Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated bylaws provide that our stockholders may only remove our directors with cause.

Amendment.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of our voting stock then outstanding is required to amend certain provisions relating to the number, term, election and removal of our directors, the filling of our board vacancies, stockholder notice procedures, the calling of special meetings of stockholders, and the indemnification of directors.

Size of Board and Vacancies .     Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors on our board of directors is fixed exclusively by our board of directors. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of our board of directors then in office, provided that a majority of the entire board of directors, or a quorum, is present and any vacancies in our board of directors resulting from death,

 

152


Table of Contents

resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or other cause will be filled generally by the majority vote of our remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.

Special Stockholder Meetings.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that only the Chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, or our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors we would have if there were no vacancies may call special meetings of our stockholders.

Stockholder Action by Unanimous Written Consent.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will expressly eliminate the right of our stockholders to act by written consent other than by unanimous written consent.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     The authority that will be possessed by our board of directors to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of our company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise by making it more difficult or more costly to obtain control of our company. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions, and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, or otherwise.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to have our common stock for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NEOT.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent, and registrar for our common stock will be Philadelphia Stock Transfer, Inc. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 2320 Haverford Road, Suite 230, Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003.

 

153


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014, assuming the issuance of 4,300,000 shares in this offering, we will have 13,266,217 shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and net exercise of all outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the effectiveness of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $ 14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Of these outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering, including any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, will be freely tradable, except that any shares acquired by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining 8,966,217 shares of our common stock will continue to be deemed “restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which we summarize below. In addition, each of our officers, directors and substantially all of our other stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim Securities whereby they have agreed not to sell any of their stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. In addition, of the 972,677 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, options to purchase 363,451 of such shares of common stock were vested as of such date and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock–up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. We expect that none of these restricted securities will be available for sale until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to limited exceptions provided for in the lock–ups agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

Each of our officers, directors and substantially all of our other stockholders have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, that, without prior written consent of Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim Securities, they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of or lend, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase our common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim Securities may, in their sole discretion, permit early release of shares subject to the lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the restricted period.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice

 

154


Table of Contents

provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the other requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 132,662 shares immediately after this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, an employee, officer, director, consultant, or advisor who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date under the Securities Act of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, is eligible to resell those shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period contained in Rule 144. However, substantially all of the shares issued pursuant to Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and under “Underwriting” and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of those agreements.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 8,439,481 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding warrants, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration of Shares Issued Pursuant to Benefits Plans

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the effective date of this offering to register shares to be issued pursuant to our employee benefit plans. As a result, any shares issued or options or rights exercised under our 2007 Plan, 2014 Plan, 2014 ESPP, or any other benefit plan after the effectiveness of such registration statement will also be freely tradable in the public market, subject to the market stand-off and lock-up agreements discussed above. However, such shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice, and

 

155


Table of Contents

public information requirements of Rule 144. As of September 30, 2014, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 972,677 shares of common stock under our 2007 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.65. As of September 30, 2014, 609,226 options to purchase shares of common stock issued under our 2007 Plan are subject to vesting requirements, all of which are subject to early exercise.

 

156


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) that acquires our common stock pursuant to this offering. The discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, rulings and pronouncements, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change (possibly on a retroactive basis) or to differing interpretations so as to result in tax considerations different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

The discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not and is not treated as, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

a partnership including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for such purposes.

This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to any person who holds our common stock through entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or to such entities themselves. If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership or a holder of interests in such a partnership should consult such holder’s tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion does not consider:

 

   

any state, local, or foreign tax consequences;

 

   

any tax consequences or computation of the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

any U.S. federal tax consequences other than income tax consequences; or

 

   

any U.S. federal tax considerations that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws, including without limitation, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, hybrid entities, “controlled

 

157


Table of Contents
 

foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” certain former citizens or residents of the United States, broker-dealers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and holders that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or other integrated investment.

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations and the consequences of other U.S. federal tax laws, including U.S. federal estate and gift tax laws, as well as foreign, state and local laws, and tax treaties.

Distributions

As previously discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions of cash or other property on our common stock, however, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will constitute a return of capital and first reduce the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the heading “Foreign Accounts.”

A dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the United States). Non-U.S. holders will be required to satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements (generally on a properly executed IRS Form W-8 BEN or W-8BEN-E) in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. In such cases, the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above if the non-U.S. holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In addition, a “branch profits tax” may be imposed at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, on dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund together with the required information with the IRS.

 

158


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless one of the following applies:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met; in this case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the amount by which the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of our common stock and any other U.S.-source capital gains realized by the non-U.S. holder in the same taxable year exceed the U.S.-source capital losses realized by the non-U.S. holder in that taxable year unless an applicable income tax treaty provides an exemption or a lower rate; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. We do not believe that we have been, are, or will become, a USRPHC, although there can be no assurance in this regard. If we are, or were to become, a USRPHC at any time during the applicable period, however, any gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock during the applicable period generally would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code).

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

Dividends and proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock are potentially subject to backup withholding. In general, backup withholding will not apply to dividends on our common stock paid by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. holder if the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person and the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder.

Generally, we must report to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. Pursuant to income tax treaties or some other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence or establishment.

In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid to a non-U.S. holder within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case so long as the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

159


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as specifically defined by applicable rules) or provides information regarding substantial United States owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules to their investment in our common stock.

The IRS has issued guidance providing that the withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends made on or after July 1, 2014, and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

 

160


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Name

   Number
of Shares
 

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     4,300,000   
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to

 

161


Table of Contents

take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 645,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the table above bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the above table.

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $3.0 million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount up to $30,000 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, directors and our other existing stock holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive any shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

   

make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of or lend, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

   

accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right;

 

   

make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

   

publically disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

162


Table of Contents

This lock up provision applies, subject to certain exceptions, to shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement now or later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NEOT.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our product development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares of our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares of our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising this option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through this option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of this option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our

 

163


Table of Contents

common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose penalty bids. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, which we refer to as a Relevant Member State, an offer to the

 

164


Table of Contents

public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom.     Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada.     The common shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and “permitted clients” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Hong Kong.     The common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (a) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (b) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (c) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do

 

165


Table of Contents

so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (b) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  i. to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  ii. where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  iii. where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland.     The common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss

 

166


Table of Contents

Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of common shares.

United Arab Emirates.     This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, or the UAE, Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA, a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC. The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The common shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

France.     This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers, or the AMF, for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

 

  (a) the transaction does not require a prospectus to be submitted for approval to the AMF;

 

  (b) persons or entities referred to in Point 2°, Section II of Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code may take part in the transaction solely for their own account, as provided in Articles D. 411-1, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code; and

 

  (c) the financial instruments thus acquired cannot be distributed directly or indirectly to the public otherwise than in accordance with Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Monetary and Financial Code.

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our common stock for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our common stock to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

167


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US), which Michael S. Kagnoff and Larry W. Nishnick, partners at DLA Piper LLP, beneficially own an aggregate of 13,937 shares of our common stock representing approximately 0.08% of our outstanding shares of capital stock as of September 30, 2014. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California, in connection with the offering.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, as set forth in their report (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements, which is included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement). We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT US

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Where we make statements in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document, for the complete text of that document, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the document at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing our financial statements audited by an independent public accounting firm and quarterly reports containing our unaudited financial information. We maintain a website at www.neothetics.com. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at this site. Upon completion of this offering, you may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

168


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Neothetics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Neothetics, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Neothetics, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, CA

June 20, 2014

except for the retroactive

effect of the one for

6.10 reverse stock split

as described in paragraph 3

of Note 10, as to which

the date is November 7, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

   

 

December 31,

    September 30,
2014
    Pro Forma
September 30,
2014
 
    2012     2013      
                (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,099,858      $ 4,364,007      $ 14,650,244     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,484,950        141,863        1,516,426     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    12,584,808        4,505,870        16,166,670     

Property and equipment, net

    197,419        24,401        18,626     

Restricted cash

    40,000                   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 12,822,227      $ 4,530,271      $ 16,185,296     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 700,218      $ 643,612      $ 540,548     

Accrued expenses

    580,319        677,522        1,220,424     

Note payable to bank — current portion

    628,141        207,097        193,143     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    1,908,678        1,528,231        1,954,115     

Note payable to bank, less current portion

                  3,706,767     

Warrants for preferred stock

    1,617,224        2,204,749        3,817,706      $   

Series A convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $1,500,000; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    1,455,686        1,455,686        1,455,686          

Series B convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 13,000,000 shares authorized and 12,432,430 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $22,999,996; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    23,095,634        23,095,634        23,095,634          

Series B-2 convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 6,500,000 shares authorized and 4,402,438 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $8,144,510; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    6,816,594        6,816,594        6,816,594          

Series C convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 28,300,000 shares authorized and 14,689,923, 19,608,195, and 25,322,483 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $20,565,892, $27,451,473, and $35,451,476 at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    19,684,007        26,120,739        34,113,457          

Series D convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 0,0, and 4,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013, and September 30, 2014, respectively; 0,0, and 3,333,334 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $6,000,001 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

                  5,433,421          

Stockholders’ deficit:

       

Common stock — $0.0001 par value; 70,200,000 shares authorized; 508,009, 508,009, and 548,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; 8,966,217 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    51        51        55        897   

Additional paid-in capital

    2,083,576        2,164,063        2,569,900        77,301,556   

Accumulated deficit

    (43,839,223     (58,855,476     (66,778,039     (66,778,039
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (41,755,596     (56,691,362     (64,208,084   $ 10,524,414   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 12,822,227      $ 4,530,271      $ 16,185,296     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                

(unaudited)

 

Revenues:

        

License revenue, related party

    $ 100,000       $      $ —        $ —     

Expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,249,095        11,447,844        9,735,845        3,258,198   

General and administrative

     2,591,945        2,974,842        2,149,043        3,075,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,841,040        14,422,686        11,884,888        6,333,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,741,040     (14,422,686     (11,884,888     (6,333,257

Interest income

     1,732        1,349        745        3,114   

Interest expense

     (936,526     (56,808     (48,506     (162,607

Loss on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (1,151,782     (490,802     (245,401     (1,429,813

Other expense, net

            (47,306     (47,306       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    $ (7,827,616    $ (15,016,253    $ (12,225,356    $ (7,922,563
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (15.65   $ (29.33   $ (23.88   $ (14.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares, basic and diluted

     500,223        511,949        511,949        546,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (2.08     $ (0.76
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

       6,996,183          8,541,087   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B-2 Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2011

    1,500,000      $ 1,455,686        12,432,430      $ 23,095,634        4,402,438      $ 6,816,594             $                      495,886      $ 50      $ 1,888,173      $ (36,011,607   $ (34,123,384

Issuance of preferred stock upon conversion of notes, accrued interest, and for cash net of $833,705 of offering costs

                                              14,689,923        19,684,007                                                    

Issuance of debt with a beneficial conversion feature

                                                                                        58,784               58,784   

Common stock issued upon exercise of options

                                                                          12,123        1        14,790               14,791   

Share-based compensation

                                                                                        121,829               121,829   

Net loss

                                                                                               (7,827,616     (7,827,616
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,500,000        1,455,686        12,432,430        23,095,634        4,402,438        6,816,594        14,689,923        19,684,007                      508,009        51        2,083,576        (43,839,223     (41,755,596

Issuance of preferred stock for cash net of $448,849 of offering costs

                                              4,918,272        6,436,732                                                    

Common stock issued upon exercise of options

                                                                                                        

Share-based compensation

                                                                                        80,487               80,487   

Net loss

                                                                                               (15,016,253     (15,016,253
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,500,000      $ 1,455,686        12,432,430      $ 23,095,634        4,402,438      $ 6,816,594        19,608,195      $ 26,120,739                      508,009      $ 51      $ 2,164,063      $ (58,855,476   $ (56,691,362

Issuance of preferred stock for cash net of $7,285 of offering costs (unaudited)

                     5,714,288        7,992,718                                                    

Issuance of preferred stock for cash, net of $566,580 offering costs

                                                            3,333,334        5,433,421                                      

Common stock issued upon exercise of options (unaudited)

                                                                          40,491        4        49,396               49,400   

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

                                                                                        356,441               356,441   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                                                               (7,922,563     (7,922,563
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

    1,500,000      $ 1,455,686        12,432,430      $ 23,095,634        4,402,438      $ 6,816,594        25,322,483      $ 34,113,457        3,333,334      $ 5,433,421        548,500      $ 55      $ 2,569,900      $ (66,778,039   $ (64,208,084
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                

(unaudited)

 

Operating activities

        

Net loss

   $ (7,827,616   $ (15,016,253   $ (12,225,356   $ (7,922,563

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Loss on sale of equipment

            47,306        121,959          

Depreciation

     123,712        72,216        67,475        12,687   

Noncash interest expense on notes payable and debt

     873,317        27,196        22,906        50,580   

Share-based compensation

     121,829        80,487        60,366        356,441   

Loss on change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     1,151,782        490,802        245,401        1,429,813   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,345,913     1,343,087        1,349,635        (991,616

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (493,000     51,048        (328,888     641,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,395,889     (12,904,111     (10,686,502     (6,423,423

Investing activities

        

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

            64,200                 

Restricted cash

            40,000        40,000          

Purchase of property and equipment

            (21,157     (19,946     (6,912
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

            83,043        20,054        (6,912

Financing activities

        

Proceeds from notes payable and bank loan

     3,250,000                      4,000,000   

Principal payments on bank loan

     (824,121     (448,238     (332,751     (209,698

Issuance of common stock

     14,791                      49,400   

Issuance of preferred stock for cash, net of offering costs

     10,225,890        6,533,455        6,443,837        13,568,139   

Deferred initial public offering costs

                          (691,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,666,560        6,085,217        6,111,086        16,716,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     5,270,671        (6,735,851     (4,555,362     10,286,237   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     5,829,187        11,099,858        11,099,858        4,364,007   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 11,099,858      $ 4,364,007      $ 6,544,496      $ 14,650,244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activity

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 241,835      $ 32,701      $ 27,953      $ 224,096   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities

        

Exchange of notes payable and accrued interest for preferred stock

   $ 9,566,544      $      $      $   

Warrants issued for services in connection with issuance of preferred stock

   $ 108,428      $ 96,723      $ 94,628      $ 142,001   

Warrants issued in connection with Loan and Security Agreement

   $      $      $      $ 41,143   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

The Company was incorporated in Delaware on February 1, 2007, under the name Lipothera, Inc. In September 2008, the Company changed its name to Lithera, Inc. In August 2014, the Company changed its name to Neothetics, Inc. The Company is a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for the aesthetic market. The Company’s lead product candidate is a novel injectable treatment for the reduction of central abdominal bulging due to subcutaneous fat in non-obese patients.

As of September 30, 2014, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to product development, raising capital, and building infrastructure and has not realized revenues from its planned principal operations.

Going Concern

The Company has a limited operating history, and the sales and income potential of the Company’s business is unproven. The Company has incurred operating losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $66,778,039 as of September 30, 2014. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses for at least the next several years and is highly dependent on its ability to find additional sources of funding in the form of debt or equity financing to fund its operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. Management is currently seeking additional sources of funding through debt and equity financing that would generate sufficient resources to assure continuation of the Company’s operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in acquiring additional funding, that the Company’s projections of its future needs will prove accurate, or that any additional funding would be sufficient to continue operations in future years.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and managed its business as one segment operating in the United States.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2014, statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended September 30, 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2014 and its results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and its statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of September 30, 2014 assumes (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 8,221,131 shares of the Company’s common stock and (ii) the net exercise and conversion of certain of the Company’s outstanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock and the resultant reclassification of our warranty liability of $3.8 million to additional paid-in capital. The pro forma balance sheet was prepared as though the completion of the initial public offering (IPO) contemplated by this prospectus has occurred on September 30, 2014. Shares of common stock to be issued in the IPO and related net proceeds are excluded from such pro forma information.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant risk on its cash due to the financial position of the depository institution in which those deposits are held.

Restricted Cash

As of December 31, 2012, restricted cash consisted of $40,000 in a certificate of deposit used as a deposit to secure corporate credit cards. There was no restricted cash as of December 31, 2013 or September 30, 2014.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, including warrants issued in connection with financing arrangements. Fair value estimates of these instruments are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are generally considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are buyers or sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact, and (iv) willing to transact. The guidance prioritizes three levels of inputs into the following hierarchy:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 are as follows:

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date  Using  
     Balance as of
December 31,
2012
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

Money market fund (1)

   $ 10,110,489       $ 10,110,489       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10,110,489       $ 10,110,489       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Warrants for preferred stock (2)

   $ 1,617,224       $       $       $ 1,617,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,617,224       $       $       $ 1,617,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Included as a component of cash and cash equivalents on accompanying balance sheet.

 

(2)  

The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities consist of a warrant liability to purchase convertible preferred stock.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date  Using  
     Balance as of
December 31,
2013
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
    (Level 1)    
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
    (Level 2)     
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
      (Level  3)      
 

Assets

           

Money market fund (1)

   $ 3,370,705       $ 3,370,705       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,370,705       $ 3,370,705       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Warrants for preferred stock (2)

   $ 2,204,749       $       $       $ 2,204,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,204,749       $       $       $ 2,204,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Included as a component of cash and cash equivalents on accompanying balance sheet.

 

(2)  

The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities consist of a warrant liability to purchase convertible preferred stock.

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date  Using  
     Balance as of
September 30,
2014
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
    (Level 1)    
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
    (Level 2)     
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
      (Level  3)      
 

Assets

           

Money market fund (1)

   $ 13,695,326       $ 13,695,326       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,695,326       $ 13,695,326       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Warrants for preferred stock (2)

   $ 3,817,706       $       $       $ 3,817,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3,817,706       $       $       $ 3,817,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Included as a component of cash and cash equivalents on accompanying balance sheet.

 

(2)  

The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities consist of a warrant liability to purchase convertible preferred stock.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

The following table provides a reconciliation for all liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014:

 

     Fair Value
Measurements at
Reporting Date
Using Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 530,021   

Fair value of warrants issued in connection with debt financing and advisory services

     175,442   

Elimination of embedded put liability upon conversion of debt to equity

     (240,021

Changes in fair value

     1,151,782   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

     1,617,224   

Fair value of warrants issued in connection with debt financing and advisory services

     96,723   

Changes in fair value

     490,802   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2013

   $ 2,204,749   

Fair value of warrants issued in connection with debt financing and advisory services

     183,144   

Changes in fair value

     1,429,813   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at September 30, 2014

   $ 3,817,706   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 was determined based on Level 3 inputs utilizing an option pricing method that allocates the value of the Company to each class of shares. At December 31, 2012, the value of the Company was estimated using the market approach and analysis of a recent financing transaction. At December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 the value of the Company was estimated under the probability-weighted expected return method based on an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various future outcomes.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, which primarily consist of office furniture and equipment and computer equipment, are stated at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to five years) using the straight-line method.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically re-evaluates the original assumptions and rationale utilized in the establishment of the carrying values and estimated lives of all of its long-lived assets, including property and equipment. The determinants used for this evaluation include management’s estimate of the asset’s ability to generate positive income from operations and positive cash flows in future periods, as well as the strategic significance of the asset to the Company’s business objective. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses through September 30, 2014.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related overhead expenses; fees paid to consultants and contract research organizations; costs related to acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials; costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and maintenance and license payments related to licensed product candidates and technologies.

All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and the tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded when the realizability of such deferred tax assets is not more likely than not.

The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. During 2012 and 2013, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company had not recognized interest and penalties in the balance sheets or statements of operations. The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and state jurisdictions. The Company’s tax years from inception are subject to examination by the United States and California authorities due to the carryforwards of unutilized net operating losses (NOLs) and research and development credits.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation for the Company includes amortization related to all stock option awards, based on the grant-date fair value. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life of the awards is based on the simplified method described in Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The expected volatility assumption is based upon the historical volatility of a number of publicly traded companies in similar stages of clinical development. The risk-free interest rate is based on the average yield of five- and seven-year U.S. Treasury Bills as of the valuation date.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 
     (Unaudited)  

Weighted Average Assumptions:

  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.85

Expected dividend yield

     0

Expected volatility

     87

Expected term (in years)

     6   

Fair value of common stock

   $ 3.60   

Exercise price of options granted

   $ 1.59   

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of the options. There were no options granted to employees or a member of the board of directors during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company granted approximately 666,000 options to purchase common stock. The Company recorded noncash share-based compensation for employees and members of the board of directors of $121,829, $80,487, $356,441 and $60,365 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Option grants to non-employees are valued at fair value and are expensed over the period services are provided. These options are subject to periodic revaluation to reflect the current fair value at each reporting period until the non-employee completes the performance obligation or the date on which a performance commitment is reached. The Company recorded noncash compensation to consultants of $24,531 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and there was no noncash compensation to consultants for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Warrants for Preferred Stock

The Company has issued freestanding warrants exercisable for shares of Series B, B-2, C and D convertible preferred stock. These warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying balance sheets, as the terms for liquidation of the underlying security are outside of the Company’s control. The warrants are recorded at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or the current value method within the IPO scenarios. The fair value of all warrants is remeasured at each financial reporting date with any changes in fair value being recognized in the change in fair value of preferred stock warrants on the statement of operations. The Company will continue to re-measure the fair value of the warrant liability until: (i) exercise, (ii) expiration of the related warrant, or (iii) conversion of the convertible preferred stock underlying the security into common stock, at which time the warrants will be classified as a component of stockholders’ equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Common stock equivalents are only included when their effect is dilutive. The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred stock, warrants and outstanding stock options under the stock option plan, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as they would be anti-dilutive. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to compute basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company’s net loss position.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the outstanding potentially dilutive securities that have been excluded in the calculation of diluted net loss per shares because to do so would be anti-dilutive.

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2013
     September 30,
2014
 
                  

(Unaudited)

 

Conversion of preferred stock based on conversion rights

     5,848,913         6,697,672         6,661,355         8,221,143   

Warrants issued and outstanding

     569,654         604,329         603,590         656,077   

Stock options issued and outstanding

     368,678         368,566         368,676         972,677   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,787,245         7,670,567         7,633,621         9,849,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma net loss per share:

 

     December 31,
2013
    September 30,
2014
 
           (Unaudited)  

Numerator

    

Net loss

   $ (15,016,253   $ (7,922,563

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     490,802        1,429,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (14,525,451   $ (6,492,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

    

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted loss per share

     511,949        546,211   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock

     6,303,979        7,805,164   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of certain convertible preferred stock issued upon net exercise of warrants

     180,255        189,712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)

     6,996,183        8,541,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share basic and diluted (unaudited)

   $ (2.08   $ (0.76
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued an accounting standards update that removes the financial reporting distinction between development stage entities and other reporting entities from GAAP. In addition, the amendments eliminate the requirements for development stage entities to: (1) present inception-to-date information in the statements of income, cash flows, and shareholder equity, (2) label the financial statements as those of a development stage entity, (3) disclose a description of the development stage activities in which the entity is engaged, and disclose in the first year in which the entity is no longer a development stage entity that in prior years it had been in the development stage. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  (Continued)

 

those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with an option for early adoption. The Company elected early adoption, and does not believe the adoption of the standard had a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or related financial statement disclosures.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
      

Office furniture and equipment

   $ 454,318      $ 135,383      $ 142,295   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (256,899     (110,982     (123,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 197,419      $ 24,401      $ 18,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to furniture and equipment amounted to $123,712 and $72,216, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $67,475 and $12,687 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

4. Notes Payable to Bank and Secured Convertible Promissory Notes

Notes Payable to Bank

In February 2010, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank (the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement) for two growth capital loans in the amount of $1,500,000 each. The obligations under the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement are collateralized by all personal property, excluding intellectual property. Monthly payments were due over a 24-month period from each respective date of funding. The Company had an obligation to make a final payment equal to 6% of total amounts borrowed at the loan maturity date, and the final payment was accrued over the term of the loans using the effective-interest method. In connection with the borrowings, the Company issued warrants to the bank for the purchase of a total of 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a first amendment to its loan and security agreement with a bank that provided for an additional advance of $750,000. This agreement was further amended in August 2012 (the Second Amendment) to extend the payment terms and adjust the interest rate.

Under the Second Amendment, the loan and security agreement provided for (i) restructuring of the March 2012 first amendment existing credit extensions, (ii) waiving of the event of default related to the term sheet milestone, and (iii) revision of the collateral to include the Company’s intellectual property. Under the second amendment, the $750,000 advanced originally under the March 2012 agreement was restructured to be paid in 20 equal installments of principal and interest payments beginning in September 2012 at an interest rate equal to 7.78% above the 24-month Treasury Rate with a floor of 8.00%. The bank was issued warrants to purchase 75,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock under the amendments. Under the Second Amendment, the Company was subject to certain nonfinancial covenants and a material adverse change clause. The Company was in compliance of all covenants as of December 31, 2013 and the loan was paid off in full as of June 30, 2014.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

4. Notes Payable to Bank and Secured Convertible Promissory Notes  (Continued)

 

The Company recorded total interest expense of $99,228 and $56,808 related to the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $48,505 and $4,186 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

In June 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the Loan Agreement) that provides for borrowings up to $10.0 million to be available to the Company in two tranches. Upon closing of the Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed $4.0 million. The remaining $6.0 million may be advanced upon satisfaction of a performance milestone relating to the results from and conclusion of an End-of Phase 2 meeting with the United States Food and Drug Administration. The loan bears interest equal to the greater of either 9.0%, plus the Prime Rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal, less 3.25% or 9.0%. Interest only is due and payable through July 2015, with principal and interest payments due commencing August 2015 through loan maturity August 2018. Early prepayment penalties may apply, as well as an end of term charge of $300,000. The loan is secured by substantially all assets of the Company. Covenants include certain nonfinancial covenants, a material adverse change clause, and the provision that the Company must complete a qualified financing resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of at least $45.0 million by March 1, 2015.

In connection with the Loan Agreement, in June 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock equal to 4% of the amount advanced under the loan. The fair value of the warrants related to the initial loan advance of $4.0 million was $41,143, based on the fair value of such Series C warrants at the date of issuance. The warrants’ fair value and financing fees of approximately $107,000 were recorded as a debt discount. All fees and warrants value are amortized to interest expense over the remaining term using the effective interest method.

The Company recorded total interest expense of $158,421 related to the Loan Agreement for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

At September 30, 2014, the principal balance outstanding under the Loan Agreement was $4.0 million. As of September 30, 2014, the principal and interest payments of the loan over its term are as follows:

 

2014

   $ 91,000   

2015

     847,995   

2016

     1,526,387   

2017

     1,526,387   

2018

     1,181,736   
  

 

 

 

Total

     5,173,505   

Less interest

     (1,173,505

Less debt discount

     (100,090

Less current portion of notes payable

     (193,143
  

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

   $ 3,706,767   
  

 

 

 

Secured Convertible Promissory Notes

The Company issued Convertible Secured Promissory Notes (the Notes) in a series of private placement financings to certain investors as follows: $4,000,000 in March and September 2011 ($8,000,000 in total); $6,600,000 in December 2011; and $2,500,000 in July 2012. In connection with the March and

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

4. Notes Payable to Bank and Secured Convertible Promissory Notes  (Continued)

 

September 2011 Notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock warrants. The March and September 2011 Notes were converted into Series B-2 convertible preferred stock in September 2011 for the entire principal amount, plus accrued interest at $1.85 per share. In connection with the December 2011 and July 2012 Notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,949,997 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The December 2011 and July 2012 Notes were converted into Series C convertible preferred stock in December 2012 for the entire principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest at $1.40 per share.

The Company recorded $837,286 in interest expense related to the Notes for the year ended December 31, 2012. There was no interest expense related to the December 2011 and 2012 Notes for the year ended December 31, 2013 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, as all the notes converted effective December 17, 2012.

5. Preferred Stock Warrants

In June 2012, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement with an investment bank whereby the investment bank would provide services related to closing Series C preferred financings. As payment for these services, the Company paid an initial retainer of $60,000 and will pay a cash success fee of up to 5% on all proceeds from investments. In addition, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share to the investment bank equal to 6% of the number of shares of stock issued in the Series C financing transaction. The warrants expire eight years after date of issuance. The Company issued Series C convertible preferred stock warrants totaling 210,266, 235,714, and 114,285 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively.

In July 2012, in connection with the sale of the 2012 Notes, the Company issued warrants to the purchasers of the notes to purchase 535,713 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share.

During 2012, in connection with the amendments to the 2010 Loan and Security Agreement, the Company issued warrants to the bank to purchase 75,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share.

In June 2014, in connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants equal to 4% of the initial loan amount advances, to purchase 114,285 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.40 per share.

In September 2014, in connection with a May 2014 advisory services agreement with an investment bank, the Company issued warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $1.80 per share. The warrants expire eight years after date of issuance.

The Series C and D convertible preferred stock warrants expire seven to ten years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants on the dates issued was computed using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The preferred stock warrants issued in connection with loan agreements have been accounted for as a debt discount and are recorded to interest expense based on the effective interest method. Upon conversion, any remaining discount is recorded to interest expense. Preferred stock warrants issued in connection with advisory services agreements have been accounted for

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

5. Preferred Stock Warrants  (Continued)

 

as a cost of capital. Additionally, preferred stock warrants are accounted for as liabilities based on fair value, and increases or decreases in the fair value of such warrants during the year were recorded as a gain or loss based on the change in fair value in the statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 3,400,704 warrants outstanding to purchase: 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock, and 2,470,977 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had 3,714,989 warrants outstanding to purchase: 64,865 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, 864,862 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock, 2,585,262 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and 200,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants was estimated at issuance and remeasured at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and September 30, 2014 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following weighted average assumptions:

     December 31,   September 30,
2014
     2012   2013  

Expected life

   2.5 years   0.8 years   0.7 years

Volatility

   56.2%   60.0%   53.0%

Expected dividend yield

   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.31%   0.31%   0.20%

6. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Convertible Preferred Stock

In September 2011, the Company issued 4,402,438 shares of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock upon conversion of $8,145,315 of secured convertible debt and related interest at a conversion price of $1.85 per share.

In December 2012, the Company issued 14,689,923 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock upon conversion of $9,566,551 of secured convertible debt and related interest at a conversion price of $1.40 and for cash proceeds of $11,000,002 pursuant to the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued an additional 4,918,272 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $6,885,581.

In January 2014, the Company issued an additional 5,714,288 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $8,000,003.

In September 2014, the Company issued 3,333,334 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $6,000,001.

The Company’s five classes of convertible preferred stock outstanding, Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, Series B-2 convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, and Series D convertible preferred stock (collectively, the Preferred Stock), have the rights, preferences, and privileges discussed below.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

6. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit  (Continued)

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends on a pari passu basis at a rate of 8% of the issuance price per share per annum. The preferred stock dividends are payable when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. As of September 30, 2014, the board of directors had not declared any dividends. The Preferred Stock dividends are payable in preference and in priority to any dividends on common stock.

The holders of the Series A, B, B-2, C and D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences at the rate of $1.00 per share, $1.85 per share, $1.85 per share, $1.40 per share and $1.80 per share for the Series A, B, B-2, C and D Preferred Stock, respectively, plus all declared and unpaid dividends. Liquidation payments to the holders of Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of common stock and are limited to the greater of $3.00, $5.55, $5.55, $4.20, and $5.40 per share for the Series A, B, B-2, C and D Preferred Stock, respectively, or the amount computed as if the Preferred Stock had converted to common stock immediately prior to a liquidation.

The shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain adjustments. Each share of Preferred Stock is automatically converted into common stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the aggregate gross proceeds are at least $25,000,000 or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of more than 75% of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

Holders of the Preferred Stock have the same voting rights as the holders of common stock. Each holder of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held, and each holder of any series of preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock could be converted.

Stock Compensation Plan

In 2007, the Company adopted the 2007 Stock Plan (the Plan) under which 1,271,360 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants of the Company. The Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and certain other types of awards to eligible recipients. Recipients of incentive stock options shall be eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of options granted under the Plan is ten years. The options generally vest over four years with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the original vesting date and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, there were 596,585 and 220,836, respectively, of options available for future grant under the Plan.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

6. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes stock option transactions under the Plan during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2014:

 

     Options
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life — Years
 

Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011

     394,399      $ 1.59         8.2   

Granted

            

Exercised

     (12,123   $ 1.22      

Forfeited

     (13,598   $ 1.28      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2012

     368,678      $ 1.59         7.2   

Granted

            

Exercised

            

Forfeited

     (112   $ 2.01      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013

     368,566      $ 1.59         6.2   

Granted

     666,170      $ 1.59      

Exercised

     (40,491   $ 1.22      

Forfeited

     (21,568   $ 1.34      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2014

     972,677      $ 1.65         8.1   
  

 

 

      

Vested at September 30, 2014

     363,451      $ 1.59         6.1   
  

 

 

      

The Plan allows for the exercise of unvested options, which are subject to repurchase until vesting occurs. All options exercised to date were fully vested at date of exercise.

There were no options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013. The weighted average fair value of options granted was $2.93 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, net of expected forfeitures, was $81,887 and $1,542,040, respectively, to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately one and three years, respectively. The intrinsic value of options outstanding at September 30, 2014 was $8,561,981.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2013
     September 30,
2014
 
            (unaudited)  

Conversion of preferred stock based on conversion rights

     6,697,672         8,221,143   

Warrants issued and outstanding

     604,329         656,077   

Stock options issued and outstanding

     368,678         972,677   

Authorized for future option grants

     596,585         220,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,267,264         10,070,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

 

7. Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and California tax NOL carryforwards available to reduce its future taxable income of approximately $55,601,000 and $54,815,000, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2017 unless previously utilized. At December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and state research tax credits of approximately $1,853,000 and $1,028,000, respectively. The federal research credit expires in 2027 unless previously utilized. The California research credit will carry forward indefinitely until utilized.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s NOL and research and development credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis regarding the limitation of NOL and research and development credit carryforwards. Until this analysis has been completed, the Company has removed the deferred tax assets for NOLs of approximately $22,102,000 and research and development credits of approximately $2,531,000 generated through 2013 from its deferred tax asset schedule and has recorded a corresponding decrease to its valuation allowance.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets for federal and state income taxes at December 31, 2012 and 2013 are shown below. A valuation allowance has been established, as realization of such deferred tax assets is uncertain.

 

     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued payroll

   $ 177,000      $ 191,000   

Other, net

     104,000        40,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     281,000        231,000   

Valuation allowance

     (281,000     (231,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company follows the provisions under ASC 740, Income Taxes , which addresses accounting for the uncertainty in income taxes. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with this topic is a two-step process. The first step involves recognition. The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. The technical merits of a tax position derive from both statutory and judicial authority (legislation and statutes, legislative intent, regulations, rulings, and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in the financial statements. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Uncertain tax positions are evaluated based upon the facts and circumstances that exist at each reporting period. Subsequent changes in judgment based upon new information may lead to changes in recognition, derecognition, and measurement. Adjustments may result, for example, upon resolution of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

7. Income Taxes  (Continued)

an issue with the taxing authorities or expiration of a statute of limitations barring an assessment for an issue. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, there were no unrecognized tax benefits. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases its facilities under a noncancelable operating lease that expires in December 2014. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, totaled $208,959, $200,221, $152,773 and $172,299, respectively.

Total future minimum lease payments under the Company’s current lease as of September 30, 2014, are through December 31, 2014 and total approximately $54,000.

Advisory Agreements

In connection with an advisory services agreement (the First Advisory Agreement) with an investment bank entered into during 2012 and terminated in October 2013, there is an ongoing commitment to pay a success fee of up to 5% on all proceeds from certain agreed-upon investments for a period of 12 months after the agreement was terminated. There have been no investment proceeds received through September 30, 2014 subject to the post termination success fee.

In May 2014, the Company entered in an advisory services agreement (the Second Advisory Agreement) with an investment bank whereby the investment bank will provide services related to a future mezzanine financing transaction. As payment for these services, the Company paid an initial retainer of $60,000 and will pay a cash success fee of 5% on all proceeds from agreed-upon counterparties. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the investment bank equal to 6% of the number of shares of stock issued in the mezzanine financing transaction. Through September 30, 2014, there has been $6,000,001 of investment proceeds received subject to the success fee and for which warrants were issued.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time the Company may be involved in various disputes and litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business.

9. Related-Party Transactions

In connection with the December 2012 Series C Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into a technology transfer agreement with one of the investors, whereby the investor obtained royalty-free license rights to the Company’s intellectual property in Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. The agreement allows the related party to pursue regulatory approval for use of the licensed intellectual property. There are no contractual rights to future payments by either party.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND THEREAFTER AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 AND 2013 IS UNAUDITED)

 

10. Subsequent Events

Debt (unaudited)

In October 2014, the Company entered in to the first amendment of the Loan Agreement and borrowed the remaining $6.0 million available under the agreement. Interest only is due and payable through July 2015, with principal and interest payments due commencing August 2015 through loan maturity in January 2018. In connection with the additional $6.0 million advance, the Company increased the number of warrants to purchase Series C convertible preferred stock to 285,714.

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

In October 2014, The Board of Directors approved a restricted stock grant of 196,721 shares to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and an option grant to purchase 22,753 shares of common stock to the Chief Scientific Officer. The restricted stock grant vests in annual increments, unless the Company does not complete an Initial Public Offering by December 2015, at which time, the grant would terminate. The option vests 25% after one year, with the remainder vesting monthly over thirty-six months.

Reverse Stock Split

On November 7, 2014, the Company implemented a 1-for-6.10 reserve stock split of its outstanding common stock, which was approved by the Company’s board of directors in June 2014. The reverse stock split resulted in an adjustment to the Series A, B, B-2, C and D preferred stock conversion prices to reflect a proportional decrease in the number of shares of common stock to be issued upon conversion. The accompanying financial statements and notes to the financial statements give retroactive effect to the reverse split for all periods presented.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

 

4,300,000 Shares

NEOTHETICS, INC.

Common Stock

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Piper Jaffray    Guggenheim Securities
Needham & Company

 

 

 

                     , 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement all of which will be paid by us. All of the amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ filing fee.

 

     Amount to
be paid
 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 8,620   

Printing and mailing

   $ 275,000   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 11,627   

NASDAQ filing fee

   $ 125,000   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 1,500,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 700,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

   $ 10,000   

Transfer agent and registrar

   $ 25,000   

Miscellaneous

   $ 344,753   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be effective immediately prior to completion of this offering provide that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, against all expense, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such.

Section 145 of the DGCL permits a corporation to indemnify any director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding brought by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, or an action brought by or on behalf of the corporation, indemnification may be provided only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any director or officer in connection with the defense or settlement of such an action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be provided if such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine that the defendant is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, Article 12 of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the liability of a director to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for such a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liabilities arising:

 

   

from any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

from acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL; and

 

   

from any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

The foregoing discussion of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, indemnification agreements, and Delaware law is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by such certificate of incorporation, bylaws, indemnification agreements, or law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

Reference is made to Item 17 of our undertakings with respect to liabilities arising under the Securities Act. Reference is also made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement for the indemnification agreements between us and the underwriters.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2011, we have made sales of unregistered securities as described below. Share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to a reverse stock split of 1-for-6.10 of our common stock effected on November 7, 2014.

 

  1. We granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2007 Stock Plan including stock options to purchase an aggregate of 895,493 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.12 per share, and a restricted stock award of 196,721 shares. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 49,487 shares were cancelled without being exercised, 59,719 shares have been exercised for aggregate proceeds of $72,857 and 1,213,271 shares remain outstanding.

 

  2. Since January 1, 2011, we issued sold an aggregate of 59,719 shares of our common stock to employees, directors and consultants at a weighted average exercise price of $1.22 per share upon the exercise of stock options granted under our 2007 Stock Plan.

 

  3. In March 2011, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million. On September 30, 2011, all outstanding convertible promissory notes were exchanged for 4,402,038 shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock and amended and restated preferred stock warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 864,862 shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.85 per share.

 

  4.

In September 2011, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million. In addition, in December 2011, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $6.6 million. In July 2012, we issued convertible promissory notes to three accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $2.5 million. On December 10, 2012, all outstanding

 

II-2


Table of Contents
 

convertible promissory notes were exchanged for 6,832,779 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 1,949,997 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40 per share.

 

  5. Between December 2012 and January 2014, we issued an aggregate of 25,322,483 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.40 for aggregate gross consideration of $35,451,476.

 

  6. In March 2012, in connection with an amendment to our Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, we issued a warrant to purchase up to a maximum of 32,143 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40 to Silicon Valley Bank.

 

  7. In August 2012, in connection with an amendment to our Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, we issued a warrant to purchase up to a maximum of 42,857 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40 to Silicon Valley Bank.

 

  8. In June 2014 and October 2014, in connection with our Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules, we issued a warrant to purchase up to a maximum of 285,714 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.40.

 

  9. In September 2014, we entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with six new investors providing for the sale and issuance of an aggregate of 3,333,334 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.80 for aggregate gross consideration of $6,000,001. In connection with the financing, we issued a warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share to an investment bank pursuant to a May 2014 advisory services agreement that we entered into with the investment bank.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) See the Exhibit Index attached to this Registration Statement, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed

 

II-3


Table of Contents
 

in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of San Diego, California, on November 10, 2014.

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.

By:

 

    /s/ George W. Mahaffey

 

    Name:    George W. Mahaffey

    Title:      President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ George W. Mahaffey

George W. Mahaffey

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)   November 10, 2014

/s/ Susan A. Knudson

Susan A. Knudson

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   November 10, 2014

*

Martha J. Demski

  Director   November 10, 2014

*

Maxim Gorbachev

  Director   November 10, 2014

*

Daniel S. Janney

  Director   November 10, 2014

*

Kim P. Kamdar, Ph.D.

  Lead Independent Director   November 10, 2014

*

Patricia S. Walker, M.D., Ph.D.

  Director   November 10, 2014

* /s/ George W. Mahaffey

George W. Mahaffey

  Attorney-in-Fact   November 10, 2014


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

        

Incorporated by Reference

   

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

 

Form

 

File
No.

 

Exhibit

 

Filing
Date

 

Filed
Herewith

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.           X
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 19, 2014, as amended and as currently in effect.           X
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.   S-1   333-199449     3.2   10/17/2014  
3.3    Bylaws, as currently in effect.   S-1   333-199449     3.3   10/17/2014  
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.   S-1   333-199449     3.4   10/17/2014  
4.1    Form of Stock Certificate.           X
4.2    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated February 23, 2010, issued to Silicon Valley Bank.   S-1   333-199449     4.2   10/17/2014  
4.3    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated March 30, 2012, issued to Silicon Valley Bank.   S-1   333-199449     4.3   10/17/2014  
4.4    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated August 17, 2012, issued to Silicon Valley Bank.   S-1   333-199449     4.4   10/17/2014  
4.5    Warrant Agreement, dated June 11, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Hercules Technology III, L.P.   S-1   333-199449     4.5   10/17/2014  
4.6    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated September 22, 2014, by and between the Registrant and the investors listed therein.   S-1   333-199449     4.6   10/17/2014  
5.1    Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) regarding the legality of the securities being registered.           X
10.1†    Technology Transfer Agreement, dated December 12, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Domain Russia Investments Limited.   S-1   333-199449   10.1   10/17/2014  
10.2†    Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated December 12, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Domain Russia Investments Limited and NovaMedica LLC.   S-1   333-199449   10.2   10/17/2014  
10.3†    Clinical Development and Collaboration Agreement, dated July 2, 2013, by and between the Registrant and NovaMedica LLC.   S-1   333-199449   10.3   10/17/2014  
10.4†    Contract No. 0702/12, dated July 2, 2013, by and between the Registrant and NovaMedica LLC.   S-1   333-199449   10.4   10/17/2014  


Table of Contents
        

Incorporated by Reference

   

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

 

Form

 

File
No.

 

Exhibit

 

Filing
Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.5    Lease, dated July 3, 2008, by and between the Registrant WW&LJ Gateways, LTD.   S-1   333-199449   10.5   10/17/2014  
10.6    Ninth Amendment to Lease, dated April 21, 2014, by and between the Registrant and LJ Gateways Office LLC (as successor in interest to WW&LJ Gateways, LTD).   S-1   333-199449   10.6   10/17/2014  
10.7    Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 11, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.   S-1   333-199449   10.7   10/17/2014  
10.8    First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 21, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.           X
10.9+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and George W. Mahaffey.   S-1   333-199449   10.8   10/17/2014  
10.10+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Kenneth Locke, Ph.D.   S-1   333-199449   10.9   10/17/2014  
10.11+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Susan Knudson.   S-1   333-199449   10.10   10/17/2014  
10.12+    Letter Agreement, dated July 3, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Martha J. Demski.   S-1   333-199449   10.11   10/17/2014  
10.13+    Letter Agreement, dated August 12, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Patricia Walker, M.D., Ph.D.   S-1   333-199449   10.12   10/17/2014  
10.14+    Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive Officers.   S-1   333-199449   10.13   10/17/2014  
10.15+    Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Plan, as amended.           X
10.16+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2007 Stock Plan.   S-1   333-199449   10.15   10/17/2014  
10.17+    2014 Equity Incentive Plan.           X
10.18+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.           X
10.19+    Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.           X
10.20+    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.           X
10.21+    Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.           X


Table of Contents
        

Incorporated by Reference

   

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

 

Form

 

File
No.

 

Exhibit

 

Filing
Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.22+    Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.           X
10.23+    Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.           X
10.24+    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.           X
10.25+    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.   S-1   333-199449   10.24   10/17/2014  
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.           X
23.2    Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1).           X
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in the signature page).   S-1   333-199449   24.1   10/17/2014  

 

+ Management Compensation Plan
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933

Exhibit 1.1

[ ] Shares

Neothetics, Inc.

Common Stock

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[ ], 2014

PIPER JAFFRAY & CO.

GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES, LLC

As Representatives of the several

 Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

c/o Piper Jaffray & Co.

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

c/o Guggenheim Securities, LLC

330 Madison Avenue, Floor 15

New York, NY 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company” ) proposes to sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters” ) an aggregate of [ ] shares (the “Firm Shares” ) of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock” ), of the Company. The Company has also granted to the several Underwriters an option to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of Common Stock on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 3 hereof (the “Option Shares” ). The Firm Shares and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Purchase Agreement are herein collectively called the “Securities.”

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with respect to the sale of the Securities to the several Underwriters, for whom Piper Jaffray & Co. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are acting as representatives (the “Representatives” ).

1. Registration Statement and Prospectus . A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-199449) with respect to the Securities, including a preliminary form of prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act” ), and the rules and regulations ( “Rules and Regulations” ) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” ) thereunder and has been filed with the Commission. Such registration statement, including the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto, as of the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information (as defined below), is referred to herein at the “Registration Statement” . The Company will prepare and file a


prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations that discloses the information previously omitted from the prospectus in the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, which information will be deemed retroactively to be a part of the Registration Statement in accordance with Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations ( “Rule 430A Information” ). If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations to increase the size of the offering registered under the Act, the Company will prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such increase pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations (such registration statement, including the contents of the Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein is the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” ). References herein to the “Registration Statement” will be deemed to include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement at and after the time of filing of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. “Preliminary Prospectus” means any prospectus included in the Registration Statement prior to the effective time of the Registration Statement, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Rules and Regulations and each prospectus that omits Rule 430A Information used after the effective time of the Registration Statement. “Prospectus” means the prospectus that discloses the public offering price and other final terms of the Securities and the offering and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act. All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, is deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System or any successor system thereto ( “EDGAR” ).

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to, as of the date of this Agreement, the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (if any) unless another specified period is referenced in any the representations and warranties below, and agrees with, the several Underwriters as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . The Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) has been issued by the Commission and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. As of the time each part of the Registration Statement (or any post-effective amendment thereto) became or becomes effective, such part conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. Upon the filing or first use within the meaning of the Rules and Regulations, each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (or any supplement to either) conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

2


(ii) Accurate Disclosure . The Registration Statement, at the effective time of each part thereof, at the First Closing Date (as defined below) or at the Second Closing Date (as defined below), did not contain and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit and will not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Time of Sale (as defined below), neither (A) the Time of Sale Disclosure Package (as defined below) nor (B) any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined below), when considered together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations, at the First Closing Date or at the Second Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties in this Section 2(a)(ii) shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation of such document, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e).

Each reference to an “issuer free writing prospectus” herein means an issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 of the Rules and Regulations.

“Time of Sale Disclosure Package” means the Preliminary Prospectus dated [ ], 2014 any free writing prospectus set forth on Schedule III and the information on Schedule IV, all considered together.

Each reference to a “free writing prospectus” herein means a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

“Time of Sale” means [ ]:00 [a/p]m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.

 

3


(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .

(A) Each issuer free writing prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in Section 4(a)(iii)(B), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any issuer free writing prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you or by any Underwriter through you specifically for use therein; it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e).

(B) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(C) Each issuer free writing prospectus satisfied, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Securities, all other conditions to use thereof as set forth in Rules 164 and 433 under the Act.

(iv) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below)) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company” ). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act.

(v) Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that since July 16, 2014, the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications (as defined below) other than those listed on Schedule V hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”

 

4


means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication distributed within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Act, and when taken together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(vi) No Other Offering Materials . The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, without prior written notice to the Representatives, any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by the Company; provided , however , that except as set forth on Schedule III, the Company has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(a)(xiii) of this Agreement and, except as set forth on Schedule V, the Company has not made and will not make any communication relating to the Securities that would constitute a Testing-the-Waters Communication, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a)(v) of this Agreement.

(vii) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods therein specified in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistently applied throughout the periods involved; the supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; all non-GAAP financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus complies in with the requirements of Regulation G and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act; and, except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K under the Act, Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) or any other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons, that may have a material current or, to the Company’s knowledge, material future effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources or significant components of revenue or expenses. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement,

 

5


the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. Ernst & Young LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is (x) an independent public accounting firm within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and as required by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), (y) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” )) and (z) not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(viii) Organization and Good Standing . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Company has full corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material adverse effect upon the business, prospects, properties, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company, taken as a whole ( “Material Adverse Effect” ).

(ix) Absence of Certain Events . Except as contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, (a) the Company has not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and (b) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock, of the Company, or any material adverse change in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, properties, operations or results of operations of the Company ( “Material Adverse Change” ) or that would reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Change.

(x) Absence of Proceedings . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,

 

6


threatened, any action, suit or proceeding (a) to which the Company is a party or (b) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of the Company in their capacity as such, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any property or assets owned or leased by the Company before or by any Governmental Authority (as defined below), which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement. There are no current or, to the knowledge of the Company, pending, material, legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings (x) to which the Company is subject or (y) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of the Company in their capacity as such, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any property or assets owned or leased by the Company, that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus by the Act or by the Rules and Regulations and that have not been so described.

(xi) Authorization; No Conflicts; Authority . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s charter or bylaws or (C) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule, regulation or decree of any court or arbitrator or federal, state, local or foreign governmental agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of their properties or assets (each, a “Governmental Authority” ), except in the case of clause (A) and (C), for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or registration or filing with any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except such as may be required under the Act , the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) or state securities or blue sky laws; and the Company has full power and authority to

 

7


enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(xii) Capitalization; the Securities; Registration Rights . All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the outstanding shares of Common Stock, are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable have been issued in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state and foreign securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities that have not been waived in writing (a copy of which has been delivered to counsel to the Representatives), the Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of the Company, including the Common Stock and the Securities, conforms in all material respects to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus or except as have been waived in connection with the offering contemplated hereby, (A) there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s charter, bylaws or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, (B) neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (collectively “Registration Rights” ) and (C) any person to whom the Company has granted Registration Rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined below). The Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the captions “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

(xiii) Stock Options . Except as described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements (the “Company Stock Plans” ), and the options (the “Options” ) or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents in all material respects the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights. Each grant of an Option (A) was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Option was by its

 

8


terms to be effective by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and (B) was made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company Stock Plan, and, all applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including all applicable federal securities laws.

(xiv) Permits ; Compliance with Laws . The Company holds, and is operating in compliance with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business (the “ Permits ”), and all Permits are valid and in full force and effect, except in each case such as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the Company has not received notice of any revocation, suspension or modification of any Permits or has reason to believe that any such Permit will not be renewed in the ordinary course; and the Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

(xv) Ownership of Assets . The Company has good and marketable title to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus as being owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects except such as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or are described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. The property held under lease by the Company is held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company.

(xvi) Intellectual Property . The Company owns, possesses or have obtained valid and enforceable licenses under or other rights to use on reasonable terms, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted or as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus to be conducted (“ Company IP ”). Furthermore, (A) there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any Company IP; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights in or to any Company IP, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (C) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and to the

 

9


knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company, has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (D) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others, or would, upon the commercialization of any product described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (E) none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding (i) on the Company and to the knowledge of the Company, (ii) upon any of their respective officers, directors or employees, and to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has ever been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to breach of a confidentiality obligation, obligation to assign to the company Intellectual Property, or obligation not to use third party Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights on behalf of the Company, or such employee’s employment with the Company or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company, and the Company is not aware of any facts that it believes would form a reasonable basis for a successful challenge in relation to any of the foregoing; and (F) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no prior art material to any U.S. patent or patent application included in the Company IP that may render such U.S. patent or patent application invalid or unpatentable, as applicable, and which has not been disclosed to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. “Intellectual Property” shall mean all patents, patent applications, trademarks and service marks (both registered and unregistered), trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, software, domain names, technology, know-how (including trade secrets, and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary information) and other intellectual property rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof.

(xvii) No Violations or Defaults . (a) The Company is not in violation of its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents, or in breach of or otherwise in default, and (b) no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default in the performance of any material obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement or any other contract, lease or other instrument to which it is subject or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the

 

10


material property or assets of the Company is subject, except in the case of clause (b) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Taxes . The Company has timely filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed and is not in default in the payment of any taxes which were payable pursuant to said returns or any assessments, fines or penalties with respect thereto, other than any (i) which the Company is contesting in good faith or (ii) where the failure to file such return or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no knowledge of any proposed liability for any material tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of the Company for which there is not an adequate reserve reflected in the Company’s financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(xix) Exchange Listing and Exchange Act Registration . The Securities have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Stock Market upon official notice of issuance and, on the date the Registration Statement became effective, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A or other applicable form under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), became effective. Except as previously disclosed to counsel for the Underwriters or as set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no affiliations with members of FINRA among the Company’s officers or directors or, to the knowledge of the Company, any five percent or greater stockholders of the Company or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the initial filing date of the Registration Statement.

(xx) No Subsidiaries . The Company does not, directly or indirectly, own any capital stock or other equity or ownership or proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, association, trust or other entity.

(xxi) Internal Controls . The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and none of the

 

11


Company, its board of directors and audit committee has knowledge of any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” (each as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in its internal control over financial reporting, or any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of the Company who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls; and since the end of the latest audited fiscal year, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s board of directors has, subject to the exceptions, cure periods and the phase-in periods specified in the applicable stock exchange rules ( “Exchange Rules” ), validly appointed an audit committee to oversee internal accounting controls whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of the Exchange Rules and the Company’s board of directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the Exchange Rules.

(xxii) No Brokers or Finders . Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company has not incurred and will not incur any liability for any finder’s or broker’s fee or agent’s commission in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xxiii) Insurance . The Company carries, or is covered by, insurance from reputable insurers in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries (including without limitation risks related to clinical trials and product liability); all material policies of insurance and any fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; there are no claims by the Company under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiv) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

12


(xxv) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company is in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder in all material respects.

(xxvi) Disclosure Controls . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Exchange Act) and such controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company is made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer. The Company has utilized such controls and procedures in preparing and evaluating the disclosures in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

(xxvii) Anti-Bribery and Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its affiliates (acting on behalf of the Company), officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents, or employees, has not violated, its participation in the offering will not violate, and the Company has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance with, each of the following laws: (A) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, including but not limited to any law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed December 17, 1997, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purposes and scope or (B) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, regulations or government guidance regarding anti-money laundering, including, without limitation, Title 18 U.S. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States is a member and with which designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any Executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder.

(xxviii) OFAC .

(A) Neither the Company, nor any of its directors, officers or employees, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its agents, affiliates or representatives, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is:

(1) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets

 

13


Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions” ), nor

(2) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(B) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partner or other individual or entity:

(1) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any individual or entity or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(2) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(C) For the past five years, the Company has not knowingly engaged in, and is not now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(D) Neither Maxim Gorbachev nor Vladimir Gurdus is included on OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals List (the “ SDN List ”) or Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List (the “ SSI List ”).

(E) None of RMI Investments S.a.r.l., Rusnano MedInvest, LLC or RMI Partners, LLC:

(1) is included on the SDN List or the SSI List; or

(2) is otherwise restricted or prohibited by U.S. laws or regulations from having a beneficial ownership in shares of the Company’s capital stock.

(xxix) Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as disclosed in the Time of Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any Governmental Authority or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws” ), does not own or

 

14


operate any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, is not liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, and is not subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and to the Company’s knowledge, there is no pending investigation which would reasonably be expected to lead to such a claim. The Company does not anticipate incurring any material capital expenditures relating to compliance with Environmental Laws.

(xxx) Compliance with Occupational Laws . The Company (A) is in compliance, in all material respects, with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, treaties, statutes and codes promulgated by any and all Governmental Authorities (including pursuant to the Occupational Health and Safety Act) relating to the protection of human health and safety in the workplace ( “Occupational Laws” ); (B) has received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Occupational Laws to conduct its business as currently conducted; and (C) is in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of such permit, license or approval. No action, proceeding, revocation proceeding, writ, injunction or claim is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company relating to Occupational Laws, and the Company does not have knowledge of any facts, circumstances or developments relating to its operations or cost accounting practices that could reasonably be expected to form the basis for or give rise to such actions, suits, investigations or proceedings.

(xxxi) ERISA and Employee Benefits Matters . (A) To the knowledge of the Company, no “prohibited transaction” as defined under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and not exempt under ERISA Section 408 and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan. At no time has the Company or any ERISA Affiliate maintained, sponsored, participated in, contributed to or has or had any liability or obligation in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan subject to Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Title IV of ERISA, or Section 412 of the Code or any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or any multiple employer plan for which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or could incur liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA. No Employee Benefit Plan provides or promises, or at any time provided or promised, retiree health, life insurance, or other retiree welfare benefits except as may be required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, or similar state law. Each Employee Benefit Plan is and has been operated in material compliance with its terms and all applicable laws, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred (including a “reportable event” as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) and no

 

15


condition exists that would subject the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to any material tax, fine, lien, penalty or liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable law. Each Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a) is so qualified and has a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS upon which it can rely, and any such determination or opinion letter remains in effect and has not been revoked; to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred since the date of any such determination or opinion letter that is reasonably likely to adversely affect such qualification; (B) with respect to each Foreign Benefit Plan, such Foreign Benefit Plan (1) if intended to qualify for special tax treatment, meets, in all material respects, the requirements for such treatment, and (2) if required to be funded, is funded to the extent required by applicable law, and with respect to all other Foreign Benefit Plans, adequate reserves therefor have been established on the accounting statements of the Company; (C) the Company does not have any obligations under any collective bargaining agreement with any union and no organization efforts are underway with respect to Company employees. As used in this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; “Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, including, without limitation, all stock purchase, stock option, stock-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, under which (x) any current or former employee, director or independent contractor of the Company has any present or future right to benefits and which are contributed to, sponsored by or maintained by the Company or (y) the Company has had or has any present or future obligation or liability; “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; “ERISA Affiliate” means any member of the company’s controlled group as defined in Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o); and “Foreign Benefit Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan established, maintained or contributed to outside of the United States of America or which covers any employee working or residing outside of the United States.

(xxxii) Business Arrangements . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not granted rights to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products to any other person and is not bound by any agreement that affects the exclusive right of the Company to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products.

(xxxiii) Labor Matters . No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16


(xxxiv) Disclosure of Legal Matters . There are no statutes, regulations, legal or government proceedings or contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or in the Prospectus or included as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or included as required.

(xxxv) No Integration . To the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities that would be integrated with the offer and sale of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Securities Act or the interpretations thereof by the Commission.

(xxxv) Statistical Information . Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(xxxvi) Compliance with Health Care Laws . The Company is in material compliance with all Health Care Laws applicable to it and its business, and has not engaged in activities which are, as applicable, cause for false claims liability, civil penalties, or mandatory or permissive exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, or any other state or federal health care program. For purposes of this Agreement, “Health Care Laws” means: (i) the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.) and the regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) all applicable federal, state, local and all applicable foreign health care related fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the U.S. Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7b(b)), the U.S. Physician Payment Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), the U.S. Civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), all criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287, and the health care fraud criminal provisions under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) (42 U.S.C. Section 1320d et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), the civil monetary penalties law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), the statutes, regulations and directives of applicable government funded or sponsored healthcare programs, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes; (iii) the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information (the “Privacy Rule”), the Security Standards, and the Standards for Electronic Transactions and Code Sets promulgated under HIPAA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. Section 17921 et seq.), and the

 

17


regulations promulgated thereunder and any state or non-U.S. counterpart thereof or other law or regulation the purpose of which is to protect the privacy of individuals or prescribers; (iv) Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act); (v) Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act); and (vi) any and all other applicable health care laws and regulations. The Company has not received written notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority or third party alleging that any product, operation or activity is in material violation of any Health Care Laws, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action is threatened. The Company is not a party to or have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreements, deferred prosecution agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, plans of correction or similar agreements with or imposed by any governmental or regulatory authority. Additionally, neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its employees, officers or directors have been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. federal health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company , is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

(xxxvii) Clinical Data and Regulatory Compliance . The preclinical tests and clinical trials, and other studies (collectively, “studies”) that are described in, or the results of which are described in, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus were and, if still pending, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with all applicable Health Care Laws, including, but not limited to, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and its applicable implementing regulations at 21 C.F.R. Parts 50, 54, 56, 58 and 312. Any descriptions of the results of such studies contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are accurate and complete in all material respects. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has no knowledge of any other studies the results of which are inconsistent with, or otherwise call into question in any material respect, the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus. No investigational new drug application filed by or on behalf of the Company with the FDA has been terminated or suspended by the FDA, and neither the FDA nor any applicable foreign regulatory agency has commenced, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to initiate, any action to place a clinical hold order on, or otherwise terminate, delay or suspend, any proposed or ongoing clinical investigation conducted or proposed to be conducted by or on behalf of the Company.

 

18


(xxxviii) Forward-looking Statements . No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(xli) Related Party Transactions . There are no relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

(b) Effect of Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to you or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Securities .

(a) Firm Shares . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell [ ] Firm Shares to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto. The purchase price for each Firm Share shall be $ [ ] per share. The obligation of each Underwriter to the Company shall be to purchase from the Company that number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives to avoid fractional shares) which represents the same proportion of the number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company pursuant to this Agreement as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule II hereto represents to the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. In making this Agreement, each Underwriter is contracting severally and not jointly; except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3 and in Section 8 hereof, the agreement of each Underwriter is to purchase only the respective number of Firm Shares specified in Schedule I.

(b) Option Shares . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase price as the Firm Shares, for use solely in covering any over-allotments made by the Underwriters in the sale and distribution of the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more than once) within 30 days after the effective date of this Agreement upon notice (confirmed in writing) by the Representatives to the

 

19


Company (with a courtesy copy to its counsel at DLA Piper LLP (US)) setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the date and time, as determined by you, when the Option Shares are to be delivered, but in no event earlier than the First Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day or later than the tenth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter is of the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters, as adjusted by the Representatives in such manner as the Representatives deem advisable to avoid fractional shares. No Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

(c) Payment and Delivery .

(i) The Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book-entry form in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ), for the account of such Underwriter, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, [9:30 a.m.], New York City time, on [ ] , 2014 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Option Shares, [9:30 a.m.], New York City time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Closing Date , each such time and date for delivery of the Option Shares, if not the First Closing Date, is herein called a “Second Closing Date , and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Closing.”

(ii) The documents to be delivered at each Closing by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 5 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(j) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP located at 12670 High Bluff Drive, San Diego, CA 92130 (the “Closing Location” ), and the Securities will be delivered to the Representatives, through the facilities of the DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, all at such Closing. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [ ]  [a.m./p.m.], New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Closing, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of

 

20


this Section 3, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(d) Purchase by Representatives on Behalf of Underwriters . It is understood that each of the Representatives, individually and not as representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment to the Company, on behalf of any Underwriter for the Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter. Any such payment by any of the Representatives shall not relieve any such Underwriter of any of its obligations hereunder. Nothing herein contained shall constitute any of the Underwriters an unincorporated association or partner with the Company.

4. Covenants .

(a) Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters as follows:

(i) Required Filings . The Company will prepare and file a Prospectus with the Commission containing the Rule 430A Information omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules and Regulations. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations to increase the size of the offering registered under the Act and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has not yet been filed and become effective, the Company will prepare and file the Rule 462 Registration Statement with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rule 462(b) and the Act. The Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon any Representative’s request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in such Representative’s opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will furnish the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus and will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to which you shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.

(ii) Notification of Certain Commission Actions . The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, of the

 

21


suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

(iii) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .

(A) Within the time during which a prospectus (assuming the absence of Rule 172) relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If during such period any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective investors, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) to comply with the Act, the Company promptly will (x) notify you of such untrue statement or omission, (y) amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance and (z) notify you when any amendment to the Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or when any supplement to the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) is filed.

(B) If at any time following issuance of an issuer free writing prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such issuer free writing prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, at the time of such event or development, conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, each as amended to date, relating to the Securities or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company (x) has promptly notified or promptly will notify the Representatives of such conflict, untrue statement or omission, (y) has promptly amended or will promptly amend or

 

22


supplement, at its own expense, such issuer free writing prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission and (z) has notified or will promptly notify you when such amendment or supplement was or is filed with the Commission to the extent required to be filed by the Rules and Regulations.

(iv) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Securities for sale under the securities laws of such domestic United States jurisdictions as you reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation, subject itself to taxation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any state.

(v) Provision of Documents . The Company will furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement (one of which will be signed and will include all consents and exhibits filed therewith), and to the Underwriters and any dealer each Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request.

(vi) Rule 158 . The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (which, for purposes of this paragraph, will be deemed to be the effective date of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if applicable) that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

(vii) Payment and Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the delivery to the Underwriters of the Securities, (B) all expenses and fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and counsel but, except as otherwise provided below, not including fees of the Underwriters’ counsel) in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and exhibits thereto), the Securities, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and the printing, delivery, and

 

23


shipping of this Agreement and other underwriting documents, including Blue Sky Memoranda (covering the states and other applicable jurisdictions), (C) all filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriters’ counsel in an amount not to exceed $15,000 incurred in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale by the Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of the states and other jurisdictions which you shall designate, (D) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar, (E) the filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of Underwriters’ counsel in an amount not to exceed $30,000 incident to any required review and approval by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (F) listing fees, if any, (G) the cost and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with marketing of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (and the Underwrites shall pay 50% of the cost of any such aircraft), and (H) all other costs and expenses of the Company incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Sections 9(i) and (ii) hereof or if the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Company to perform any agreement on its part to be performed, or because any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled, the Company will reimburse the several Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket accountable disbursements (including but not limited to fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges, subject to the limitations set forth in (C), (E) and (G) above) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market and marketing the Securities or in contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder. It is understood, however, that except as otherwise explicitly set forth in this Section 4(a)(vii), the Underwriters shall pay all of their own costs and expenses, including any travel, lodging and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees or representatives incurred by them in connection with any road show.

(viii) Use of Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required in accordance with Rule 463 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

24


(ix) Company Lock Up . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period” ), (A) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (B) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, except (i) to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) issuances of such securities pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof, (iii) grants of such securities pursuant to the terms of an employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (iv) issuances of securities pursuant to the exercise of options awarded to the grantee pursuant to clause (iii), and (v) the issuance of such securities in connection with any joint venture, commercial or collaborative relationship or the acquisition or license by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with any such acquisition; provided, however, that in the case of this clause (v), (A) such securities shall not in the aggregate exceed five percent (5%) of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect to the sale of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement, (B) this clause (v) can be relied on for only one transaction or series of related transactions and (C) the recipient shall have executed a “lock-up” agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto agreeing not to dispose of such securities during the Lock-Up Period.

(x) Stockholder Lock-Ups . The Company has caused to be delivered to you prior to the date of this Agreement a letter, in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Lock-Up Agreement” ), from each individual or entity listed on Schedule II. The Company will enforce the terms of each Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement. If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions of any Lock-Up Agreement between an officer or director of the Company and the Representatives and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by means of a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, issued through a major news service, at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

25


(xi) No Market Stabilization or Manipulation . The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which would reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has not effected any sales of Common Stock which are required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Act which have not been so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

(xii) SEC Reports . The Company will file on a timely basis with the Commission such periodic and current reports as required by the Rules and Regulations.

(xiii) Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter severally represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule III. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an issuer free writing prospectus, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 of the Rules and Regulations applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show. Each Underwriter severally represents and agrees that, (A) unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not distributed, and will not distribute any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication other than those listed on Schedule V, and (B) any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken by it was with entities that are qualified institutional buyers with the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act.

(xiv) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of

 

26


(A) completion of the distribution of Securities within the meaning of the Act and (B) completion of the 180-day restricted period referenced to in Section 4(a)(ix) hereof.

5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at each of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date), of all representations and warranties and compliance with all covenants of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Required Filings; Absence of Certain Commission Actions . All filings required by Rules 424, 430A and 433 of the Rules and Regulations shall have been timely made (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or Rule 164(b)); no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to your satisfaction.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . No Underwriter shall have advised the Company that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a material fact which, in your opinion, is material or omits to state a material fact which, in your opinion, is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any issuer free writing prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact which, in your opinion, is material, or omits to state a material fact which, in your opinion, is required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

(c) Absence of Certain Events . Except as contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company shall not have incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt of the Company (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible

 

27


securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock of the Company, or any Material Adverse Effect or any development involving a Material Adverse Change or that would reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

(d) No Downgrade . On or after the Time of Sale (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock;

(e) Opinion of Company Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters:

 

  (i) the opinion of DLA Piper LLP, counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you in substantially the form agreed upon by the Representatives and their legal counsel;

 

  (ii) an intellectual property opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, intellectual property counsel for the Company, addressed to you in substantially the form agreed upon by the Representatives and their legal counsel.

 

  (iii) an regulatory opinion of Hogan Lovells, regulatory counsel for the Company, addressed to you in substantially the form agreed upon by the Representatives and their legal counsel.

(f) Opinion of Underwriters’ Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, such opinion or opinions from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the several Underwriters, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you in form satisfactory to you and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(g) Comfort Letter . On the date hereof, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed after the date hereof and on each Closing Date you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall have received a letter of Ernst & Young LLP, dated such date and addressed to you, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

 

28


(h) Officers’ Certificate . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, a certificate, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, signed by the chief executive officer and by the chief financial officer of the Company, to the effect that:

 

  (i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct as if made at and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; and

 

  (ii) No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body.

(i) Lock-Up Agreement . The Underwriters shall have received all of the Lock-Up Agreements referenced in Section 4 and the Lock-Up Agreements shall remain in full force and effect.

(j) Other Documents . The Company shall have furnished to you and counsel for the Underwriters such additional documents, certificates and evidence as you or they may have reasonably requested.

(k) FINRA No Objections . FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(l) Exchange Listing . The Securities to be delivered on such Closing Date will have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Stock Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and counsel for the Underwriters. The Company will furnish you with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents as you shall reasonably request.

6. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or

 

29


liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the 430A Information and any other information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to the Rules and Regulations, if applicable, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus, any issuer information that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “road show” ), or (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any out-of-pocket legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Representative, or by any Underwriter through any Representative, specifically for use in the preparation thereof; it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by an Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e).

(b) Indemnification by the Underwriters . Each Underwriter will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus, any issuer information that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or any road show, or (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Representative, or by any Underwriter through any Representative, specifically for use in the preparation thereof (it being understood and agreed that the

 

30


only information furnished by an Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e)), and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Notice and Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any out-of-pocket legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that if, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, it is advisable for the Underwriters to be represented as a group by separate counsel, the Representatives shall have the right to employ a single counsel (in addition to local counsel) to represent the Representatives and all Underwriters who may be subject to liability arising from any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters under subsection (a) of this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the Underwriters as incurred. An indemnifying party shall not be obligated under any settlement agreement relating to any action under this Section 6 to which it has not agreed in writing. In addition, no indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party for all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to this Section 6(c), such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

31


(d) Contribution; Limitations on Liability; Non-Exclusive Remedy . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The remedies provided for in this Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that might otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(e) Information Provided by the Underwriters . The Underwriters severally confirm and the Company acknowledges that the statements with

 

32


respect to (i) the concession figure set forth in the first paragraph under the subheading “Commissions and Discounts,” (ii) sales to accounts over which the underwriters exercise discretionary authority set forth in the last paragraph under the subheading “Listing” and (iii) the public offering of the Securities by the Underwriters set forth in the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the subheading “Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” under the caption “Underwriting” in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus are correct and constitute the only information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus.

7. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the agreements of the several Underwriters and the Company contained in Section 6 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof, or the Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, and shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the Securities to and by the Underwriters hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

8. Substitution of Underwriters .

(a) Obligation to Purchase Under Certain Circumstances . If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be purchased hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased does not aggregate more than 10% of the total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated to take up and pay for (in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations hereunder as set forth in Schedule I hereto except as may otherwise be determined by you) the Firm Shares that the withdrawing or defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) Termination Under Certain Circumstances . If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be purchased hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased aggregates more than 10% of the total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto, and arrangements satisfactory to you for the purchase of such Firm Shares by other persons are not made within 36 hours thereafter, this Agreement shall terminate. In the event of any such termination the Company shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter (except to the extent provided in Section 4(a)(vii) (other than to a defaulting underwriter) and Section 6 hereof) nor shall any Underwriter (other than an Underwriter who shall have failed, otherwise than for some reason permitted under this Agreement, to purchase the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased hereunder) be under any liability to the Company (except to the extent provided in Section 6 hereof).

 

33


(c) Postponement of Closing . If Firm Shares to which a default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters or by any other party or parties, the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date for not more than seven business days in order that the necessary changes in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, in the Prospectus or in any other documents, as well as any other arrangements, may be effected. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 8.

(d) No Relief from Liability . No action taken pursuant to this Section 8 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability, if any, in respect of such default.

9. Termination .

(a) Right to Terminate . The Representatives of the several Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 3(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable, at or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other Governmental Authority, (v) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, or (vi) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities. Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4(a)(vii) and Section 6 hereof shall at all times be effective.

(b) Notice of Termination . If the Representatives elect to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company, shall be notified promptly by the Representatives by telephone, confirmed by letter.

10. Default by the Company .

(a) Default by the Company . If the Company shall fail at the First Closing Date to sell and deliver the number of Securities which it is obligated to sell hereunder, then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any Underwriter or, except as provided in Section 4(a)(vii) and Section 6 hereof, any non-defaulting party.

(b) No Relief from Liability . No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of such default.

 

34


11. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Underwriters, shall be mailed via overnight delivery service or hand delivered via courier, to the Representatives c/o Piper Jaffray & Co., 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, to the attention of Equity Capital Markets and separately, General Counsel and Guggenheim Securities LLC, 330 Madison Avenue, Floor 15, New York, NY 10017, to the attention of Equity Capital Markets and separately, General Counsel; and (ii) if to the Company, shall be mailed or delivered to it at Neothetics, Inc., 9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, CA 91222 Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or in each case to such other address as the person to be notified may have requested in writing. Any party to this Agreement may change such address for notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new address for such purpose.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors referred to in Section 6. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” as herein used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities from any of the several Underwriters.

13. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Representatives have been retained solely to act as an underwriter in connection with the sale of the Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representatives has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or are advising the Company on other matters; (b) the price and other terms of the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) it has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interest and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; (d) it has been advised that the Representatives are acting, in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, solely for the benefit of the Representatives and the other Underwriters, and not on behalf of the Company; (e) it

 

35


waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

14. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates), and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

16. General Provisions . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The Section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

36


Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this Agreement whereupon this Agreement will become a binding agreement between the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
N EOTHETICS , I NC .
By  

 

  [Title]

 

Confirmed as of the date first above mentioned, on behalf of themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto.
P IPER J AFFRAY  & C O .
By  

 

  Managing Director
G UGGENHEIM S ECURITIES LLC
By  

 

  [Title]

[ Signature Page to Purchase Agreement ]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares (1)

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Guggenheim Securities LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

(1) The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional [ ] Option Shares, to the extent the option described in Section 3(b) of the Agreement is exercised, in the proportions and in the manner described in the Agreement.


SCHEDULE II

List of Individuals and Entities Executing Lock-Up Agreements

Officers

Non-Employee Directors

Stockholders

Option holders

Warrant holders


SCHEDULE III

Certain Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses


SCHEDULE IV

Pricing Information


SCHEDULE V

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications


EXHIBIT A

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

[Provided under separate cover]

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

Form of Company Press Release for Waivers or Releases

of Officer/Director Lock-Up Agreements

[Company]

[Date]

Neothetics, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Piper Jaffray and Guggenheim Securities, as the representatives of the underwriters, are [waiving] [releasing] [a] lock-up restriction[s] with respect to an aggregate of [# of common shares] held by certain [officers] [directors] of the Company. These [officers] [directors] entered into lock-up agreements with [the representatives] in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

This [waiver] [release] will take effect on [date that is at least 2 business days following date of this press release].

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

B-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOTHETICS, INC.

The undersigned, George Mahaffey hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President of Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 1, 2007 under the name Lipothera, Inc., an Amended and Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 19, 2008 (the “ Original Restated Certificate ”), a Certificate of Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 28, 2010, an Amended and Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 30, 2011, a Certificate of Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 29, 2012, an Amended and Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 17, 2012 and a Certificate of Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 11, 2014.

3. Neothetics, Inc. filed a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of Delaware on the 4th day of September, 2008 changing its name from Lipothera, Inc. to Lithera, Inc. and a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of Delaware on the 11th day of August, 2014 changing its name from Lithera, Inc. to Neothetics, Inc.

4. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Neothetics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware and the County of Kent is 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.


ARTICLE IV

(A) Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 124,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share. 70,200,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 53,800,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

(B) The Preferred Stock authorized by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) shall be issued in four series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Thirteen Million (13,000,000) shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B-2 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Six Million Five Hundred Thousand (6,500,000) shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Twenty-Eight Million Three Hundred Thousand (28,300,000) shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (4,500,000) shares. The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are collectively referred to as the Series Preferred. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series Preferred are as set forth below in this Article IV(B). The Corporation previously filed the Original Restated Certificate on February 19, 2008 pursuant to which each one share of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock at such time was automatically split and divided into 1.93 shares of Common Stock (the “ Stock Split ”). All share amounts, amounts per share and per share numbers and the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock as set forth in the Restated Certificate have been adjusted to reflect the Stock Split and notwithstanding any other provision of the Restated Certificate no adjustments to the Series Preferred shall be made as a result of the Stock Split, whether pursuant to Section 4(d)(ii), Section 2 or otherwise.

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, provided that an adjustment to the respective Conversion Price (as defined below) of such other securities or rights has been made in accordance with Section 4(d)(ii) below) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”). No dividend or distribution (other than a dividend payable solely in Common Stock and other than a distribution pursuant to Section 2 below) shall be paid on shares of any series of Series Preferred unless there shall have been paid, dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like) per annum

 

-2-


on all shares of each series of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Series Preferred into Common Stock). The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $1.00. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $1.85. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall be $1.85. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $1.40. The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $1.80.

2. Liquidation .

(a) Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to applicable Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of the applicable series of Series Preferred then held by them, plus (ii) all then declared but unpaid dividends on such series. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series Preferred in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(b) Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the Series Preferred and the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Series Preferred into Common Stock) until the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall have received an aggregate amount equal to three (3) times the applicable Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (including the amount paid pursuant to Section 2(a) above), plus all then declared but unpaid dividends; thereafter, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

(c) Certain Acquisitions .

(i) Deemed Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, convey, license, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation), unless the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, elect not to treat the transaction as a

 

-3-


Liquidation Transaction (any such transaction, unless elected otherwise, a “ Liquidation Transaction ”), provided, however, that none of the following shall be considered a Liquidation Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation, (ii) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, or (iii) a transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own 67% or more of the voting stock of the surviving corporation following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Corporation held by such stockholders prior to the transaction).

(ii) Valuation of Consideration . In the event of a deemed liquidation as described in Section 2(c)(i) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over a specified time period;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing bid or sales prices (whichever is applicable) of such securities over a specified time period; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as specified above in Section 2(c)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(iii) Notice of Liquidation Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of each series of Series Preferred written notice of any impending Liquidation Transaction not later than 10 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidation Transaction, or 10 days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Transaction and the provisions of

 

-4-


this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidation Transaction shall not take place sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, all notice periods or requirements in this Restated Certificate may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series Preferred that are entitled to such notice rights, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(iv) Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the requirements of this Section 2(c) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the Liquidation Transaction to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or cancel such Liquidation Transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Series Preferred shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(c)(iii).

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

4. Conversion . The holders of each series of the Series Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to Section 4(c), each share of each series of Series Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price applicable to such series of Series Preferred, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be $1.00. The initial Conversion Price per share of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $1.6225. The Conversion Price per share of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall be $1.40. The initial Conversion Price per share of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $1.40. The initial Conversion Price per share of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $1.80. Each such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d). The Conversion Price per share of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-2 Preferred Stock has been adjusted based on the issuance of 25,322,483 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $25,000,000 (before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the

 

-5-


holders of not less than 75% of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of any Series Preferred shall be entitled to convert any such Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate), at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series Preferred, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a certificate for the remaining number of shares of Series Preferred if less than all of the Series Preferred evidenced by the certificate were surrendered. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on (i) the date of such surrender of the shares of Series Preferred to be converted or (ii) if applicable, the date of automatic conversion specified in Section 4(b) above, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of public Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten public offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Series Preferred for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event any persons entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Series Preferred shall not be deemed to have converted such Series Preferred until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Prices of the Series Preferred shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price . If the Corporation should issue, at any time after the filing of this Restated Certificate (the “ Filing Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever a Conversion Price for any Series Preferred is adjusted pursuant to this Section (4)(d)(i), the new Conversion Price for such series shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance

 

-6-


would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

(B) Definition of “Additional Stock” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Filing Date) other than

(1) Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

(2) Shares of Common Stock (or options to purchase such shares of Common Stock) issued or issuable to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Corporation or other persons performing services for the Corporation, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(3) Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors;

(4) Capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis;

(5) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(6) Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock;

(7) Capital stock issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis;

(8) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with the affirmative vote of at least a majority the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; and

 

-7-


(9) Up to 25,322,483 shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued by the Company.

(C) No Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price for the Series Preferred shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(D) Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) Deemed Issuances of Common Stock . In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the applicable Filing Date) of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

(2) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made

 

-8-


for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(3) Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(4) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)(1) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(2) or 4(d)(i)(E)(3).

(F) No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section (4)(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of any Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing such Conversion Price above the Conversion Price therefor in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(ii) Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event the Corporation should at any time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such Series Preferred shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

(iii) Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price of each series of the Series Preferred shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction

 

-9-


provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)) payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of such series of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series Preferred shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series Preferred the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of each series of the Series Preferred after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series Preferred, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series Preferred the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If the conversion would result in any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share on the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price of the Series Preferred pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of any series of Series Preferred, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Series Preferred.

 

-10-


(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to a holder of any series of the Series Preferred, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of any series of Series Preferred shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, DHL or other overnight courier, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) General Voting Rights . Except as expressly provided by this Restated Certificate or as provided by law, the holders of Series Preferred shall have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and the holders of the Series Preferred shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of any series of Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of such series of Series Preferred could be converted. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series Preferred held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

(b) Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) members. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(a) above, at each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders, (i) the holders

 

-11-


of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall have the right to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “ Common Stock Director ”), to remove from office the Common Stock Director, and to fill any vacancy with respect thereto, (ii) the holders of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall have the right to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”), to remove from office the Preferred Stock Directors and to fill any vacancy with respect thereto, and (iii) the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall have the right to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors (the “ Mutual Directors ”), to remove from office the Mutual Directors and to fill any vacancy with respect thereto. All vacancies shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class or series entitled to elect those directors. A majority of the shares of the class or series entitled to elect a director shall be deemed to be a quorum of such class or series for any meeting held for the purpose of electing or removing such director.

6. Protective Provisions . The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

(a) effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or a Liquidation Transaction (unless the stockholders elect not to treat a transaction as a Liquidation Transaction, as provided in Section 2(d)(i) of this Article IV(B));

(b) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of any series of the Series Preferred;

(c) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of any series of any class or series of the Series Preferred or Common Stock;

(d) authorize or issue, any other equity security, including any security (other than Series Preferred) convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock with respect to, among other things, voting (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock), dividends, redemption, conversion or upon liquidation;

(e) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at no greater than cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal;

 

-12-


(f) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(g) cause the payment or declaration of any dividend or other distribution on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(h) increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under any Company incentive or benefit plans in excess of 7,755,300 including by way of (A) adopting any new equity incentive or benefit plan or (B) amending or waiving any provision of any existing or future equity incentive or benefit plan;

(i) amend or waive any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or

(j) take any action which would result in the taxation of the holders of the any series of Series Preferred under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor statute).

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. This Restated Certificate shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8. Repurchase of Shares . If and to the extent the Corporation may from time to time be or become subject to certain provisions of the California Corporations Code pursuant to the operation of Section 2115 thereof, each holder of an outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have waived application of Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code to the repurchase by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, advisors or other persons performing services for the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation that are subject to restricted stock purchase agreements or stock option exercise agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares: (i) upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or services; or (ii) pursuant to the Corporation’s exercise of rights of first refusal to repurchase such shares.

(C) Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or the occurrence of a Liquidation Transaction, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

 

-13-


4. Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE V

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(B) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

(C) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.”

*    *    *

 

-14-


The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Executed at San Diego, California, on September 19, 2014

 

/s/ George Mahaffey

George Mahaffey, President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEOTHETICS, INC.

Neothetics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Neothetics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, adopted resolutions at a meeting of the Board to amend the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, in the section noted below, to read in its entirety as follows:

Paragraph (A) of Article IV is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(A)  Classes of Stock .  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 124,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share. 70,200,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 53,800,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock. Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a reverse stock split of the Company’s Common Stock shall occur in which each 6.1 shares of Common Stock outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to such time shall automatically and without any action of the part of the holders thereof be combined into one share of Common Stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The par value of the Common Stock shall remain $0.0001 per share. This reclassification shall apply to all shares of Common Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Reverse Stock Split or otherwise. In lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock to which the stockholder would otherwise be entitled upon the Reverse Stock Split, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to the then fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors multiplied by such fraction, after aggregating all fractions of a share to which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled.

Each stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Reverse Stock Split, represented shares of Common Stock that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Reverse Stock Split shall, from and after the Reverse Stock Split, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent that number of whole shares of Common Stock after the Reverse Stock Split into which the shares formerly represented by such certificate have been reclassified (as well as the right to receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock after the Reverse Stock Split). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of Common Stock may (but shall not be required to) surrender his, her or its stock certificate or certificates to the corporation, and upon such surrender the corporation will issue a certificate for the correct number of


shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled under the provisions of this Certificate of Amendment. Shares of Common Stock that were outstanding prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, and that are not outstanding after and as a result of the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock.

THIRD: The foregoing amendment of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: This amendment to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective on and as of the date of filing of this Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Neothetics, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by the undersigned, thereunto duly appointed, this 7th day of November, 2014.

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ George W. Mahaffey

Name:   George W. Mahaffey
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

LOGO

NUMBER
N
SHARES
NEOTHETICS, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
COMMON STOCK CUSIP 64066G 10 1
THIS CERTIFIES THAT:
SPECIMEN
IS THE OWNER OF
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF $0.0001 PAR VALUE EACH OF
NEOTHETICS, INC.
transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed or assigned. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, and to the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Corporation, as now or hereafter amended. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
DATED:
NEOTHETICS, INC.
CORPORATE
SEAL
2007
DELAWARE
COUNTERSIGNED:
PHILADELPHIA STOCK TRANSFER, INC.
2320 HAVERFORD RD., SUITE 230, ARDMORE, PA 19003
TRANSFER AGENT
BY:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER & SECRETARY
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER & PRESIDENT
© 1990 COLUMBIA FINANCIAL PRINTING CORP.


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

  Custodian  

 

 
TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties           (Cust)             (Minor)      
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of       under Uniform Gifts to Minors  
    survivorship and not as tenants       Act  

 

 
    in common           (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE    
 

 

   

 

 

 

( PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Shares
of the stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

  Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.  

 

Dated  

 

 

 

 

  NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

 

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY OR A MEMBER FIRM OF A NATIONAL OR REGIONAL OR OTHER RECOGNIZED STOCK EXCHANGE IN CONFORMANCE WITH A SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM.

 

 

COLUMBIA FINANCIAL PRINTING CORP. - www.stockinformation.com

Exhibit 5.1

 

  

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

San Diego, California  92121-2133

November 10, 2014

Neothetics, Inc.

9191 Towne Centre Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, CA 92122

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-199449)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion with respect to certain matters in connection with the filing by Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-199449) initially filed on October 17, 2014 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”), covering up to an aggregate of 4,945,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value (“ Common Stock ”), including up to 645,000 shares offered pursuant to an overallotment option granted to the underwriters in the offering (the “ Shares ”).

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 16(a) of Form S-1 and Item 601(b)(5)(i) of Regulation S-K.

In connection with this opinion, we have reviewed and relied upon the Registration Statement and Prospectus, the Company’s charter documents, as amended and restated to date, records of the Company’s corporate proceedings in connection with the offering, and such other documents, records, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as we deem necessary as a basis for this opinion. With respect to the foregoing documents, we have assumed the authenticity of all records, documents, and instruments submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to the originals of all records, documents, and instruments submitted to us as copies. We have also obtained from officers of the Company certificates as to certain factual matters and, insofar as this opinion is based on matters of fact, we have relied on such certificates without independent investigation.

We express no opinion concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing) and the federal law of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when the Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, they will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, or Item 509 of Regulation S-K.

We disclaim any obligation to advise you of facts, circumstances, events or developments that hereafter may be brought to our attention and that may alter, affect or modify the opinion expressed herein after the effective date of the Registration Statement. Our opinion is expressly limited to the matters set forth above, and we render no opinion, whether by implication or otherwise, as to any other matters relating to the Company, the Shares, or the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ DLA Piper LLP (US)

DLA Piper LLP (US)

Exhibit 10.8

FIRST AMENDMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (the “First Amendment”) to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), is hereby entered into by and among Neothetics, Inc. (formerly known as Lithera, Inc., “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Loan Agreement (as defined below) (“Lender”), and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (“Agent”), in its capacity as administrative agent for itself and the Lender. Any of the parties named above may be referred to herein as a (“Party”) and collectively, as the (“Parties”). Any terms not specifically defined herein shall have the definition ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement and Warrant, as defined below.

RECITALS

A. Whereas, Lender and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2014 (the “Loan Agreement”); and

B. Whereas, the Parties desire to amend the Loan Agreement in accordance with the terms of this First Amendment. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) New Definitions. The following definitions are hereby inserted alphabetically into Section 1.1, as follows:

“Interest Only Extension Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred; and (b) Borrower shall have completed either (i) an equity financing in which the Borrower sells and issues shares of its capital stock in one or more transactions, (ii) an Initial Public Offering, or (iii) a combination of financings of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in each case, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Borrower raised on or after the Effective Date of at least $55,000,000 in the aggregate (including, for the purposes of clarity, any principal then outstanding for 90 or fewer days prior to the closing of such financing that is due and payable under any promissory note that is part of any convertible bridge financing that constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness and is converted into the same capital stock issued in such financing and such note holder becomes a party to the same financing agreements entered into in connection with such financing) on or before March 1, 2015.


“First Amendment Non-Renewable Facility Charge” means $25,000, representing one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the Maximum Term Loan Amount.

(b) Amended Definitions. The following definitions are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

“Amortization Date” means August 1, 2015, provided however, if the Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied, then February 1, 2016.

(c) Deleted Definitions. The definition of “Performance Milestone” is hereby deleted in its entirety.

2. All references to Borrower’s prior name of Lithera, Inc. shall be revised to reflect Borrower’s amended name of Neothetics, Inc.

3. Section 2.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) Advances. (i) On the Closing Date, Borrower drew and the Lender advanced a Term Loan Advance in the principal amount equal to $4,000,000 pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Effective Date, Lender will make, and Borrower agrees to draw, a Term Loan Advance in the principal amount of $6,000,000 in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, as modified by this First Amendment.

4. Effect of this First Amendment. The provisions of this First Amendment shall be effective for all parties effective as of the Effective Date. Except as necessary to carry out the intent of this First Amendment and as specifically modified pursuant hereto, no other changes or modifications to the Loan Agreement are intended or implied and in all other respects such documents shall continue to be and shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, and are hereby specifically ratified, reaffirmed and confirmed by all parties hereto as of the effective date hereof.

5. Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this First Amendment (except to the extent such representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement speak as of an earlier date in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

6. This First Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

7. Conditions Precedent. As a condition to the effectiveness of this First Amendment, Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, the following:

(a) this First Amendment fully executed by the Parties;

 

- 2 -


(b) an amount equal to all Agent’s expenses incurred through the Effective Date;

(c) the First Amendment Non-Renewable Facility Charge, which shall be deemed earned as of the Effective Date; and

(d) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

[Signature page follows]

 

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this First Amendment on the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
NEOTHETICS, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ George Mahaffey

Print Name:   George Mahaffey
Title:   President and CEO
AGENT :  
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Ben Bang

  Ben Bang, Associate General Counsel
LENDER:
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY III, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC, its General Partner
By:   Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Ben Bang

  Ben Bang, Associate General Counsel

Exhibit 10.15

NEOTHETICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2007 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2007 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan. Effective July 17, 2014, the Plan was amended and restated and renamed the Neothetics, Inc. 2007 Stock Plan. Except as otherwise provided below, the provisions of the Plan apply equally to grants made on or after the date of such amendment and restatement.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Administrator means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) Affiliate means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) Applicable Laws means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Cause for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist if the Participant is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at


any time as provided in Section 5(d) below, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, Parent or Affiliate, as appropriate.

(f) Change of Control means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company or (4) a contested election of Directors, as a result of which or in connection with which the persons who were Directors before such election or their nominees (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board; provided however that if the election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new Director was approved by a vote of at least 50% of the Incumbent Directors, such new Director shall be considered as an Incumbent Director.

(g) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(i) Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) Company means Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(k) Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(l) Continuous Service Status means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(m) Corporate Transaction means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business

 

-2-


combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(n) Director means a member of the Board.

(o) Employee means any person employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(p) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Sections 409A or 422 of the Code, any determination of Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the applicable Sections of the Code.

(r) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(s) Listed Security means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(t) Named Executive means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(u) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(v) Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) Option Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option

 

-3-


granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(x) Option Exchange Program means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(y) Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(z) Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(aa) Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(bb) Participant means any holder of one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.

(cc) Plan means this 2007 Stock Plan.

(dd) Reporting Person means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(ee) Restricted Stock means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 10 below.

(ff) Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(gg) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(hh) Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ii) Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(jj) Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 10 below.

(kk) Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

-4-


(ll) Ten Percent Holder means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 7,755,300 Shares of Common Stock, taking into account all additions to the Plan’s share pool and/or stock splits as of the date of this amendment and restatement. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later forfeited to the Company or repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

(b) Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions. The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Plan awards may from time to time be granted;

 

-5-


(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Plan awards are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;

(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

(ix) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(xi) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

-6-


(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time for any reason.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) Effective as of the date of the Plan’s amendment and restatement, in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Applicable Law, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

-7-


(b) Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the Company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or (8) such other consideration and method of payment as determined by the Administrator and to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

9. Exercise of Option .

(a) General .

(i) Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required under the Applicable Laws, the Option (or Shares issued upon exercise of the Option) shall comply with the requirements of Section 260.140.41(f) and (k) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner.

(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide

 

-8-


services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iv) Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(v) Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 9(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the

 

-9-


circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) through (iv) below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for 90 days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 10(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

(ii) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within twelve months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

(iii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(iv) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any Option (including any exercisable portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status. If an Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee shall be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option likewise shall be suspended during the investigation period and the Optionee shall have no right to exercise any Option. The Administrator shall have authority to effect such procedures and take such actions as are necessary to carry out the legal intent of this Section 9(b)(iv), including such procedures and actions as are required to cause the Optionee to return to the Company Shares purchased under the Option that have been purchased or that vested within six months of the events giving rise to the for-Cause termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status and, if such Shares have been transferred by the Optionee, to remit to the Company the value of such transferred Shares.

(c) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

10. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on

 

-10-


which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer. If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator. The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option .

(i) General . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 260.140.42(h) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner), the terms of the Company’s repurchase option (including without limitation the price at which, and the consideration for which, it may be exercised, and the events upon which it shall lapse) shall be as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and reflected in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, such lapsing shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given “vesting” credit with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Participant vested Shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any person other than an officer, Director or Consultant prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security upon the following terms: (A) the repurchase must be made within 90 days of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause at the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of termination, (B) consideration for the repurchase shall consist of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, and (C) the repurchase right shall terminate upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. With respect to vested Shares issued

 

-11-


upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any officer, Director or Consultant, the Company’s right to repurchase such Shares upon termination of such Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause shall be made at the lower of (x) Participant’s original cost for the Shares and (y) the Fair Market Value of the Shares and shall be effected pursuant to such terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Administrator shall determine are necessary and appropriate to carry out the intent of this Section 10(b)(iii). The Administrator shall have authority to effect such procedures and take such actions as are necessary to carry out the legal intent of this Section 10(b)(iii), including such procedures and actions as are required to cause the Participant to return to the Company Shares purchased under the Stock Purchase Right that have vested within six months of the events giving rise to the for-Cause termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status and, if such Shares have been transferred by the Participant, to remit to the Company the value of such transferred Shares. Nothing in this Section 10(b)(ii) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares as set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

11. Taxes .

(a) As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right or the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 11 (whether pursuant to Section 11(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

-12-


(c) This Section 11(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

(d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 11(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

(e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 11(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 11(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

12. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option or Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 13.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 12, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic

 

-13-


relations orders to “Immediate Family Members” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

13. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding award, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an award, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option and Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation a Change of Control), the Board or Committee may, in its discretion, (1) provide for the assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”); (2) accelerate the vesting and termination of outstanding Options and Stock Purchase Rights, in whole or in part, so that Options and Stock Purchase Rights can be exercised before or otherwise in connection with the closing or completion of the transaction or event but then terminate; and/or (3) provide for termination of Options and Stock Purchase Rights as a result of the Corporate Transaction on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, including providing for the cancellation of Options or Stock Purchase Rights for a cash payment to the Participant. The Board or Committee need not provide for identical treatment of each outstanding award.

 

-14-


For purposes of this Section 13(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 13); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.

14. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee or holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee or holder of the Stock

 

-15-


Purchase Rights and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee or holder and the Company.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of awards granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as are reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. In addition, awards issued prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall require the Participant to agree to a lock-up agreement in connection with public offerings of the Company’s stock that applies to all capital stock and rights to purchase capital stock of the Company held by the Participant on such terms and subject to such conditions as are reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Agreements . Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

19. Stockholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

20. Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-16-


NEOTHETICS, INC.

AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2007 STOCK PLAN

Amendment to Plan . That Section 3 of the Neothetics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“3. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 7,880,300 Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later forfeited to the Company or repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall be available for future grant under the Plan.”

Except as set forth herein, the Plan is not amended and remains in full force and effect.

 

-17-

Exhibit 10.17

NEOTHETICS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan

     1   
 

1.1 Establishment

     1   
 

1.2 Purpose

     1   
 

1.3 Term of Plan

     1   

2. Definitions and Construction

     1   
 

2.1 Definitions

     1   
 

2.2 Construction

     8   

3. Administration

     9   
 

3.1 Administration by the Committee

     9   
 

3.2 Authority of Officers

     9   
 

3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders

     9   
 

3.4 Committee Complying with Section 162(m)

     9   
 

3.5 Powers of the Committee

     9   
 

3.6 Option or SAR Repricing

     11   
 

3.7 Indemnification

     11   

4. Shares Subject to Plan

     11   
 

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

     11   
 

4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

     11   
 

4.3 Adjustment for Unissued or Forfeited Predecessor Plan Shares

     11   
 

4.4 Share Counting

     12   
 

4.5 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure

     12   
 

4.6 Assumption or Substitution of Awards

     13   

5. Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations

     13   
 

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards

     13   
 

5.2 Participation in the Plan

     13   
 

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations

     13   
 

5.4 Nonemployee Director Limitations

     14   

6. Stock Options

     14   
 

6.1 Exercise Price

     14   
 

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options

     15   
 

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price

     15   
 

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service

     16   
 

6.5 Transferability of Options

     17   

 

-i-


7. Stock Appreciation Rights

     17   
 

7.1 Types of SARs Authorized

     17   
 

7.2 Exercise Price

     17   
 

7.3 Exercisability and Term of SARs

     18   
 

7.4 Exercise of SARs

     18   
 

7.5 Deemed Exercise of SARs

     19   
 

7.6 Effect of Termination of Service

     19   
 

7.7 Transferability of SARs

     19   

8. Restricted Stock Awards

     19   
 

8.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized

     19   
 

8.2 Purchase Price

     19   
 

8.3 Purchase Period

     20   
 

8.4 Payment of Purchase Price

     20   
 

8.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer

     20   
 

8.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions

     20   
 

8.7 Effect of Termination of Service

     21   
 

8.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights

     21   

9. Restricted Stock Units

     21   
 

9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards

     21   
 

9.2 Purchase Price

     21   
 

9.3 Vesting

     22   
 

9.4 Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions

     22   
 

9.5 Effect of Termination of Service

     23   
 

9.6 Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards

     23   
 

9.7 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards

     23   

10. Performance Awards

     23   
 

10.1 Types of Performance Awards Authorized

     23   
 

10.2 Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units

     23   
 

10.3 Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula

     24   
 

10.4 Measurement of Performance Goals

     24   
 

10.5 Settlement of Performance Awards

     25   
 

10.6 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions

     26   

 

-ii-


 

10.7 Effect of Termination of Service

     27   
 

10.8 Nontransferability of Performance Awards

     27   

11. Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards

     27   
 

11.1 Grant of Cash-Based Awards

     28   
 

11.2 Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards

     28   
 

11.3 Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards

     28   
 

11.4 Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards

     28   
 

11.5 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions

     29   
 

11.6 Effect of Termination of Service

     29   
 

11.7 Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards

     29   

12. Standard Forms of Award Agreement

     29   
 

12.1 Award Agreements

     29   
 

12.2 Authority to Vary Terms

     30   

13. Change in Control

     30   
 

13.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards

     30   
 

13.2 Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards

     31   
 

13.3 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code

     31   

14. Compliance with Applicable Law

     32   

15. Compliance with Section 409A

     33   
 

15.1 Awards Subject to Section 409A

     33   
 

15.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections

     33   
 

15.3 Subsequent Elections

     34   
 

15.4 Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation

     34   

16. Tax Withholding

     36   
 

16.1 Tax Withholding in General

     36   
 

16.2 Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares

     36   

17. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan

     37   

18. Miscellaneous Provisions

     37   
 

18.1 Repurchase Rights

     37   
 

18.2 Forfeiture Events

     37   
 

18.3 Provision of Information

     38   
 

18.4 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director

     38   

 

-iii-


 

18.5 Rights as a Stockholder

     38   
 

18.6 Delivery of Title to Shares

     38   
 

18.7 Fractional Shares

     38   
 

18.8 Retirement and Welfare Plans

     39   
 

18.9 Beneficiary Designation

     39   
 

18.10 Severability

     39   
 

18.11 No Constraint on Corporate Action

     39   
 

18.12 Unfunded Obligation

     39   
 

18.13 No Representations or Covenants with respect to Tax Qualification

     40   
 

18.14 Choice of Law

     40   

 

-iv-


Neothetics, Inc.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

  1. E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

1.1 Establishment . The Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ) is hereby established effective as of the day immediately preceding the effective date of the initial registration by the Company of its Stock under Section 12 of the Security Act (the Effective Date ).

1.2 Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

 

  2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) Affiliate means (i) a parent entity, other than a Parent Corporation, that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities, controls the Company or (ii) a subsidiary entity, other than a Subsidiary Corporation, that is controlled by the Company directly or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities. For this purpose, the terms “parent,” “subsidiary,” “control” and “controlled by” shall have the meanings assigned such terms for the purposes of registration of securities on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(b) Award means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Bonus, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(c) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to an Award.

(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Cash-Based Award means an Award denominated in cash and granted pursuant to Section 11.


(f) “ Cashless Exercise means a Cashless Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(i).

(g) Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment, service, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere ) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(h) Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

(ii) an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or

 

2


indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(dd)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee ), as the case may be; or

(iii) a date specified by the Committee following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(h) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.1(h) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(i) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

(j) Committee means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

(k) Company means Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation thereto.

(l) Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(m) “ Covered Employee means, at any time the Plan is subject to Section 162(m), any Employee who is or may reasonably be expected to become a “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m), or any successor statute, and who is designated, either as an individual Employee or a member of a class of Employees, by the Committee no later than the earlier of (i) the date that is ninety (90) days after the beginning of the Performance Period, or (ii) the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period has elapsed, as a “Covered Employee” under this Plan for such applicable Performance Period.

 

3


(n) Director means a member of the Board.

(o) Disability means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, the permanent and total disability of the Participant, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(p) Dividend Equivalent Right means the right of a Participant, granted at the discretion of the Committee or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one share of Stock for each share of Stock represented by an Award held by such Participant.

(q) Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a Director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(r) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Committee, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the basis of the opening,

 

4


closing, or average of the high and low sale prices of a share of Stock on such date or the preceding trading day, the actual sale price of a share of Stock received by a Participant, any other reasonable basis using actual transactions in the Stock as reported on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, or on any other basis consistent with the requirements of Section 409A (including, but not limited to, the determination of Fair Market Value based on the average selling price of the Stock during a specified period that is within thirty (30) days before or thirty (30) days after such date, provided that, with respect to the grant of an Option or SAR, the commitment to grant such Award based on such valuation method must be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified period). The Committee may vary its method of determination of the Fair Market Value as provided in this Section for different purposes under the Plan to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

(iii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Committee in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

(t) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(u) Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a Director as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

(v) Insider means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(w) “ Net Exercise means a Net Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(iii).

(x) Nonemployee Director means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) Nonemployee Director Award means any Award granted to a Nonemployee Director.

(z) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(aa) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

 

5


(bb) Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(cc) Other Stock-Based Award means an Award denominated in shares of Stock and granted pursuant to Section 11.

(dd) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(ee) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ff) Participant means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(gg) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary Corporation or Affiliate.

(hh) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, the Company and all other entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(ii) Performance Award means an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units.

(jj) Performance Award Formula means, for any Performance Award, a formula or table established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 which provides the basis for computing the value of a Performance Award at one or more levels of attainment of the applicable Performance Goal(s) measured as of the end of the applicable Performance Period.

(kk) “ Performance-Based Compensation ” means compensation under an Award that satisfies the requirements of Section 162(m) for certain performance-based compensation paid to Covered Employees.

(ll) Performance Goal means a performance goal established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3.

(mm) Performance Period means a period established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 at the end of which one or more Performance Goals are to be measured.

 

6


(nn) Performance Share means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Share, as determined by the Committee, based upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

(oo) Performance Unit means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Unit, as determined by the Committee, based upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

(pp) Predecessor Plan means the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan, as amended.

(qq) Restricted Stock Award means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

(rr) Restricted Stock Bonus means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

(ss) Restricted Stock Purchase Right means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 9 to receive on a future date or the occurrence of a future event a share of Stock or cash in lieu thereof, as determined by the Committee.

(uu) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(vv) SAR or Stock Appreciation Right means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7 to receive payment, for each share of Stock subject to such Award, of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Award over the exercise price thereof.

(ww) Section 162(m) means Section 162(m) of the Code.

(xx) Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code.

(yy) Section 409A Deferred Compensation means compensation provided pursuant to an Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(zz) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aaa) Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s

 

7


Service shall not be deemed to have been interrupted or terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. A Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(bbb) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.5.

(ccc) Stock Tender Exercise means a Stock Tender Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(ii).

(ddd) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(eee) Ten Percent Owner means a Participant who, at the time an Option is granted to the Participant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company (other than an Affiliate) within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(fff) Trading Compliance Policy means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

(ggg) Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which an Award or shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service or failure of a performance condition to be satisfied.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

8


  3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board or the Committee may, in its discretion, delegate to a committee comprised of one or more Officers and/or Directors the authority to grant one or more Awards of Options or SARs, without further approval of the Board or the Committee, to any Employee, other than an Employee who, at the time of such grant, is an Insider or a Covered Employee, and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board or the Committee may determine; provided, however, that (a) the Board and/or the Committee shall fix the maximum number of shares subject to Awards that may be granted by such Officers and/or Directors, (b) each such Award shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the appropriate standard form of Award Agreement approved by the Board or the Committee and shall conform to the provisions of the Plan, and (c) each such Award shall conform to such other limits and guidelines as may be established from time to time by the Board and/or the Committee.

3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.4 Committee Complying with Section 162(m). If the Company is a “publicly held corporation” within the meaning of Section 162(m), the Board may establish a Committee of “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) to approve the grant of any Award intended to result in the payment of Performance-Based Compensation.

3.5 Powers of the Committee . In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

 

9


(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock, units or monetary value to be subject to each Award;

(b) to determine the type of Award granted;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine whether an Award shall be intended to result in Performance-Based Compensation;

(e) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the Performance Measures, Performance Period, Performance Award Formula and Performance Goals applicable to any Award and the extent to which such Performance Goals have been attained, (vi) the time of expiration of any Award, (vii) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (viii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(f) to determine whether an Award will be settled in shares of Stock, cash, other property or in any combination thereof;

(g) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(h) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

(i) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(j) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose residents may be granted Awards; and

(k) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Committee may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

 

10


3.6 Option or SAR Repricing. The Committee shall have the authority, without additional approval by the stockholders of the Company, to approve a program providing for either (a) the cancellation of outstanding Options or SARs having exercise prices per share greater than the then Fair Market Value of a share of Stock (“ Underwater Awards ”) and the grant in substitution for Underwater Awards of new Options or SARs covering the same or a different number of shares but having a lower exercise price per share then on the original grant date, or payments in cash, or (b) the substitution of other Awards for Underwater Awards.

3.7 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

  4. S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be equal to one million (1,000,000) shares and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.

4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased on January 1, 2015 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2024, by a number of shares (the “ Annual Increase ”) equal to the smaller of (a) four percent (4%) of the number of shares of Stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) an amount determined by the Board.

4.3 Adjustment for Unissued or Forfeited Predecessor Plan Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased from time to time by:

(a) the aggregate number of shares of Stock that remain available for the future grant of awards under the Predecessor Plan immediately prior to its termination as of the Effective Date;

 

11


(b) the number of shares of Stock subject to that portion of any option or other award outstanding pursuant to the Predecessor Plan as of the Effective Date which, on and after the Effective Date, expires or is terminated or canceled for any reason without having been exercised or settled in full; and

(c) the number of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Predecessor Plan subject to forfeiture or repurchase by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s purchase price which, on and after the Effective Date, is so forfeited or repurchased;

provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of Stock authorized for issuance under the Predecessor Plan that may become authorized for issuance under the Plan pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall not exceed one million (1,000,000) shares.

4.4 Share Counting. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash. Shares withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 16.2 with respect to Options and SARs shall not be available for issuance under the Plan, however, shares withheld for such basis on other Awards shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Upon payment in shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of a SAR, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which such SAR was exercised. If the exercise price of an Option is paid by means of a Net Exercise, then the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares subject to the Option exercise. If the exercise price of an Option is paid by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which the Option is exercised.

4.5 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, the Annual Increase, the Award limits set forth in Section 5.3, and in the exercise or purchase price per share under any outstanding Award in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of

 

12


consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the exercise or purchase price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent, and in no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to such Award. The Committee in its discretion, may also make such adjustments in the terms of any Award to reflect, or related to, such changes in the capital structure of the Company or distributions as it deems appropriate, including modification of Performance Goals, Performance Award Formulas and Performance Periods. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section shall be final, binding and conclusive. 

4.6 Assumption or Substitution of Awards. The Committee may, without affecting the number of shares of Stock reserved or available hereunder, authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to compliance with Section 409A and any other applicable provisions of the Code.

 

  5. E LIGIBILITY , P ARTICIPATION AND A WARD L IMITATIONS .

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2 Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Committee. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed one million (1,000,000) shares, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2015 and on each subsequent January 1, through and including January 1, 2024, by a number of shares equal to maximum potential Annual Increase determined under Section 4.2. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5.

(b) Persons Eligible . An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee of the Company, a Parent

 

13


Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation (each being an ISO-Qualifying Corporation ). Any person who is not an Employee of an ISO-Qualifying Corporation on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all equity plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, shares issued pursuant to each such portion of the Option shall be separately identified.

5.4 Nonemployee Director Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the maximum number of shares subject to Awards issued to any Nonemployee Director as Nonemployee Director Awards during a calendar year shall not exceed thirty thousand (30,000) shares of Stock; provided, however, that with respect to the first calendar year in which an individual is elected or appointed to the Board, this limit shall be sixty thousand (60,000) shares of Stock. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment as provided pursuant to Section 4.5.

 

  6. S TOCK O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Sections 409A or 424(a) of the Code.

 

14


6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (c) no Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such Option (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant of an Option, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent; (ii) if permitted by the Committee and subject to the limitations contained in Section 6.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Stock Tender Exercise or (3) a Net Exercise; (iii) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (iv) by any combination thereof. The Committee may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

(ii) Stock Tender Exercise. A Stock Tender Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice accompanied by a Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. A Stock

 

15


Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(iii) Net Exercise. A Net Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice followed by a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate.

(i) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date ).

(ii) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participant’s termination of Service and during any period in which the Option

 

16


otherwise would remain exercisable, the Participant engages in any act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service or act.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 14 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

  7. S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1 Types of SARs Authorized. SARs may be granted in tandem with all or any portion of a related Option (a Tandem SAR ) or may be granted independently of any Option (a Freestanding SAR ). A Tandem SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option.

7.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each SAR shall be established in the discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share subject to a Tandem SAR shall be the exercise price per share under the related Option and (b) the exercise price per share subject to a Freestanding SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market

 

17


Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an SAR may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another stock appreciation right in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

7.3 Exercisability and Term of SARs.

(a) Tandem SARs. Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the extent, and only to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable, subject to such provisions as the Committee may specify where the Tandem SAR is granted with respect to less than the full number of shares of Stock subject to the related Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Tandem SAR that such SAR may not be exercised without the advance approval of the Company and, if such approval is not given, then the Option shall nevertheless remain exercisable in accordance with its terms. A Tandem SAR shall terminate and cease to be exercisable no later than the date on which the related Option expires or is terminated or canceled. Upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR with respect to some or all of the shares subject to such SAR, the related Option shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the Tandem SAR was exercised. Upon the exercise of an Option related to a Tandem SAR as to some or all of the shares subject to such Option, the related Tandem SAR shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the related Option was exercised.

(b) Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR; provided, however, that (i) no Freestanding SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such SAR and (ii) no Freestanding SAR granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such SAR (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant of a Freestanding SAR, each Freestanding SAR shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the SAR, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

7.4 Exercise of SARs. Upon the exercise (or deemed exercise pursuant to Section 7.5) of an SAR, the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the SAR by reason of the Participant’s death) shall be entitled to receive payment of an amount for each share with respect to which the SAR is exercised equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the exercise price. Payment of such amount shall be made (a) in the case of a Tandem SAR, solely in shares of Stock in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR and (b) in the case of a Freestanding SAR, in cash, shares of Stock, or any combination thereof as determined by the Committee, in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR. When payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of shares to be issued shall be determined on the basis of the

 

18


Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR. For purposes of Section 7, an SAR shall be deemed exercised on the date on which the Company receives notice of exercise from the Participant or as otherwise provided in Section 7.5.

7.5 Deemed Exercise of SARs. If, on the date on which an SAR would otherwise terminate or expire, the SAR by its terms remains exercisable immediately prior to such termination or expiration and, if so exercised, would result in a payment to the holder of such SAR, then any portion of such SAR which has not previously been exercised shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion.

7.6 Effect of Termination of Service. Subject to earlier termination of the SAR as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an SAR shall be exercisable after a Participant’s termination of Service only to the extent and during the applicable time period determined in accordance with Section 6.4 (treating the SAR as if it were an Option) and thereafter shall terminate.

7.7 Transferability of SARs. During the lifetime of the Participant, an SAR shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An SAR shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award, a Tandem SAR related to a Nonstatutory Stock Option or a Freestanding SAR shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

 

  8. R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARDS .

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

8.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If either the grant of or satisfaction of Vesting Conditions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).

8.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of

 

19


receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

8.3 Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Committee, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

8.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

8.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 8.8. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the first to occur of (a) next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy; and (b) the last day of the calendar year in which the original vesting date occurred. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

8.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 8.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided by the Award Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid, and otherwise shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders (or, if later, the

 

20


15th day of the third month following the date such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders). In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

8.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

  9. R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NITS .

Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If either the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award or the Vesting Conditions with respect to such Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).

9.2 Purchase Price. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) shall be required as a condition of receiving a Restricted Stock Unit Award,

 

21


the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

9.3 Vesting. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to the Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then the satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the first to occur of (a) the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy; and (b) the last day of the calendar year in which the original vesting date occurred.

9.4 Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Restricted Stock Units until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Restricted Stock Unit Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid by crediting the Participant with a cash amount or with additional whole Restricted Stock Units as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Committee. The number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded down to the nearest whole number), if any, to be credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Restricted Stock Units previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided by the Award Agreement, such cash amount or additional Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and shall be settled in the same manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as are applicable to the Award.

 

22


9.5 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service.

9.6 Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Company shall issue to a Participant on the date on which Restricted Stock Units subject to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award vest or on such other date determined by the Committee in compliance with Section 409A, if applicable, and set forth in the Award Agreement one (1) share of Stock (and/or any other new, substituted or additional securities or other property pursuant to an adjustment described in Section 9.4) for each Restricted Stock Unit then becoming vested or otherwise to be settled on such date, subject to the withholding of applicable taxes, if any. If permitted by the Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred issuance date(s) and amount(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide for settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit Award by payment to the Participant in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the payment date of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section.

9.7 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The right to receive shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

  10. P ERFORMANCE A WARDS .

Performance Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

10.1 Types of Performance Awards Authorized. Performance Awards may be granted in the form of either Performance Shares or Performance Units. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award shall specify the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units subject thereto, the Performance Award Formula, the Performance Goal(s) and Performance Period applicable to the Award, and the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.

10.2 Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in granting a Performance Award, each Performance Share

 

23


shall have an initial monetary value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5, on the effective date of grant of the Performance Share, and each Performance Unit shall have an initial monetary value established by the Committee at the time of grant. The final value payable to the Participant in settlement of a Performance Award determined on the basis of the applicable Performance Award Formula will depend on the extent to which Performance Goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period established by the Committee.

10.3 Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula. In granting each Performance Award, the Committee shall establish in writing the applicable Performance Period, Performance Award Formula and one or more Performance Goals which, when measured at the end of the Performance Period, shall determine on the basis of the Performance Award Formula the final value of the Performance Award to be paid to the Participant. Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements under Section 162(m) with respect to each Performance Award intended to result in the payment of Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee shall establish the Performance Goal(s) and Performance Award Formula applicable to each Performance Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date ninety (90) days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period or (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and, in any event, at a time when the outcome of the Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Once established, the Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula applicable to a Performance Award intended to result in the payment of Performance-Based Compensation to a Covered Employee shall not be changed during the Performance Period. The Company shall notify each Participant granted a Performance Award of the terms of such Award, including the Performance Period, Performance Goal(s) and Performance Award Formula.

10.4 Measurement of Performance Goals. Performance Goals shall be established by the Committee on the basis of targets to be attained ( Performance Targets ) with respect to one or more measures of business or financial performance (each, a Performance Measure ), subject to the following:

(a) Performance Measures. Performance Measures shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, or, if such measures are not reported in the Company’s financial statements, they shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, a method used generally in the Company’s industry, or in accordance with a methodology established by the Committee prior to the grant of the Performance Award. As specified by the Committee, Performance Measures shall be calculated with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary Corporation consolidated therewith for financial reporting purposes, one or more Subsidiary Corporations or such division or other business unit of any of them selected by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the grant of the Performance Award, the Performance Measures applicable to the Performance Award shall be calculated prior to the accrual of expense for any Performance Award for the same Performance Period and excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) on the Performance Measures of any change in accounting standards or any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring item, as determined by the Committee, occurring after the establishment of the Performance Goals applicable to the Performance Award. Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing a consistent basis from period to period for the

 

24


calculation of Performance Measures in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights with respect to a Performance Award. Performance Measures may be based upon one or more of the following, as determined by the Committee: (i) revenue; (ii) sales; (iii) expenses; (iv) operating income; (v) gross margin; (vi) operating margin; (vii) earnings before any one or more of: stock-based compensation expense, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (viii) pre-tax profit; (ix) net operating income; (x) net income; (xi) economic value added; (xii) free cash flow; (xiii) operating cash flow; (xiv) balance of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities; (xv) stock price; (xvi) earnings per share; (xvii) return on stockholder equity; (xviii) return on capital; (xix) return on assets; (xx) return on investment; (xxi) total stockholder return; (xxii) employee satisfaction; (xxiii) employee retention; (xxiv) market share; (xxv) customer satisfaction; (xxvi) product development; (xxvii) research and development expenses; (xxviii) completion of an identified special project; and (xxix) completion of a joint venture or other corporate transaction.

(b) Performance Targets. Performance Targets may include a minimum, maximum, target level and intermediate levels of performance, with the final value of a Performance Award determined under the applicable Performance Award Formula by the Performance Target level attained during the applicable Performance Period. A Performance Target may be stated as an absolute value, an increase or decrease in a value, or as a value determined relative to an index, budget or other standard selected by the Committee.

10.5 Settlement of Performance Awards.

(a) Determination of Final Value. As soon as practicable following the completion of the Performance Period applicable to a Performance Award, the Committee shall certify in writing the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained and the resulting final value of the Award earned by the Participant and to be paid upon its settlement in accordance with the applicable Performance Award Formula.

(b) Discretionary Adjustment of Award Formula. In its discretion, the Committee may, either at the time it grants a Performance Award or at any time thereafter, provide for the positive or negative adjustment of the Performance Award Formula applicable to a Performance Award granted to any Participant who is not a Covered Employee to reflect such Participant’s individual performance in his or her position with the Company or such other factors as the Committee may determine. If permitted under a Covered Employee’s Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the discretion, on the basis of such criteria as may be established by the Committee, to reduce some or all of the value of the Performance Award that would otherwise be paid to the Covered Employee upon its settlement notwithstanding the attainment of any Performance Goal and the resulting value of the Performance Award determined in accordance with the Performance Award Formula. No such reduction may result in an increase in the amount payable upon settlement of another Participant’s Performance Award that is intended to result in Performance-Based Compensation.

(c) Effect of Leaves of Absence. Unless otherwise required by law or a Participant’s Award Agreement, payment of the final value, if any, of a Performance Award held by a Participant who has taken in excess of thirty (30) days in unpaid leaves of absence during a Performance Period shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days of the

 

25


Participant’s Service during the Performance Period during which the Participant was not on an unpaid leave of absence.

(d) Notice to Participants. As soon as practicable following the Committee’s determination and certification in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), the Company shall notify each Participant of the determination of the Committee.

(e) Payment in Settlement of Performance Awards. As soon as practicable following the Committee’s determination and certification in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), but in any event within the Short-Term Deferral Period described in Section 15.1 (except as otherwise provided below or consistent with the requirements of Section 409A), payment shall be made to each eligible Participant (or such Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to receive such payment by reason of the Participant’s death) of the final value of the Participant’s Performance Award. Payment of such amount shall be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, payment shall be made in a lump sum. If permitted by the Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the payment to be made to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred payment date(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement. If any payment is to be made on a deferred basis, the Committee may, but shall not be obligated to, provide for the payment during the deferral period of Dividend Equivalent Rights or interest.

(f) Provisions Applicable to Payment in Shares. If payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of such shares shall be determined by dividing the final value of the Performance Award by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock determined by the method specified in the Award Agreement. Shares of Stock issued in payment of any Performance Award may be fully vested and freely transferable shares or may be shares of Stock subject to Vesting Conditions as provided in Section 8.5. Any shares subject to Vesting Conditions shall be evidenced by an appropriate Award Agreement and shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 8.5 through 8.8 above.

10.6 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Performance Share Awards until the date of the issuance of such shares, if any (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Performance Share Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date the Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date on which the Performance Shares are settled or the date on which they are forfeited. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be credited to the Participant either in cash or in the form of additional whole Performance Shares as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Committee. The number of additional Performance Shares (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be so credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Performance Shares

 

26


previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be paid currently or may be accumulated and paid to the extent that Performance Shares become nonforfeitable, as determined by the Committee. Settlement of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee, and may be paid on the same basis as settlement of the related Performance Share as provided in Section 10.5. Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be paid with respect to Performance Units. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Performance Share Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Performance Share Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Performance Goals as are applicable to the Award.

10.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, the effect of a Participant’s termination of Service on the Performance Award shall be as follows:

(a) Death or Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death or Disability of the Participant before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the Performance Award, the final value of the Participant’s Performance Award shall be determined by the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained with respect to the entire Performance Period and shall be prorated based on the number of months of the Participant’s Service during the Performance Period. Payment shall be made following the end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

(b) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason except death or Disability before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the Performance Award, such Award shall be forfeited in its entirety; provided, however, that in the event of an involuntary termination of the Participant’s Service, the Committee, in its discretion, may waive the automatic forfeiture of all or any portion of any such Award and determine the final value of the Performance Award in the manner provided by Section 10.7(a). Payment of any amount pursuant to this Section shall be made following the end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

10.8 Nontransferability of Performance Awards. Prior to settlement in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, no Performance Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Performance Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

  11. C ASH -B ASED A WARDS AND O THER S TOCK -B ASED A WARDS .

 

27


Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

11.1 Grant of Cash-Based Awards . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Cash-Based Awards to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions, including the achievement of performance criteria, as the Committee may determine.

11.2 Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted securities, stock-equivalent units, stock appreciation units, securities or debentures convertible into common stock or other forms determined by the Committee) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. Other Stock-Based Awards may be made available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of Stock to Participants, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Stock and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

11.3 Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards . Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a monetary payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee. Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of shares of Stock or units based on such shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may require the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance criteria, the final value of Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards that will be paid to the Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance criteria are met. The establishment of performance criteria with respect to the grant or vesting of any Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award intended to result in Performance-Based Compensation shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those applicable to Performance Awards set forth in Section 10.

11.4 Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards . Payment or settlement, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award or an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash, shares of Stock or other securities or any combination thereof as the Committee determines. The determination and certification of the final value with respect to any Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award intended to result in Performance-Based Compensation shall comply with the requirements applicable to Performance Awards set forth in Section 10. To the extent applicable, payment or settlement with respect to each Cash-Based Award and Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

28


11.5 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Other Stock-Based Awards until the date of the issuance of such shares of Stock (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), if any, in settlement of such Award. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Other Stock-Based Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 9.4. Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be granted with respect to Cash-Based Awards. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Other Stock-Based Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of such Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions and performance criteria, if any, as are applicable to the Award.

11.6 Effect of Termination of Service . Each Award Agreement evidencing a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain such Award following termination of the Participant’s Service. Such provisions shall be determined in the discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable.

11.7 Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Prior to the payment or settlement of a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award, the Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee may impose such additional restrictions on any shares of Stock issued in settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such shares of Stock are then listed and/or traded, or under any state securities laws or foreign law applicable to such shares of Stock.

 

  12. S TANDARD F ORMS OF A WARD A GREEMENT .

12.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Committee and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid

 

29


and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement, which execution may be evidenced by electronic means.

12.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Committee shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

  13. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

13.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:

(a) Accelerated Vesting. In its discretion, the Committee may provide in the grant of any Award or at any other time may take action it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration of the exercisability, settlement, and/or vesting in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following the Change in Control, and to such extent as the Committee determines. Further, unless otherwise provided by the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee and subject to Section 15.4(f), in the event that the Acquiror (as defined below) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for, in accordance with Section 13.1(b), any portion of an Award outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control, the exercisability and/or vesting of such portion of the Award held by a Participant whose Service has not terminated prior to the Change in Control shall be accelerated in full effective as of a date prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the Change in Control as determined by the Committee.

(b) Assumption, Continuation or Substitution. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume, substitute for, or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock, as applicable. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Committee in its discretion, an Award denominated in shares of Stock shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of

 

30


the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control.

(c) Cash-Out of Outstanding Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award denominated in shares of Stock or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Committee) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. In the event such determination is made by the Committee, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control may be canceled without payment of consideration to the holder thereof. Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

13.2 Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, including as provided by Section 15.4(f), in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Nonemployee Director Award shall become immediately exercisable and vested in full and, except to the extent assumed, continued or substituted for pursuant to Section 13.1(b), shall be settled effective immediately prior to the time of consummation of the Change in Control.

13.3 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A, the Participant may elect to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization. Unless the Participant is subject to a written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company governing the order of reduction, to the extent amounts are to be reduced, then payments shall be accomplished by reducing or eliminating severance payments that the Participant may become entitled to, then reducing or eliminating cash bonus payments, then by the reduction, or elimination of equity awards which are valued in full for purposes of

 

31


Section 280G of the Code, then the reduction or elimination of accelerated vesting or settlement of other equity awards and finally the reduction or elimination of other compensatory payments. Such reductions shall first come from each category to the extent such amounts constitute Section 409A Deferred Compensation and with respect to any category in which there are multiple awards or grants, in reverse chronological order (i.e. with the most recent grant or award reduced or eliminated first).

(b) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 13.3(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 13.3(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by the professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes, or, if the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the Acquiror, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required by this Section. (the “ Tax Firm ”). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Tax Firm shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Tax Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Tax Firm such information and documents as the Tax Firm may reasonably request in order to make its required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Tax Firm charge in connection with its services contemplated by this Section.

 

  14. C OMPLIANCE WITH A PPLICABLE L AW .

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock or other property pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign securities law and other applicable laws rules and regulations, approvals by government agencies as may be required or as the Company deems necessary or advisable, and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

32


  15. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A .

15.1 Awards Subject to Section 409A. The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall either be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall be so construed. The provisions of this Section 15 shall apply to any Award or portion thereof that constitutes or provides for payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation. Such Awards may include, without limitation:

(a) A Nonstatutory Stock Option or SAR that includes any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (i) the exercise or disposition of the Award or (ii) the time the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Award first becomes substantially vested.

(b) Any Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award that either (i) provides by its terms for settlement of all or any portion of the Award at a time or upon an event that will or may occur later than the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period (as defined below) or (ii) permits the Participant granted the Award to elect one or more dates or events upon which the Award will be settled after the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period.

Subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the term “ Short-Term Deferral Period means the 2  1 2 month period ending on the later of (i) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Participant’s taxable year in which the right to payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (ii) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the right to payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. For this purpose, the term “substantial risk of forfeiture” shall have the meaning provided by Section 409A.

15.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, the following rules shall apply to any compensation deferral and/or payment elections (each, an “ Election ”) that may be permitted or required by the Committee pursuant to an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation:

(a) Elections must be in writing and specify the amount of the payment in settlement of an Award being deferred, as well as the time and form of payment as permitted by this Plan.

(b) Elections shall be made by the end of the Participant’s taxable year prior to the year in which services commence for which an Award may be granted to the Participant.

(c) Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the Election determined in accordance with paragraph (b) above or as permitted by Section 15.3.

 

33


15.3 Subsequent Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, any Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation which permits a subsequent Election to delay the payment or change the form of payment in settlement of such Award shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) No subsequent Election may take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent Election is made.

(b) Each subsequent Election related to a payment in settlement of an Award not described in Section 15.4(a)(ii), 15.4(a)(iii) or 15.4(a)(vi) must result in a delay of the payment for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

(c) No subsequent Election related to a payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(iv) shall be made less than twelve (12) months before the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

(d) Subsequent Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in the subsequent Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in a subsequent Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the subsequent Election determined in accordance the preceding paragraphs of this Section 15.3.

15.4 Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation.

(a) Permissible Payments. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation must provide for payment in settlement of the Award only upon one or more of the following:

(i) The Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined by Section 409A);

(ii) The Participant’s becoming “disabled” (as defined by Section 409A);

(iii) The Participant’s death;

(iv) A time or fixed schedule that is either (i) specified by the Committee upon the grant of an Award and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award or (ii) specified by the Participant in an Election complying with the requirements of Section 15.2 or 15.3, as applicable;

(v) A change in the ownership or effective control or the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company determined in accordance with Section 409A; or

(vi) The occurrence of an “unforeseeable emergency” (as defined by Section 409A).

 

34


(b) Installment Payments . It is the intent of this Plan that any right of a Participant to receive installment payments (within the meaning of Section 409A) shall, for all purposes of Section 409A, be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

(c) Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee Pursuant to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, no payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(i) in settlement of an Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation may be made to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (as defined by Section 409A) as of the date of the Participant’s separation from service before the date (the Delayed Payment Date ) that is six (6) months after the date of such Participant’s separation from service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death. All such amounts that would, but for this paragraph, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date shall be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

(d) Payment Upon Disability. All distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation payable pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(ii) by reason of a Participant becoming disabled shall be paid in a lump sum or in periodic installments as established by the Participant’s Election. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation upon becoming disabled, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon the determination that the Participant has become disabled.

(e) Payment Upon Death . If a Participant dies before complete distribution of amounts payable upon settlement of an Award subject to Section 409A, such undistributed amounts shall be distributed to his or her beneficiary under the distribution method for death established by the Participant’s Election upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation upon death, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death.

(f) Payment Upon Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount constituting Section 409A Deferred Compensation would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount shall become payable only if the event constituting a Change in Control would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. Any Award which constitutes Section 409A Deferred Compensation and which would vest and otherwise become payable upon a Change in Control as a result of the failure of the Acquiror to assume, continue or substitute for such Award in accordance with Section 13.1(b) shall vest to the extent provided by such Award but shall be converted automatically at the effective time of such Change in Control into a right to receive, in cash on the date or dates such award would have been settled in accordance with its then existing settlement schedule (or as required by Section 15.4(c)), an amount or amounts equal in the aggregate to the intrinsic value of the Award at the time of the Change in Control.

 

35


(g) Payment Upon Unforeseeable Emergency. The Committee shall have the authority to provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation for payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(vi) in settlement of all or a portion of such Award in the event that a Participant establishes, to the satisfaction of the Committee, the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency. In such event, the amount(s) distributed with respect to such unforeseeable emergency cannot exceed the amounts reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of such distribution(s), after taking into account the extent to which such emergency need is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under the Award. All distributions with respect to an unforeseeable emergency shall be made in a lump sum upon the Committee’s determination that an unforeseeable emergency has occurred. The Committee’s decision with respect to whether an unforeseeable emergency has occurred and the manner in which, if at all, the payment in settlement of an Award shall be altered or modified, shall be final, conclusive, and not subject to approval or appeal.

(h) Prohibition of Acceleration of Payments. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, this Plan does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation, except as permitted by Section 409A.

(i) No Representation Regarding Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company makes no representation that Awards shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A. No Participating Company shall be liable for any tax, penalty or interest imposed on a Participant by Section 409A.

 

  16. T AX W ITHHOLDING .

16.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required by law to be withheld by any Participating Company with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock, to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement, or to make any payment in cash under the Plan until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

16.2 Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or settlement of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company may require a Participant to direct a broker, upon the vesting, exercise or

 

36


settlement of an Award, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to such Participating Company in cash.

 

  17. A MENDMENT , S USPENSION OR T ERMINATION OF P LAN .

The Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Committee. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may have a materially adverse effect on any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A.

 

  18. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

18.1 Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

18.2 Forfeiture Events.

(a) The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for Cause or any act by a Participant, whether before or after termination of Service, that would constitute Cause for termination of Service, or any accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements of securities laws as a result of which, and to

 

37


the extent that, such reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment is required by applicable securities laws.

(b) If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, any Participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, and any Participant who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, shall reimburse the Company for (i) the amount of any payment in settlement of an Award received by such Participant during the twelve- (12-) month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, and (ii) any profits realized by such Participant from the sale of securities of the Company during such twelve- (12-) month period.

18.3 Provision of Information. Each Participant shall be given access to information concerning the Company equivalent to that information generally made available to the Company’s common stockholders.

18.4 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

18.5 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.5 or another provision of the Plan.

18.6 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

18.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

 

38


18.8 Retirement and Welfare Plans . Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards may be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefit.

18.9 Beneficiary Designation. Subject to local laws and procedures, each Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any benefit under the Plan to which the Participant is entitled in the event of such Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. If a Participant dies without an effective designation of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company will pay any remaining unpaid benefits to the Participant’s legal representative.

18.10 Severability . If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

18.11 No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

18.12 Unfunded Obligation. Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be considered unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. No Participating Company shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Participant account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Committee or any Participating Company and a Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant’s creditors in any assets of any Participating Company. The Participants shall have no claim against any Participating Company for any changes in the value of any assets which may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

39


18.13 No Representations or Covenants with respect to Tax Qualification . Although the Company may endeavor to (a) qualify an Award for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States ( e.g. , incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code or French-qualified stock options) or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment ( e.g. , under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Section 15 hereof, notwithstanding. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on holders of Awards under the Plan.

18.14 Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned Assistant Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as duly adopted by the Board on September 10, 2014 and ratified by the Board on November 4, 2014.

 

/s/ Michael Kagnoff

Michael Kagnoff, Assistant Secretary

 

40

Exhibit 10.18

NEOTHETICS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Neothetics, Inc. (the Company ) has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) is attached an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of shares issuable pursuant to the Option (the Plan Prospectus ), (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

 

  1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

 

1


(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

  3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

  4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as

 

2


provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the Exercise Notice ) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent; (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Net-Exercise, or (3) a Stock Tender Exercise; or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedure providing for payment of the Exercise Price through any of the means described below, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

(i) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option in an amount not less than the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

 

3


(ii) Net-Exercise. A Net-Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice electing a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Following a Net-Exercise, the number of shares remaining subject to the Option, if any, shall be reduced by the sum of (1) the net number of shares issued to the Participant upon such exercise, and (2) the number of shares deducted by the Company for payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(iii) Stock Tender Exercise. A Stock Tender Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice accompanied by (1) the Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant’s payment to the Company in cash of the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such shares’ Fair Market Value. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

4.4 Tax Withholding .

(a) In General. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

(b) Withholding in Shares . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations upon exercise of the Option by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon such exercise a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

4.5 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration . The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the

 

4


Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5. T RANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

5.1 Except as provided in Section 5.2, the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative and shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

5.2 With the consent of the Committee and subject to any conditions or restrictions as the Committee may impose, in its discretion, the Participant may transfer during the Participant’s lifetime and prior to the Participant’s termination of Service all or any portion of the Option to one or more of such persons (each a Permitted Transferee ) as permitted in

 

5


accordance with the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act and, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify this Option as an Incentive Stock Option. No transfer or purported transfer of the Option shall be effective unless and until: (i) the Participant has delivered to the Company a written request describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer in such form as the Company may require, (ii) the Participant has made adequate provision, in the sole determination of the Company, for satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group as provided in Section 4.4 that may arise with respect to the transferred portion of the Option, (iii) the Committee has approved the requested transfer, and (iv) the Participant has delivered to the Company written documentation of the transfer in such form as the Company may require. With respect to the transferred portion of the Option, all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and not to the original Participant, except for (i) the Participant’s rendering of Service, (ii) provision for the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations, if any, and (iii) any subsequent transfer of the Option by the Permitted Transferee, which shall be prohibited except as provided in Section 5.1, unless otherwise permitted by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Company shall have no obligation to notify a Permitted Transferee of any expiration, termination, lapse or acceleration of the transferred Option, including, without limitation, an early termination of the transferred Option resulting from the termination of Service of the original Participant. Exercise of the transferred Option by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws; however, the Company shall have no obligation to register with any federal, state or foreign securities commission or agency such transferred Option or any shares that may be issuable upon the exercise of the transferred Option by the Permitted Transferee.

 

  6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

  7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

6


(b) Death . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participant’s termination of Service and during any period in which the Option otherwise would remain exercisable, the Participant engages in any act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service or act.

(d) Other Termination of Service . If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions, or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

  8. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Committee determines to cash out the Option in accordance with Section 13.1(c) of the Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received

 

7


upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is not assumed, substituted for, or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Option is not assumed, substituted for, or otherwise continued by the Acquiror, the Option shall accelerated and become vested and exercisable immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the Change in Control.

 

  9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

8


  11. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  12. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

9


  13. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

13.1 Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

13.2 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

13.3 Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

13.4 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery . The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.4(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 13.4(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a

 

10


paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.4(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.4(a).

13.5 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

13.6 Applicable Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

13.7 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11


¨    Incentive Stock Option    Participant:   

 

¨    Nonstatutory Stock Option         
         Date:   

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Neothetics, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Neothetics, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:   
Number of Option Shares:   
Exercise Price per Share:    $            

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:   
Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)    $            

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

¨    Cash:    $            
¨    Check:    $            
¨    Cashless Exercise:    Contact Plan Administrator
¨    Net Exercise:    Contact Plan Administrator
¨    Stock Tender Exercise:    Contact Plan Administrator

4. Tax Withholding . If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with my exercise of the Option. (Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

1


5. Participant Information .

 

My address is:   

 

  

 

My Social Security Number is:   

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

2

Exhibit 10.19

NEOTHETICS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

Neothetics, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the Grant Notice ) to which this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the Agreement ) is attached an Award consisting of Restricted Stock Units subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Award has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms conditions of the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the shares issuable pursuant to the Award (the Plan Prospectus ), (b) accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

 

  1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

(a) “ Dividend Equivalent Units mean additional Restricted Stock Units credited pursuant to the Dividend Equivalent Right described in Section 3.3.

(b) Units means the Restricted Stock Units originally granted pursuant to the Award and the Dividend Equivalent Units credited pursuant to the Award, as both shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 9.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  2. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Award shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to


the Plan or the Award or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

  3. T HE A WARD .

3.1 Grant of Units. On the Date of Grant, the Participant shall acquire, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Total Number of Units set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.3 and Section 9. Each Unit represents a right to receive on a date determined in accordance with the Grant Notice and this Agreement one (1) share of Stock.

3.2 No Monetary Payment Required. The Participant is not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) as a condition to receiving the Units or shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Units, the consideration for which shall be past services actually rendered or future services to be rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Units.

3.3 Dividend Equivalent Units. This Agreement also constitutes the award of a Dividend Equivalent Right to the Participant. On the date that the Company pays a cash dividend to holders of Stock generally, the Participant shall be credited with a number of additional whole Dividend Equivalent Units determined by dividing (a) the product of (i) the dollar amount of the cash dividend paid per share of Stock on such date and (ii) the sum of the Total Number of Units and the number of Dividend Equivalent Units previously credited to the Participant pursuant to the Award and which have not been settled or forfeited pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right (as defined below) as of such date, by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Any resulting fractional Dividend Equivalent Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole number. Such additional Dividend Equivalent Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and shall be settled or forfeited in the same manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Award with respect to which they have been credited.

 

  4. V ESTING OF U NITS .

Units acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Units as provided in the Grant Notice. Dividend Equivalent Units shall become Vested Units at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Award with respect to which they have been credited. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Units following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

 

2


  5. C OMPANY R EACQUISITION R IGHT .

5.1 Grant of Company Reacquisition Right. Except to the extent otherwise provided by the Superseding Agreement, if any, in the event that the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, the Participant shall forfeit and the Company shall automatically reacquire all Units which are not, as of the time of such termination, Vested Units ( “Unvested Units” ) , and the Participant shall not be entitled to any payment therefor (the “Company Reacquisition Right” ).

5.2 Ownership Change Event, Non-Cash Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Stock or other property, or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 9, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, which shall be treated in accordance with Section 3.3) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Units shall be immediately subject to the Company Reacquisition Right and included in the terms “Units” and “Unvested Units” for all purposes of the Company Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the Unvested Units immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, as the case may be. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Units following an Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after any such event.

 

  6. S ETTLEMENT OF THE A WARD .

6.1 Issuance of Shares of Stock . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the Company shall issue to the Participant on the Settlement Date with respect to each Vested Unit to be settled on such date one (1) share of Stock. Shares of Stock issued in settlement of Units shall not be subject to any restriction on transfer other than any such restriction as may be required pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 7 or the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy.

6.2 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration . The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Award with the Company’s transfer agent, including any successor transfer agent, to be held in book entry form, or to deposit such shares for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice. Except as provided by the foregoing, a certificate for the shares acquired by the Participant shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

6.3 Restrictions on Grant of the Award and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Award and issuance of shares of Stock upon settlement of the Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No shares of Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would

 

3


constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the Award shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the settlement of the Award, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

6.4 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the settlement of the Award.

 

  7. T AX W ITHHOLDING .

7.1 In General. At the time the Grant Notice is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company, if any, which arise in connection with the Award, the vesting of Units or the issuance of shares of Stock in settlement thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company have been satisfied by the Participant.

7.2 Assignment of Sale Proceeds. Subject to compliance with applicable law and the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may satisfy the Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations in accordance with procedures established by the Company providing for delivery by the Participant to the Company or a broker approved by the Company of properly executed instructions, in a form approved by the Company, providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon settlement of Units.

7.3 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the Participant in settlement of the Award a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the tax withholding obligations arise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

 

  8. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Committee determines to cash out the Award in accordance with Section 13.1(c) of the Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the

 

4


Acquiror ”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the outstanding Units or substitute for all or any portion of the outstanding Units substantially equivalent rights with respect to the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, a Unit shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Unit confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon settlement of the Unit to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Units subject to the Award are not assumed, substituted for, or otherwise continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control, then the vesting of such Units shall accelerate in full and, subject to Section 15.4(f) of the Plan, be settled immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the Change in Control.

 

  9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number of Units subject to the Award and/or the number and kind of shares or other property to be issued in settlement of the Award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Award. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, which shall be treated in accordance with Section 3.3) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of ownership of Units acquired pursuant to this Award will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Award on the same basis as all Units originally acquired hereunder. Any fractional Unit or share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares

 

5


which may be issued in settlement of this Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 3.3 and Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time.

 

  11. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock issued pursuant to this Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Award in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section.

 

  12. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A .

It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with this Award that may result in Section 409A Deferred Compensation shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A (including applicable regulations or other administrative guidance thereunder, as determined by the Committee in good faith) to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for non-compliance. In connection with effecting such compliance with Section 409A, the following shall apply:

12.1 Separation from Service; Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, no amount payable pursuant to this Agreement on account of the Participant’s termination of Service which constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (the Section 409A Regulations ) shall be paid unless and until the Participant has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations. Furthermore, to the extent that the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of the Participant’s separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of the Participant’s separation from service shall be paid to the Participant before the date (the Delayed Payment Date ) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of the Participant’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

12.2 Other Changes in Time of Payment. Neither the Participant nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any benefits which

 

6


constitute a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A Regulations in any manner which would not be in compliance with the Section 409A Regulations.

12.3 Amendments to Comply with Section 409A; Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company is authorized to amend this Agreement, to void or amend any election made by the Participant under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in such manner as may be determined by the Company, in its discretion, to be necessary or appropriate to comply with the Section 409A Regulations without prior notice to or consent of the Participant. The Participant hereby releases and holds harmless the Company, its directors, officers and stockholders from any and all claims that may arise from or relate to any tax liability, penalties, interest, costs, fees or other liability incurred by the Participant in connection with the Award, including as a result of the application of Section 409A.

12.4 Advice of Independent Tax Advisor. The Company has not obtained a tax ruling or other confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service with regard to the application of Section 409A to the Award, and the Company does not represent or warrant that this Agreement will avoid adverse tax consequences to the Participant, including as a result of the application of Section 409A to the Award. The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has been advised to seek the advice of his or her own independent tax advisor prior to entering into this Agreement and is not relying upon any representations of the Company or any of its agents as to the effect of or the advisability of entering into this Agreement.

 

  13. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

13.1 Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to, Section 409A. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

13.2 Nontransferability of the Award. Prior to the issuance of shares of Stock on the applicable Settlement Date, neither this Award nor any Units subject to this Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to the Award shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

13.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

13.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth

 

7


herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

13.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.5(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice, as described in Section 13.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a).

13.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, together with the Superseding Agreement, if any, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the

 

8


provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any settlement of the Award and shall remain in full force and effect.

13.7 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

13.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9

Exhibit 10.20

NEOTHETICS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Neothetics, Inc. (the Company ) has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the Grant Notice ) to which this Restricted Stock Agreement (the Agreement ) is attached an Award consisting of Shares subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Award has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Shares (the Plan Prospectus ), (b) accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

 

  1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  2. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Award shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Award or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.


  3. T HE A WARD .

3.1 Grant and Issuance of Shares. On the Date of Grant, the Participant shall acquire and the Company shall issue, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, a number of Shares equal to the Total Number of Shares. As a condition to the issuance of the Shares, the Participant shall execute and deliver the Grant Notice to the Company, and, if required by the Company, an Assignment Separate from Certificate duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form provided by the Company.

3.2 No Monetary Payment Required. The Participant is not required to make any monetary payment (other than to satisfy applicable tax withholding, if any, with respect to the issuance or vesting of the Shares) as a condition to receiving the Shares, the consideration for which shall be past services actually rendered or future services to be rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the Shares issued pursuant to the Award.

3.3 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration . The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit the Shares with the Company’s transfer agent, including any successor transfer agent, to be held in book entry form during the term of the Escrow pursuant to Section 6. Furthermore, the Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit, following the term of such Escrow, for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all Shares which are no longer subject to such Escrow. Except as provided by the foregoing, a certificate for the Shares shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

3.4 Issuance of Shares in Compliance with Law. The issuance of the Shares shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No Shares shall be issued hereunder if their issuance would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any Shares shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the issuance of the Shares, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

  4. V ESTING OF S HARES .

Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Shares as provided in the Grant Notice. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any

 

2


corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

 

  5. C OMPANY R EACQUISITION R IGHT .

5.1 Grant of Company Reacquisition Right . Except to the extent otherwise provided by the Superseding Agreement, if any, in the event that (a) the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or (b) the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of the Shares, attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event), including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant, any Shares which are not Vested Shares ( Unvested Shares ), the Participant shall forfeit and the Company shall automatically reacquire the Unvested Shares, and the Participant shall not be entitled to any payment therefor (the Company Reacquisition Right ).

5.2 Ownership Change Event, Non-Cash Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Stock or other property, or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 9, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Company Reacquisition Right and included in the terms “Shares,” “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Company Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, as the case may be. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after any such event.

5.3 Obligation to Repay Certain Cash Dividends and Distributions. The Participant shall, at the discretion of the Company, be obligated to promptly repay to the Company upon termination of the Participant’s Service any dividends and other distributions paid to the Participant in cash with respect to Unvested Shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right.

 

  6. E SCROW .

6.1 Appointment of Agent. To ensure that Shares subject to the Company Reacquisition Right will be available for reacquisition, the Participant and the Company hereby appoint the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company, as their agent and as attorney-in-fact for the Participant (the Agent ) to hold any and all Unvested Shares and to sell, assign and transfer to the Company any such Unvested Shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right. The Participant understands that appointment of the Agent is a material inducement to make this Agreement and that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. The Agent shall not be personally

 

3


liable for any act the Agent may do or omit to do hereunder as escrow agent, agent for the Company, or attorney in fact for the Participant while acting in good faith and in the exercise of the Agent’s own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by the Agent pursuant to the advice of the Agent’s own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Agent may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purporting to be genuine and may resign at any time.

6.2 Establishment of Escrow. The Participant authorizes the Company to deposit the Unvested Shares with the Company’s transfer agent to be held in book entry form, as provided in Section 3.3, and the Participant agrees to deliver to and deposit with the Agent each certificate, if any, evidencing the Shares and, if required by the Company, an Assignment Separate from Certificate with respect to such book entry shares and each such certificate duly endorsed (with date and number of Shares blank) in the form attached to this Agreement, to be held by the Agent under the terms and conditions of this Section 6 (the Escrow ). Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Stock or other property (other than regular, periodic dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company, as described in Section 9, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares that remain, following such Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or change described in Section 9, subject to the Company Reacquisition Right shall be immediately subject to the Escrow to the same extent as the Shares immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the Escrow.

6.3 Delivery of Shares to Participant. The Escrow shall continue with respect to any Shares for so long as such Shares remain subject to the Company Reacquisition Right. Upon termination of the Company Reacquisition Right with respect to Shares, the Company shall so notify the Agent and direct the Agent to deliver such number of Shares to the Participant. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, the Agent shall cause the Shares specified by such notice to be delivered to the Participant, and the Escrow shall terminate with respect to such Shares.

 

  7. T AX M ATTERS .

7.1 Tax Withholding.

(a) In General. At the time the Grant Notice is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company, if any, which arise in connection with the Award, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (a) the transfer of Shares to the Participant, (b) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any Shares, (c) the filing of an election to recognize tax liability, or (d) the transfer by the Participant of any Shares. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver the Shares or to release any Shares from the Escrow established pursuant to Section 6 until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

4


(b) Assignment of Sale Proceeds. Subject to compliance with applicable law and the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may satisfy the Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations in accordance with procedures established by the Company providing for delivery by the Participant to the Company or a broker approved by the Company of properly executed instructions, in a form approved by the Company, providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale with respect to some or all of the shares becoming Vested Shares on a Vesting Date as provided in the Grant Notice.

(c) Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations by withholding a number of whole, Vested Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant or by the Participant’s tender to the Company of a number of whole, Vested Shares or vested shares acquired otherwise than pursuant to the Award having, in any such case, a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the tax withholding obligations arise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

7.2 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code.

(a) The Participant understands that Section 83 of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Shares, if anything, and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date on which the Shares are “substantially vested,” within the meaning of Section 83. In this context, “substantially vested” means that the right of the Company to reacquire the Shares pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right has lapsed. The Participant understands that he or she may elect to have his or her taxable income determined at the time he or she acquires the Shares rather than when and as the Company Reacquisition Right lapses by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service no later than thirty (30) days after the date of acquisition of the Shares. The Participant understands that failure to make a timely filing under Section 83(b) will result in his or her recognition of ordinary income, as the Company Reacquisition Right lapses, on the difference between the purchase price, if anything, and the fair market value of the Shares at the time such restrictions lapse. The Participant further understands, however, that if Shares with respect to which an election under Section 83(b) has been made are forfeited to the Company pursuant to its Company Reacquisition Right, such forfeiture will be treated as a sale on which there is realized a loss equal to the excess (if any) of the amount paid (if any) by the Participant for the forfeited Shares over the amount realized (if any) upon their forfeiture. If the Participant has paid nothing for the forfeited Shares and has received no payment upon their forfeiture, the Participant understands that he or she will be unable to recognize any loss on the forfeiture of the Shares even though the Participant incurred a tax liability by making an election under Section 83(b).

(b) The Participant understands that he or she should consult with his or her tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date of the acquisition of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that he or she has been advised to consult with a tax advisor

 

5


regarding the tax consequences to the Participant of the acquisition of Shares hereunder. ANY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) THE PARTICIPANT WISHES TO MAKE MUST BE FILED NO LATER THAN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE PARTICIPANT ACQUIRES THE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

(c) The Participant will notify the Company in writing if the Participant files an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. The Company intends, in the event it does not receive from the Participant evidence of such filing, to claim a tax deduction for any amount which would otherwise be taxable to the Participant in the absence of such an election.

 

  8. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under the Award or substitute for the Award a substantially equivalent award for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Award shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares acquired pursuant to the Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

  9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares of stock or other property subject to the Award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Award. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other

 

6


property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, subject to Section 5.3) to which Participant is entitled by reason of ownership of shares acquired pursuant to this Award will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Award on the same basis as all shares originally acquired hereunder. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to the Award until the date of the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to Shares deposited in the Escrow pursuant to Section 6, including the right to vote such Shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, subject to Section 5.3. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time.

 

  11. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Company Reacquisition Right and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing the Shares. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing the Shares in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THIS CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

  12. T RANSFERS IN V IOLATION OF A GREEMENT .

No Shares may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date

 

7


on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares will have been so transferred. In order to enforce its rights under this Section, the Company shall be authorized to give a stop transfer instruction with respect to the Shares to the Company’s transfer agent.

 

  13. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

13.1 Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

13.2 Nontransferability of the Award. The right to acquire Shares pursuant to the Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to the Award shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

13.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

13.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

13.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the

 

8


parties may deliver electronically any notices called for in connection with the Escrow and the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.5(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and notices in connection with the Escrow, as described in Section 13.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a).

13.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, together with the Superseding Agreement, if any, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any settlement of the Award and shall remain in full force and effect.

13.7 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

13.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9


ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                              

                                          (                ) shares of the Capital Stock of Neothetics, Inc. standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                  Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of said corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   
     

 

      Signature
     

 

      Print Name

Instructions : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Company Reacquisition Right set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.


SAMPLE

 

Internal Revenue Service   

 

  

 

  
[IRS Service Center   
where Form 1040 is Filed]   

 

Re: Section 83(b) Election

Dear Sir or Madam:

The following information is submitted pursuant to section 1.83-2 of the Treasury Regulations in connection with this election by the undersigned under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

1. The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the taxpayer are:

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Social Security Number:  

 

 

2. The following is a description of each item of property with respect to which the election is made:

                 shares of common stock of Neothetics, Inc. (the “Shares”), acquired from Neothetics, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to a restricted stock grant.

 

3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on:

Restricted stock grant date:                     

The taxable year for which the election is made is:

Calendar Year                     

 

4. The nature of the restriction to which the property is subject:

The Shares are subject to automatic forfeiture to the Company upon the occurrence of certain events. This forfeiture provision lapses with regard to a


portion of the Shares based upon the continued performance of services by the taxpayer over time.

 

5. The following is the fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) of the property with respect to which the election is made:

$         (                 Shares at $         per share).

The property was transferred to the taxpayer pursuant to the grant of an award of restricted stock.

 

6. The following is the amount paid for the property:

No monetary consideration was provided in exchange for the Shares.

 

7. A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company, and the corporation for which the services were performed by the undersigned, if different.

Please acknowledge receipt of this election by date or received-stamping the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to the undersigned. A self-addressed stamped envelope is provided for your convenience.

 

Very truly yours,      

 

    Date:  

 

Enclosures

cc: Neothetics, Inc.

Exhibit 10.21

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Neothetics, Inc. (the Company ) has granted to the Participant an award (the Award ) of certain units pursuant to the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ), each of which represents the right to receive on the applicable Settlement Date one (1) share of Stock, as follows:

 

Participant:   

 

   Employee ID:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

  
Total Number of Units:                , subject to adjustment as provided by the Restricted Stock Units Agreement.
Settlement Date:    As soon as practicable on or after the date on which a Unit becomes a Vested Unit, but no later than March 15 th of the calendar year following the year in which the Unit becomes a Vested Unit..
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
Vested Units:    Except as provided in the Restricted Stock Units Agreement and provided that the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to the applicable date, the number of Vested Units (disregarding any resulting fractional Unit) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Total Number of Units by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date, as follows:

 

     Vested Ratio  

Prior to first anniversary of Vesting Commencement Date

     0   

INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE

  

 

Superseding Agreement:    [None] [Title and Date of Employment Agreement]
   The terms and conditions of the Superseding Agreement shall, notwithstanding any provision of the Restricted Stock Units Agreement to the contrary, supersede any inconsistent term or condition set forth in the Restricted Stock Units Agreement to the extent intended by such Superseding Agreement.

By their signatures below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, the Company and the Participant agree that the Award is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Units Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document. The Participant represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Plan and Restricted Stock Units Agreement, and hereby accepts the Award subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

   

 

  [officer name]     Signature
  [officer title]    

 

      Date
Address:  

 

   

 

      Address
 

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.22

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

The Participant has been granted a Restricted Stock Award (the Award ) pursuant to the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ) of certain shares of Stock of the Neothetics, Inc. (the Shares ), as follows:

 

Participant:   

 

   Employee ID:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

     
Total Number of Shares:                , subject to adjustment as provided by the Restricted Stock Agreement.
Fair Market Value per Share on Grant Date:                                                         
Vested Shares:    Except as provided in the Restricted Stock Agreement and provided that the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to the applicable date, the number of Vested Shares shall cumulatively increase on each respective date set forth below by the number of shares set forth opposite such date, as follows:

 

Vesting Date

   Number of Shares Vesting
  
  
  

 

Superseding Agreement:    [None] [Name of applicable agreement]
   The terms and conditions of the foregoing Superseding Agreement (if any) to which the Participant is a party shall, notwithstanding any provision of the Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, supersede any inconsistent term or condition set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement to the extent intended by such Superseding Agreement.

By their signatures below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, the Company and the Participant agree that the Award is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement, both of which are made part of this document. The Participant represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement, and hereby accepts the Award subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

   

 

  [officer name]     Signature
  [officer title]    

 

      Date
Address:  

 

   

 

      Address
 

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.23

NEOTHETICS, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

The Neothetics, Inc. (the Company ) has granted to the Participant an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock of the Company pursuant to the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ), as follows:

 

Participant:   

 

   Employee ID:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

  
Number of Option Shares:                , subject to adjustment as provided by the Option Agreement.
Exercise Price:                                                         
Initial Vesting Date:   

 

  
Option Expiration Date:   

 

  
Tax Status of Option:                 Stock Option. (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.” If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)
Vested Shares:    Except as provided in the Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:

 

     Vested Ratio  

Prior to Initial Vesting Date

     0   

INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE

  

 

Superseding Agreement:    [None] [Name of applicable agreement]
   The terms and conditions of the foregoing Superseding Agreement (if any) to which the Participant is a party shall, notwithstanding any provision of the Option Agreement to the contrary, supersede any inconsistent term or condition set forth in the Option Agreement to the extent intended by such Superseding Agreement.

By their signatures below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document. The Participant represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

NEOTHETICS, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

   

 

  [officer name]     Signature
  [officer title]    

 

      Date
Address:  

 

   

 

      Address
 

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.24

Neothetics, Inc.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK

PURCHASE PLAN


Neothetics, Inc.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

  1. E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

1.1 Establishment. The Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Plan ) is hereby established effective as of the effective date of the initial registration by the Company of its Stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Effective Date ).

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward Eligible Employees of the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan provides such Eligible Employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Stock. The Company intends that the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee.

 

  2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Cash Exercise Notice means a written notice in such form as specified by the Company which states a Participant’s election to exercise, as of the next Purchase Date, a Purchase Right granted to such Participant with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period.

(c) Change in Control means the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty

 

1


percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

(ii) an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(q)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee ), as the case may be; or

(iii) a date specified by the Committee following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(c) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described above are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(d) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) Committee means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

(f) Company means the Neothetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(g) Compensation means, with respect to any Offering Period, base wages or salary, overtime, bonuses, commissions, shift differentials, payments for paid time off, payments in lieu of notice, and compensation deferred under any program or plan, including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code. Compensation shall

 

2


be limited to amounts actually payable in cash or deferred during the Offering Period. Compensation shall not include moving allowances, payments pursuant to a severance agreement, termination pay, relocation payments, sign-on bonuses, any amounts directly or indirectly paid pursuant to the Plan or any other stock purchase, stock option or other stock-based compensation plan, or any other compensation not included above.

(h) Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in Section 5 for eligibility to participate in the Plan.

(i) Employee means a person treated as an employee of a Participating Company for purposes of Section 423 of the Code. A Participant shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee either upon an actual termination of employment or upon the corporation employing the Participant ceasing to be a Participating Company. For purposes of the Plan, an individual shall not be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee while on any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company of ninety (90) days or less. If an individual’s leave of absence exceeds ninety (90) days, the individual shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave unless the individual’s right to reemployment with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed either by statute or by contract.

(j) Fair Market Value means, as of any date:

(i) Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value is established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on the relevant date, the Stock is not then listed on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Committee.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Pre-Registration Offering Period commences on the Effective Date, then the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such date shall be deemed to be the public offering price set forth in the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of the Stock.

(k) Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date, or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

 

3


(l) Non-United States Offering means a separate Offering covering Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees are subject to a prohibition under applicable law on payroll deductions, as described in Section 11.1(c).

(m) Offering means an offering of Stock pursuant to the Plan, as provided in Section 6.

(n) Offering Date means, for any Offering Period, the first day of such Offering Period.

(o) Offering Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6, during which an Offering is outstanding.

(p) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(q) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(r) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(s) Participant means an Eligible Employee who has become a participant in an Offering Period in accordance with Section 7 and remains a participant in accordance with the Plan.

(t) Participating Company means the Company and any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation designated by the Committee as a corporation the Employees of which may, if Eligible Employees, participate in the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine from time to time which Parent Corporations or Subsidiary Corporations shall be Participating Companies.

(u) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, the Company and all other corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(v) Pre-Registration Offering Period means an Offering Period commencing prior to the Registration Date with respect to the shares of Stock issuable pursuant to such Offering Period.

 

4


(w) Purchase Date means, for any Offering Period, the last day of such Offering Period, or, if so determined by the Committee, the last day of each Purchase Period occurring within such Offering Period.

(x) Purchase Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6, included within an Offering Period and on the final date of which outstanding Purchase Rights are exercised.

(y) Purchase Price means the price at which a share of Stock may be purchased under the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 9.

(z) Purchase Right means an option granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan to purchase such shares of Stock as provided in Section 8, which the Participant may or may not exercise during the Offering Period in which such option is outstanding. Such option arises from the right of a Participant to withdraw any payroll deductions or other funds accumulated on behalf of the Participant and not previously applied to the purchase of Stock under the Plan, and to terminate participation in the Plan at any time during an Offering Period.

(aa) Registration Date means the effective date of the registration on Form S-8 of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan.

(bb) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(cc) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.3.

(dd) Subscription Agreement means a written or electronic agreement, in such form as is specified by the Company, stating an Employee’s election to participate in the Plan and authorizing payroll deductions under the Plan from the Employee’s Compensation or other method of payment authorized by the Committee pursuant to Section 11.1(c).

(ee) Subscription Date means the last business day prior to the Offering Date of an Offering Period or such earlier date as the Company shall establish.

(ff) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

5


  3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan, or of any Purchase Right shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or the Purchase Right, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine all of the relevant terms and conditions of Purchase Rights; provided, however, that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or any agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.1) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred by the Company in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Power to Adopt Sub-Plans or Varying Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to adopt one or more sub-plans of the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws or regulations, tax policy, accounting principles or custom of foreign jurisdictions applicable to employees of a subsidiary business entity of the Company, provided that any such sub-plan shall not be within the scope of an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Any of the provisions of any such sub-plan may supersede the provisions of this Plan, other than Section 4. Except as superseded by the provisions of a sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern such sub-plan. Alternatively and in order to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to grant Purchase Rights in an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) that provide terms which are less favorable than the terms of Purchase Rights granted under the same Offering to Employees resident in the United States.

3.4 Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to establish separate, simultaneous or overlapping Offerings having different terms and conditions and to designate the Participating Company or Companies that may participate in a particular Offering, provided that each Offering shall individually comply with the terms of the Plan and the requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to such Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section.

3.5 Policies and Procedures Established by the Company. Without regard to whether any Participant’s Purchase Right may be considered adversely affected, the Company

 

6


may, from time to time, consistent with the Plan and the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, establish, change or terminate such rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, limitations, or adjustments as deemed advisable by the Company, in its discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, (a) a minimum payroll deduction amount required for participation in an Offering, (b) a limitation on the frequency or number of changes permitted in the rate of payroll deduction during an Offering, (c) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or paid in a currency other than United States dollars, (d) a payroll deduction greater than or less than the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for the Company’s delay or mistake in processing a Subscription Agreement or in otherwise effecting a Participant’s election under the Plan or as advisable to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and (e) determination of the date and manner by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is determined for purposes of administration of the Plan. All such actions by the Company shall be taken consistent with the requirements under Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section, except as otherwise permitted by Section 3.3 and the regulations under Section 423 of the Code.

3.6 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

  4. S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be one hundred seventy thousand (170,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock, or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Purchase Right for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of that Purchase Right shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased automatically on January 1, 2015 and on each subsequent January 1, through and including

 

7


January 1, 2024, by a number of shares (the Annual Increase ) equal to the smallest of (a) one percent (1%) of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) an amount determined by the Board.

4.3 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, the Annual Increase, the limit on the shares which may be purchased by any Participant during an Offering (as described in Sections 8.1 and 8.2) and each Purchase Right, and in the Purchase Price in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Purchase Rights are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Purchase Rights to provide that such Purchase Rights are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Purchase Rights shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Purchase Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Purchase Right. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  5. E LIGIBILITY .

5.1 Employees Eligible to Participate. Each Employee of a Participating Company is eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be deemed an Eligible Employee, except the following:

(a) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for twenty (20) hours or less per week; or

(b) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year.

5.2 Exclusion of Certain Stockholders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee shall be treated as an Eligible Employee and granted a Purchase Right under the Plan if, immediately after such grant, the Employee would own, or hold options to purchase, stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary

 

8


Corporation possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Section 423(b)(3) of the Code. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of such Employee.

5.3 Determination by Company. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee or an Eligible Employee and the effective date of such individual’s attainment or termination of such status, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s participation in or other rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

 

  6. O FFERINGS .

The Plan shall be implemented by sequential Offerings of approximately six (6) months duration or such other duration as the Committee shall determine. If so determined by the Committee, a Pre-Registration Offering Period shall commence on the Effective Date and end on such date established by the Committee prior to the Effective Date. The Committee may establish additional or alternative concurrent, sequential or overlapping Offering Periods, a different duration for one or more Offering Periods or different commencing or ending dates for such Offering Periods; provided, however, that no Offering Period may have a duration exceeding twenty-seven (27) months. If the Committee shall so determine in its discretion, each Offering Period may consist of two (2) or more consecutive Purchase Periods having such duration as the Committee shall specify, and the last day of each such Purchase Period shall be a Purchase Date. If the first or last day of an Offering Period or a Purchase Period is not a day on which the principal stock exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is then listed is open for trading, the Company shall specify the trading day that will be deemed the first or last day, as the case may be, of the Offering Period or Purchase Period.

 

  7. P ARTICIPATION IN THE P LAN .

7.1 Initial Participation.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.1(b), an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in an Offering Period by delivering a properly completed written or electronic Subscription Agreement to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) not later than the close of business on the Subscription Date established by the Company for that Offering Period. An Eligible Employee who does not deliver a properly completed Subscription Agreement in the manner permitted or required on or before the Subscription Date for an Offering Period shall not participate in the Plan for that Offering Period or for any subsequent Offering Period unless the Eligible Employee subsequently delivers a properly completed Subscription Agreement to the appropriate Company office or representative on or before the Subscription Date for such subsequent Offering Period. An Employee who becomes an Eligible

 

9


Employee after the Offering Date of an Offering Period shall not be eligible to participate in that Offering Period but may participate in any subsequent Offering Period provided the Employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of such subsequent Offering Period.

(b) Automatic Participation in Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(a), each Employee who is an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of a Pre-Registration Offering Period shall automatically become a Participant in the Pre-Registration Offering Period and shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (i) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 8, or (ii) a number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing fifteen percent (15 %) of such Participant’s Compensation paid during the Pre-Registration Offering Period by the Purchase Price applicable to the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall not require or permit any Participant to deliver a Subscription Agreement for participation in the Pre-Registration Offering Period prior to the Registration Date; provided, however, that following the applicable Registration Date a Participant may deliver a Subscription Agreement to the office or representative designated by the Company if the Participant wishes to change the terms of the Participant’s participation in the Pre-Registration Offering Period. Such changes may include, for example, an election to commence payroll deductions in accordance with Section 10. In addition, the Company may provide that following the Registration Date, if a Participant has not elected to confirm his or her enrollment in the Plan’s Pre-Registration Offering Period, and to commence payroll deductions, then the Participant shall be automatically treated as withdrawing from the Pre-Registration Offering Period for all purposes of this Plan.

7.2 Continued Participation.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.2(b), a Participant shall automatically participate in the next Offering Period commencing immediately after the final Purchase Date of each Offering Period in which the Participant participates provided that the Participant remains an Eligible Employee on the Offering Date of the new Offering Period and has not either (a) withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, or (b) terminated employment or otherwise ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 13. A Participant who may automatically participate in a subsequent Offering Period, as provided in this Section, is not required to deliver any additional Subscription Agreement for the subsequent Offering Period in order to continue participation in the Plan. However, a Participant may deliver a new Subscription Agreement for a subsequent Offering Period in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.1(a) if the Participant desires to change any of the elections contained in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement.

(b) Participation Following Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(a), an Eligible Employee who was automatically enrolled in a Pre-Registration Offering Period and who wishes to participate in an Offering Period which begins after the Pre-Registration Offering Period shall deliver a Subscription Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1(a) no earlier than the applicable Registration Date and no later than the Subscription Date for such Offering Period, unless the Employee delivered a Subscription Agreement with respect to the Pre-Registration Offering Period as provided in Section 7.1(b).

 

10


  8. R IGHT TO P URCHASE S HARES .

8.1 Grant of Purchase Right. Except as provided in Section 7.1(b) with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period or as otherwise provided below, on the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (a) that number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing the Dollar Limit (determined as provided below) by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such Offering Date or (b) the Share Limit (determined as provided below). The Committee may, in its discretion and prior to the Offering Date of any Offering Period, (i) change the method of, or any of the foregoing factors in, determining the number of shares of Stock subject to Purchase Rights to be granted on such Offering Date, or (ii) specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants in an Offering or on any Purchase Date within an Offering Period. No Purchase Right shall be granted on an Offering Date to any person who is not, on such Offering Date, an Eligible Employee. For the purposes of this Section, the Dollar Limit shall be determined by multiplying $2,083.33 by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar, and, for Offering Periods of six (6) months duration, the Share Limit shall be four hundred (400); provided, however, that if an Offering Period is established for a period other than six (6) months, then the Share Limit shall be adjusted automatically on a pro rata basis (rounding to the nearest whole share), based on the number of months in such Offering Period (rounded to the nearest whole month).

8.2 Calendar Year Purchase Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant shall be granted a Purchase Right which permits his or her right to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated with such Participant’s rights to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of a Participating Company intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in Fair Market Value (or such other limit, if any, as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Purchase Right is outstanding at any time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of shares purchased during a given Offering Period shall be determined as of the Offering Date for such Offering Period. The limitation described in this Section shall be applied in conformance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

  9. P URCHASE P RICE .

The Purchase Price at which each share of Stock may be acquired in an Offering Period upon the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee; provided, however, that the Purchase Price on each Purchase Date shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date. Until changed by the Committee, the amount determined pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be the Purchase Price.

 

11


  10. A CCUMULATION OF P URCHASE P RICE THROUGH P AYROLL D EDUCTION .

Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period and in Section 11.1(c) with respect to a Non-United States Offering, shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right may be paid for only by means of payroll deductions from the Participant’s Compensation accumulated during the Offering Period for which such Purchase Right was granted, subject to the following:

10.1 Amount of Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount to be deducted under the Plan from a Participant’s Compensation on each pay day during an Offering Period shall be determined by the Participant’s Subscription Agreement. The Subscription Agreement shall set forth the percentage of the Participant’s Compensation to be deducted on each pay day during an Offering Period in whole percentages of not less than one percent (1%) (except as a result of an election pursuant to Section 10.3 to stop payroll deductions effective following the first pay day during an Offering) or more than fifteen percent (15%) .

10.2 Commencement of Payroll Deductions. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first pay day following the Offering Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided herein; provided, however, that with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period, payroll deductions shall commence as soon as practicable following the Company’s receipt of the Participant’s Subscription Agreement (delivered no earlier than the applicable Registration Date), if any.

10.3 Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions. During an Offering Period, a Participant may elect to decrease the rate of or to stop deductions from his or her Compensation by delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) an amended Subscription Agreement authorizing such change on or before the “Change Notice Date.” The Change Notice Date shall be a date prior to the beginning of the first pay period for which such election is to be effective as established by the Company from time to time and announced to the Participants. A Participant who elects, effective following the first pay day of an Offering Period, to decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions to zero percent (0%) shall nevertheless remain a Participant in such Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1.

10.4 Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions. The Company may, in its discretion, suspend a Participant’s payroll deductions under the Plan as the Company deems advisable to avoid accumulating payroll deductions in excess of the amount that could reasonably be anticipated to purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted (a) under the Participant’s Purchase Right, or (b) during a calendar year under the limit set forth in Section 8.2. Unless the Participant has either withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1 or has ceased to be an Eligible Employee, suspended payroll deductions shall be resumed at the rate specified in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement either (i) at the beginning of the next Offering Period if the reason for suspension was clause (a) in the preceding sentence, or (ii) at the beginning of the next Offering Period having a first Purchase Date that falls within the subsequent calendar year if the reason for suspension was clause (b) in the preceding sentence.

 

12


10.5 Participant Accounts. Individual bookkeeping accounts shall be maintained for each Participant. All payroll deductions from a Participant’s Compensation (and other amounts received from the Participant in a Pre-Registration Offering Period pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or a non-United States Participant pursuant to Section 11.1(c)) shall be credited to such Participant’s Plan account and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. All such amounts received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.

10.6 No Interest Paid. Interest shall not be paid on sums deducted from a Participant’s Compensation pursuant to the Plan or otherwise credited to the Participant’s Plan account.

 

  11. P URCHASE OF S HARES .

11.1 Exercise of Purchase Right.

(a) Generally.  Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) and Section 11.1(c), on each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in the Offering has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right the number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing (a) the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Offering Period and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock by (b) the Purchase Price. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by the Participant during an Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. No shares of Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of a Participant whose participation in the Offering or the Plan has terminated before such Purchase Date.

(b) Purchase in Pre-Registration Period.  Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), on the Purchase Date of a Pre-Registration Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (i) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Pre-Registration Offering Period, if any, and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock, and (ii) such additional shares of Stock (not exceeding in the aggregate the Participant’s Purchase Right) as determined in accordance with a Cash Exercise Notice delivered to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) no earlier than the applicable Registration Date and not later than the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Purchase Date or such earlier date as the Company shall establish, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for such additional shares in cash or by check. However, in no event shall the aggregate number of shares purchased by a Participant during the Pre-Registration Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. In addition, if a Participant delivers a Subscription Agreement to the Company after the applicable Registration Date, the Participant may not elect to exercise a

 

13


Purchase Right pursuant to a Cash Exercise Notice in an amount which, when aggregated with payroll deductions pursuant to such Subscription Agreement, exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s Compensation during the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall refund to the Participant in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from the Participant.

(c) Purchase by Non-United States Participants for Whom Payroll Deductions Are Prohibited by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), where payroll deductions on behalf of Participants who are citizens or residents of countries other than the United States (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) are prohibited by applicable law, the Committee may establish a separate Offering (a Non-United States Offering ) covering all Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies subject to such prohibition on payroll deductions. The Non-United States Offering shall provide another method for payment of the Purchase Price with such terms and conditions as shall be administratively convenient and comply with applicable law. On each Purchase Date of the Offering Period applicable to a Non-United States Offering, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the Participant’s Plan account balance accumulated during the Offering Period in accordance with the method established by the Committee and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by a Participant during such Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. The Company shall refund to a Participant in a Non-United States Offering in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from such Participant.

11.2 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the number of shares of Stock which might be purchased by all Participants on a Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares of Stock available in the Plan as provided in Section 4.1 or the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be purchased on such Purchase Date pursuant to a limit established by the Committee pursuant to Section 8.1, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Company determines to be equitable. Any fractional share resulting from such pro rata allocation to any Participant shall be disregarded.

11.3 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued to or for the benefit of each Participant the shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

11.4 Return of Plan Account Balance. Any cash balance remaining in a Participant’s Plan account following any Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as

 

14


soon as practicable after such Purchase Date. However, if the cash balance to be returned to a Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence is less than the amount that would have been necessary to purchase an additional whole share of Stock on such Purchase Date, the Company may retain the cash balance in the Participant’s Plan account to be applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock in the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period.

11.5 Tax Withholding. At the time a Participant’s Purchase Right is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time a Participant disposes of some or all of the shares of Stock he or she acquires under the Plan, the Participant shall make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required to be withheld by any Participating Company upon exercise of the Purchase Right or upon such disposition of shares, respectively. A Participating Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations.

11.6 Expiration of Purchase Right. Any portion of a Participant’s Purchase Right remaining unexercised after the end of the Offering Period to which the Purchase Right relates shall expire immediately upon the end of the Offering Period.

11.7 Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants. Each Participant who has exercised all or part of his or her Purchase Right shall receive, as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, a report of such Participant’s Plan account setting forth the total amount credited to his or her Plan account prior to such exercise, the number of shares of Stock purchased, the Purchase Price for such shares, the date of purchase and the cash balance, if any, remaining immediately after such purchase that is to be refunded or retained in the Participant’s Plan account pursuant to Section 11.4. The report required by this Section may be delivered in such form and by such means, including by electronic transmission, as the Company may determine. In addition, each Participant shall be provided information concerning the Company equivalent to that information provided generally to the Company’s common stockholders.

 

  12. W ITHDRAWAL FROM P LAN .

12.1 Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan. A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by signing and delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) a written or electronic notice of withdrawal on a form provided by the Company for this purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period; provided, however, that if a Participant withdraws from the Plan after a Purchase Date, the withdrawal shall not affect shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date. A Participant who voluntarily withdraws from the Plan is prohibited from resuming participation in the Plan in the same Offering from which he or she withdrew, but may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1. The Company may impose, from time to time, a requirement that the notice of withdrawal from the Plan be on file with the Company office or representative designated by the Company for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participant’s withdrawal.

 

15


12.2 Return of Plan Account Balance. Upon a Participant’s voluntary withdrawal from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, the Participant’s accumulated Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest, and the Participant’s interest in the Plan and the Offering shall terminate. Such amounts to be refunded in accordance with this Section may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.

 

  13. T ERMINATION OF E MPLOYMENT OR E LIGIBILITY .

Upon a Participant’s ceasing, prior to a Purchase Date, to be an Employee of the Participating Company Group for any reason, including retirement, disability or death, or upon the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate immediately. In such event, the Participant’s Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall, as soon as practicable, be returned to the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 20, if any, or legal representative, and all of the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned pursuant to this Section 13. A Participant whose participation has been so terminated may again become eligible to participate in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1.

 

  14. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL ON P URCHASE R IGHTS .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation ), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Purchase Rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. If the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding Purchase Rights, the Purchase Date of the then current Offering Period shall be accelerated to a date before the date of the Change in Control specified by the Committee, but the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Purchase Rights shall not be adjusted. All Purchase Rights which are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control.

 

  15. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

Neither payroll deductions or other amounts credited to a Participant’s Plan account nor a Participant’s Purchase Right may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than as provided by the Plan or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. (A beneficiary designation pursuant to Section 20 shall not be treated as a disposition for this purpose.) Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1. A Purchase Right shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

 

16


  16. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW .

The issuance of shares under the Plan shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. A Purchase Right may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any securities exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Purchase Right may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Purchase Right be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of a Purchase Right, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

  17. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER AND E MPLOYEE .

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder by virtue of the Participant’s participation in the Plan until the date of the issuance of the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.3. Nothing herein shall confer upon a Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Participating Company Group or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

 

  18. N OTIFICATION OF D ISPOSITION OF S HARES .

The Company may require the Participant to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right. The Company may require that until such time as a Participant disposes of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of a Purchase Right, the Participant shall hold all such shares in the Participant’s name until the later of two years after the date of grant of such Purchase Right or one year after the date of exercise of such Purchase Right. The Company may direct that the certificates evidencing shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right refer to such requirement to give prompt notice of disposition.

 

17


  19. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends or other identifying symbols referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions or any provision convenient in the administration of the Plan on some or all of the certificates representing shares of Stock issued under the Plan. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to a Purchase Right in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include but shall not be limited to the following:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON THE PURCHASE OF SHARES UNDER AN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AS DEFINED IN SECTION 423 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY OF ANY TRANSFER OF THE SHARES BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE).”

 

  20. D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

20.1 Designation Procedure. Subject to local laws and procedures, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive (a) shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies subsequent to a Purchase Date but prior to delivery to the Participant of such shares and cash, or (b) cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies prior to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. A Participant may change his or her beneficiary designation at any time by written notice to the Company.

20.2 Absence of Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant dies without an effective designation pursuant to Section 20.1 of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver any shares or cash credited to the Participant’s Plan account to the Participant’s legal representative or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

  21. N OTICES .

All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

18


  22. A MENDMENT OR T ERMINATION OF THE P LAN .

The Committee may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that (a) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall affect Purchase Rights previously granted under the Plan unless expressly provided by the Committee, and (b) no such amendment, suspension or termination may adversely affect a Purchase Right previously granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant, except to the extent permitted by the Plan or as may be necessary to qualify the Plan as an employee stock purchase plan pursuant to Section 423 of the Code or to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule. In addition, an amendment to the Plan must be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment if such amendment would authorize the sale of more shares than are then authorized for issuance under the Plan or would change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the Committee as Participating Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Committee determines that continuation of the Plan or an Offering would result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences to the Company, the Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, including with respect to an Offering Period then in progress: (i) terminate the Plan or any Offering Period, (ii) accelerate the Purchase Date of any Offering Period, (iii) reduce the discount or the method of determining the Purchase Price in any Offering Period (e.g., by determining the Purchase Price solely on the basis of the Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date), (iv) reduce the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased in any Offering Period, or (v) take any combination of the foregoing actions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Assistant Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the Neothetics, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as duly adopted by the Board on September 10, 2014 and ratified by the Board on November 4, 2014.

 

/s/ Michael Kagnoff

Michael Kagnoff, Assistant Secretary

 

19


APPENDIX A

Participating Companies

Neothetics, Inc.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                 Page  
1.   

 

Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan

     1   
     1.1      

Establishment

     1   
     1.2      

Purpose

     1   
     1.3      

Term of Plan

     1   
2.   

 

Definitions and Construction

     1   
     2.1      

Definitions

     1   
     2.2      

Construction

     5   
3.   

 

Administration

     6   
     3.1      

Administration by the Committee

     6   
     3.2      

Authority of Officers

     6   
     3.3      

Power to Adopt Sub-Plans or Varying Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees

     6   
     3.4      

Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms

     6   
     3.5      

Policies and Procedures Established by the Company

     6   
     3.6      

Indemnification

     7   
4.   

 

Shares Subject to Plan

     7   
     4.1      

Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

     7   
     4.2      

Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

     7   
     4.3      

Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure

     8   
5.   

 

Eligibility

     8   
     5.1      

Employees Eligible to Participate

     8   
     5.2      

Exclusion of Certain Stockholders

     8   
     5.3      

Determination by Company

     9   
6.   

 

Offerings

     9   
7.   

 

Participation in the Plan

     9   
     7.1      

Initial Participation

     9   
     7.2      

Continued Participation

     10   
8.   

 

Right to Purchase Shares

     11   
     8.1      

Grant of Purchase Right

     11   
     8.2      

Calendar Year Purchase Limitation

     11   
9.   

 

Purchase Price

     11   
10.   

 

Accumulation of Purchase Price through Payroll Deduction

     12   
     10.1      

Amount of Payroll Deductions

     12   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                 Page  
     10.2      

Commencement of Payroll Deductions

     12   
     10.3      

Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions

     12   
     10.4      

Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions

     12   
     10.5      

Participant Accounts

     13   
     10.6      

No Interest Paid

     13   
11.   

 

Purchase of Shares

     13   
     11.1      

Exercise of Purchase Right

     13   
     11.2      

Pro Rata Allocation of Shares

     14   
     11.3      

Delivery of Title to Shares

     14   
     11.4      

Return of Plan Account Balance

     14   
     11.5      

Tax Withholding

     15   
     11.6      

Expiration of Purchase Right

     15   
     11.7      

Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants

     15   
12.   

 

Withdrawal from Plan

     15   
     12.1      

Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan

     15   
     12.2      

Return of Plan Account Balance

     16   
13.   

 

Termination of Employment or Eligibility

     16   
14.   

 

Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights

     16   
15.   

 

Nontransferability of Purchase Rights

     16   
16.   

 

Compliance with Securities Law

     17   
17.   

 

Rights as a Stockholder and Employee

     17   
18.   

 

Notification of Disposition of Shares

     17   
19.   

 

Legends

     18   
20.   

 

Designation of Beneficiary

     18   
     20.1      

Designation Procedure

     18   
     20.2      

Absence of Beneficiary Designation

     18   
21.   

 

Notices

     18   
22.   

 

Amendment or Termination of the Plan

     19   

 

-ii-

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 20, 2014, except for the retroactive effect of the one for 6.10 reverse stock split as described in paragraph 3 of the Note 10 as to which the date is November 7, 2014, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Neothetics, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

November 7, 2014